Delete host mode demos from the root Host demos folder.

64 files changed, 0 insertions, 25165 deletions

diff --git a/Demos/Host/CDCHost/CDCHost.c b/Demos/Host/CDCHost/CDCHost.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b83473106..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/CDCHost/CDCHost.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,279 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  Main source file for the CDCHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of

- *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.

- */

- 

-#include "CDCHost.h"

-

-/* Scheduler Task List */

-TASK_LIST

-{

-	{ .Task = USB_USBTask          , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },

-	{ .Task = USB_CDC_Host         , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },

-};

-

-

-/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then

- *  starts the scheduler to run the application tasks.

- */

-int main(void)

-{

-	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */

-	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);

-	wdt_disable();

-

-	/* Disable clock division */

-	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);

-

-	/* Hardware Initialization */

-	SerialStream_Init(9600, false);

-	LEDs_Init();

-	

-	/* Indicate USB not ready */

-	UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);

-	

-	/* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */

-	Scheduler_Init();

-

-	/* Initialize USB Subsystem */

-	USB_Init();

-

-	/* Start-up message */

-	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY

-	       "CDC Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF));

-		   

-	/* Scheduling - routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */

-	Scheduler_Start();

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and

- *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.

- */

-void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void)

-{

-	puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));

-	UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating);

-

-	/* Start USB management task to enumerate the device */

-	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN);

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and

- *  stops the library USB task management process.

- */

-void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void)

-{

-	/* Stop keyboard and USB management task */

-	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP);

-	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_CDC_Host, TASK_STOP);

-

-	puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));

-	UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully

- *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.

- */

-void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)

-{

-	/* Start CDC Host task */

-	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_CDC_Host, TASK_RUN);

-

-	/* Indicate device enumeration complete */

-	UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */

-void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)

-{

-	USB_ShutDown();

-

-	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"));

-	printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-

-	UpdateStatus(Status_HardwareError);

-	for(;;);

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while

- *  enumerating an attached USB device.

- */

-void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)

-{

-	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"));

-	printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-	printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode);

-	printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState);

-	

-	UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);

-}

-

-/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to

- *  log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates.

- *

- *  \param CurrentStatus  Current status of the system, from the CDCHost_StatusCodes_t enum

- */

-void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus)

-{

-	uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;

-	

-	/* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */

-	switch (CurrentStatus)

-	{

-		case Status_USBNotReady:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);

-			break;

-		case Status_USBEnumerating:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);

-			break;

-		case Status_USBReady:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2);

-			break;

-		case Status_EnumerationError:

-		case Status_HardwareError:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3);

-			break;

-	}

-	

-	/* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */

-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);

-}

-

-/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read in

- *  data received from the attached CDC device and print it to the serial port.

- */

-TASK(USB_CDC_Host)

-{

-	uint8_t ErrorCode;

-

-	switch (USB_HostState)

-	{

-		case HOST_STATE_Addressed:

-			/* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */

-			USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)

-				{

-					.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),

-					.bRequest      = REQ_SetConfiguration,

-					.wValue        = 1,

-					.wIndex        = 0,

-					.wLength       = 0,

-				};

-

-			/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */

-			Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);

-

-			/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */

-			if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)

-			{

-				puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"));

-				printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-

-				/* Indicate error via status LEDs */

-				UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);

-

-				/* Wait until USB device disconnected */

-				while (USB_IsConnected);

-				break;

-			}

-				

-			USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;

-			break;

-		case HOST_STATE_Configured:

-			puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));

-		

-			/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */

-			if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)

-			{

-				if (ErrorCode == ControlError)

-				  puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));

-				else

-				  puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n"));

-

-				printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-				

-				/* Indicate error via status LEDs */

-				UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);

-

-				/* Wait until USB device disconnected */

-				while (USB_IsConnected);

-				break;

-			}

-

-			puts_P(PSTR("CDC Device Enumerated.\r\n"));

-				

-			USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready;

-			break;

-		case HOST_STATE_Ready:

-			/* Select and the data IN pipe */

-			Pipe_SelectPipe(CDC_DATAPIPE_IN);

-

-			/* Check to see if a packet has been received */

-			if (Pipe_IsINReceived())

-			{

-				/* Check if data is in the pipe */

-				if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())

-				{

-					/* Get the length of the pipe data, and create a new buffer to hold it */

-					uint16_t BufferLength = Pipe_BytesInPipe();

-					uint8_t  Buffer[BufferLength];

-					

-					/* Read in the pipe data to the temporary buffer */

-					Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(Buffer, BufferLength);

-									

-					/* Print out the buffer contents to the USART */

-					for (uint16_t BufferByte = 0; BufferByte < BufferLength; BufferByte++)

-					  putchar(Buffer[BufferByte]);

-				}

-

-				/* Clear the pipe after it is read, ready for the next packet */

-				Pipe_ClearIN();

-			}

-

-			/* Select and unfreeze the notification pipe */

-			Pipe_SelectPipe(CDC_NOTIFICATIONPIPE);

-			Pipe_Unfreeze();

-			

-			/* Check if a packet has been received */

-			if (Pipe_IsINReceived())

-			{

-				/* Discard the unused event notification */

-				Pipe_ClearIN();

-			}

-			

-			/* Freeze notification IN pipe after use */

-			Pipe_Freeze();

-						

-			break;

-	}

-}

diff --git a/Demos/Host/CDCHost/CDCHost.h b/Demos/Host/CDCHost/CDCHost.h
deleted file mode 100644
index afec780e7..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/CDCHost/CDCHost.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  Header file for CDCHost.c.

- */

-

-#ifndef _CDC_HOST_H_

-#define _CDC_HOST_H_

-

-	/* Includes: */

-		#include <avr/io.h>

-		#include <avr/wdt.h>

-		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>

-		#include <avr/power.h>

-		#include <stdio.h>

-

-		#include <LUFA/Version.h>                                // Library Version Information

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>             // ANSI Terminal Escape Codes

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>                        // USB Functionality

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h>        // Serial stream driver

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>                     // LEDs driver

-		#include <LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.h>                    // Simple scheduler for task management

-		

-		#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"

-		

-	/* Macros: */

-		/** Pipe number for the CDC data IN pipe */

-		#define CDC_DATAPIPE_IN                1

-

-		/** Pipe number for the CDC data OUT pipe */

-		#define CDC_DATAPIPE_OUT               2

-

-		/** Pipe number for the CDC notification pipe */

-		#define CDC_NOTIFICATIONPIPE           3

-

-	/* Enums: */

-		/** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */

-		enum CDCHost_StatusCodes_t

-		{

-			Status_USBNotReady      = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB device) */

-			Status_USBEnumerating   = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */

-			Status_USBReady         = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */

-			Status_EnumerationError = 3, /**< Software error while enumerating the attached USB device */

-			Status_HardwareError    = 4, /**< Hardware error while enumerating the attached USB device */

-		};

-

-	/* Task Definitions: */

-		TASK(USB_CDC_Host);

-

-	/* Function Prototypes: */

-		void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);

-		void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void);

-		void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void);

-		void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode);

-		void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);

-

-		void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus);

-		

-#endif

diff --git a/Demos/Host/CDCHost/CDCHost.txt b/Demos/Host/CDCHost/CDCHost.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 4fac1d03d..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/CDCHost/CDCHost.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,59 +0,0 @@
-/** \file

- *

- *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special

- *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.

- */

- 

-/** \mainpage CDC Host Demo

- *

- *  \section SSec_Info USB Information:

- *

- *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.

- *

- *  <table>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>

- *    <td>Host</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>

- *    <td>Communications Device Class (CDC)</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr> 

- *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>

- *    <td>Abstract Control Model (ACM)</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>

- *    <td>USBIF CDC Class Standard</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>

- *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>

- *   </tr>

- *  </table>

- *

- *  \section SSec_Description Project Description: 

- *

- *  CDC host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference application

- *  for implementing a USB CDC host, for CDC devices using the standard ACM profile.

- *  

- *  This demo prints out received CDC data through the serial port.

- *  

- *  Not that this demo is only compatible with devices which report the correct CDC

- *  and ACM class, subclass and protocol values. Most USB-Serial cables have vendor

- *  specific features, thus use vendor-specific class/subclass/protocol codes to force

- *  the user to use specialized drivers. This demo is not compatible with such devices.

- *

- *  \section SSec_Options Project Options

- *

- *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.

- *

- *  <table>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td>

- *     None

- *    </td>

- *   </tr>

- *  </table>

- */

diff --git a/Demos/Host/CDCHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/CDCHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
deleted file mode 100644
index baf02a216..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/CDCHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,255 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations

- *  needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special  computer-readable structures

- *  which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.

- */

- 

-#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"

-

-/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This

- *  routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate

- *  with compatible devices.

- *

- *  This routine searches for a CDC interface descriptor containing bulk data IN and OUT endpoints, and an interrupt event endpoint.

- *

- *  \return An error code from the CDCHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.

- */

-uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)

-{

-	uint8_t* ConfigDescriptorData;

-	uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;

-	uint8_t  FoundEndpoints = 0;

-	

-	/* Get Configuration Descriptor size from the device */

-	if (USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)

-	  return ControlError;

-	

-	/* Ensure that the Configuration Descriptor isn't too large */

-	if (ConfigDescriptorSize > MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE)

-	  return DescriptorTooLarge;

-	  

-	/* Allocate enough memory for the entire config descriptor */

-	ConfigDescriptorData = alloca(ConfigDescriptorSize);

-

-	/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */

-	USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData);

-	

-	/* Validate returned data - ensure first entry is a configuration header descriptor */

-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)

-	  return InvalidConfigDataReturned;

-	

-	/* Get the CDC control interface from the configuration descriptor */

-	if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,

-	                              DComp_NextCDCControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)

-	{

-		/* Descriptor not found, error out */

-		return NoCDCInterfaceFound;

-	}

-

-	/* Get the IN and OUT data endpoints for the CDC interface */

-	while (FoundEndpoints != ((1 << CDC_NOTIFICATIONPIPE) | (1 << CDC_DATAPIPE_IN) | (1 << CDC_DATAPIPE_OUT)))

-	{

-		/* Fetch the next bulk or interrupt endpoint from the current CDC interface */

-		if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,

-		                              DComp_NextInterfaceCDCDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)

-		{

-			/* Check to see if the control interface's notification pipe has been found, if so search for the data interface */

-			if (FoundEndpoints & (1 << CDC_NOTIFICATIONPIPE))

-			{

-				/* Get the next CDC data interface from the configuration descriptor (CDC class has two CDC interfaces) */

-				if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData, 

-				                              DComp_NextCDCDataInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)

-				{

-					/* Descriptor not found, error out */

-					return NoCDCInterfaceFound;

-				}

-			}

-			else

-			{

-				/* Clear the found endpoints mask, since any already processed endpoints aren't in the CDC interface we need */

-				FoundEndpoints = 0;

-

-				/* Disable any already configured pipes from the invalid CDC interfaces */

-				Pipe_SelectPipe(CDC_NOTIFICATIONPIPE);

-				Pipe_DisablePipe();

-				Pipe_SelectPipe(CDC_DATAPIPE_IN);

-				Pipe_DisablePipe();

-				Pipe_SelectPipe(CDC_DATAPIPE_OUT);

-				Pipe_DisablePipe();

-			

-				/* Get the next CDC control interface from the configuration descriptor (CDC class has two CDC interfaces) */

-				if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,

-				                              DComp_NextCDCControlInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)

-				{

-					/* Descriptor not found, error out */

-					return NoCDCInterfaceFound;

-				}

-			}

-

-			/* Fetch the next bulk or interrupt endpoint from the current CDC interface */

-			if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,

-			                              DComp_NextInterfaceCDCDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)

-			{

-				/* Descriptor not found, error out */

-				return NoEndpointFound;

-			}

-		}

-		

-		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);

-

-		/* Check if the found endpoint is a interrupt or bulk type descriptor */

-		if ((EndpointData->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)

-		{

-			/* If the endpoint is a IN type interrupt endpoint */

-			if (EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN)

-			{							   

-				/* Configure the notification pipe */

-				Pipe_ConfigurePipe(CDC_NOTIFICATIONPIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_IN,

-								   EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE);

-

-				Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();

-				Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(EndpointData->PollingIntervalMS);

-				

-				/* Set the flag indicating that the notification pipe has been found */

-				FoundEndpoints |= (1 << CDC_NOTIFICATIONPIPE);

-			}

-		}

-		else

-		{

-			/* Check if the endpoint is a bulk IN or bulk OUT endpoint */

-			if (EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN)

-			{

-				/* Configure the data IN pipe */

-				Pipe_ConfigurePipe(CDC_DATAPIPE_IN, EP_TYPE_BULK, PIPE_TOKEN_IN,

-								   EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE);

-

-				Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();

-				Pipe_Unfreeze();

-				

-				/* Set the flag indicating that the data IN pipe has been found */

-				FoundEndpoints |= (1 << CDC_DATAPIPE_IN);

-			}

-			else

-			{

-				/* Configure the data OUT pipe */

-				Pipe_ConfigurePipe(CDC_DATAPIPE_OUT, EP_TYPE_BULK, PIPE_TOKEN_OUT,

-								   EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE);

-				

-				Pipe_Unfreeze();

-				

-				/* Set the flag indicating that the data OUT pipe has been found */

-				FoundEndpoints |= (1 << CDC_DATAPIPE_OUT);

-			}

-		}

-	}

-

-	/* Valid data found, return success */

-	return SuccessfulConfigRead;

-}

-

-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's

- *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration

- *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.

- *

- *  This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct CDC control Class, Subclass and Protocol values.

- *

- *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum

- */

-uint8_t DComp_NextCDCControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)

-{

-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)

-	{

-		/* Check the CDC descriptor class, subclass and protocol, break out if correct control interface found */

-		if ((DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class    == CDC_CONTROL_CLASS)    &&

-		    (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).SubClass == CDC_CONTROL_SUBCLASS) &&

-		    (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Protocol == CDC_CONTROL_PROTOCOL))

-		{

-			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;

-		}

-	}

-	

-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;

-}

-

-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's

- *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration

- *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.

- *

- *  This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct CDC data Class, Subclass and Protocol values.

- *

- *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum

- */

-uint8_t DComp_NextCDCDataInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)

-{

-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)

-	{

-		/* Check the CDC descriptor class, subclass and protocol, break out if correct data interface found */

-		if ((DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class    == CDC_DATA_CLASS)    &&

-		    (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).SubClass == CDC_DATA_SUBCLASS) &&

-		    (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Protocol == CDC_DATA_PROTOCOL))

-		{

-			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;

-		}

-	}

-	

-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;

-}

-

-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's

- *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration

- *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.

- *

- *  This comparator searches for the next bulk IN or OUT endpoint, or interrupt IN endpoint within the current interface,

- *  aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint (so that it may be compared

- *  using a different comparator to determine if it is another CDC class interface).

- *

- *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum

- */

-uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceCDCDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)

-{

-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint)

-	{

-		uint8_t EndpointType = (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor,

-		                                        USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t).Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);

-	

-		if ((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) || (EndpointType == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT))

-		  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;

-	}

-	else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)

-	{

-		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;

-	}

-

-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;

-}

diff --git a/Demos/Host/CDCHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/CDCHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 1a118cad3..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/CDCHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.

- */

-

-#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_

-#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_

-

-	/* Includes: */

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>                        // USB Functionality

-		

-		#include "CDCHost.h"

-		

-	/* Macros: */

-		/** Interface Class value for the CDC class */

-		#define CDC_CONTROL_CLASS              0x02

-

-		/** Interface Class value for the CDC Communication Interface subclass */

-		#define CDC_CONTROL_SUBCLASS           0x02

-

-		/** Interface Class value for the CDC protocol */

-		#define CDC_CONTROL_PROTOCOL           0x01

-		

-		/** Interface Class value for the CDC data class */

-		#define CDC_DATA_CLASS                 0x0A

-

-		/** Interface Class value for the CDC data subclass (unused) */

-		#define CDC_DATA_SUBCLASS              0x00

-

-		/** Interface Class value for the CDC data protocol */

-		#define CDC_DATA_PROTOCOL              0x00

-

-		/** Maximum size of a device configuration descriptor which can be processed by the host, in bytes */

-		#define MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE     512

-	

-	/* Enums: */

-		/** Enum for the possible return codes of the ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */

-		enum CDCHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t

-		{

-			SuccessfulConfigRead            = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */

-			ControlError                    = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */

-			DescriptorTooLarge              = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */

-			InvalidConfigDataReturned       = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */

-			NoCDCInterfaceFound             = 4, /**< A compatible CDC interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */

-			NoEndpointFound                 = 5, /**< Compatible CDC endpoints were not found in the device's CDC interface */

-		};

-

-	/* Function Prototypes: */

-		uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);	

-		

-		uint8_t DComp_NextCDCControlInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);

-		uint8_t DComp_NextCDCDataInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);

-		uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceCDCDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);

-		

-#endif

diff --git a/Demos/Host/CDCHost/Doxygen.conf b/Demos/Host/CDCHost/Doxygen.conf
deleted file mode 100644
index 320951a5f..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/CDCHost/Doxygen.conf
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@
-# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1

-

-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system

-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project

-#

-# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored

-# The format is:

-#       TAG = value [value, ...]

-# For lists items can also be appended using:

-#       TAG += value [value, ...]

-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Project related configuration options

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file 

-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all 

-# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the 

-# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See 

-# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.

-

-DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8

-

-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded 

-# by quotes) that should identify the project.

-

-PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - CDC Host Demo"

-

-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. 

-# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or 

-# if some version control system is used.

-

-PROJECT_NUMBER         = 0.0.0

-

-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) 

-# base path where the generated documentation will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location 

-# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.

-

-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/

-

-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 

-# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output 

-# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories. 

-# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of 

-# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would 

-# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.

-

-CREATE_SUBDIRS         = YES

-

-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all 

-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this 

-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. 

-# The default language is English, other supported languages are: 

-# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional, 

-# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek, 

-# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), 

-# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish, 

-# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene, 

-# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.

-

-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English

-

-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in 

-# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). 

-# Set to NO to disable this.

-

-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES

-

-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend 

-# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. 

-# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the 

-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.

-

-REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES

-

-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator 

-# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string 

-# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be 

-# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is 

-# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. 

-# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically 

-# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget" 

-# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains" 

-# "represents" "a" "an" "the"

-

-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \

-                         "The $name widget" \

-                         "The $name file" \

-                         is \

-                         provides \

-                         specifies \

-                         contains \

-                         represents \

-                         a \

-                         an \

-                         the

-

-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then 

-# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief 

-# description.

-

-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO

-

-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all 

-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those 

-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment 

-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.

-

-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO

-

-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full 

-# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set 

-# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.

-

-FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES

-

-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag 

-# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is 

-# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of 

-# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. 

-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the 

-# path to strip.

-

-STRIP_FROM_PATH        = 

-

-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of 

-# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells 

-# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class. 

-# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class 

-# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that 

-# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.

-

-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    = 

-

-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter 

-# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems 

-# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.

-

-SHORT_NAMES            = YES

-

-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen 

-# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style 

-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc 

-# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments 

-# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)

-

-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO

-

-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will 

-# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style 

-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments 

-# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring 

-# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)

-

-QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO

-

-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen 

-# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// 

-# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour. 

-# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed 

-# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.

-

-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO

-

-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented 

-# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it 

-# re-implements.

-

-INHERIT_DOCS           = YES

-

-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce 

-# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will 

-# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.

-

-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO

-

-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. 

-# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.

-

-TAB_SIZE               = 4

-

-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts 

-# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". 

-# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to 

-# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which 

-# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". 

-# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.

-

-ALIASES                = 

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C 

-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. 

-# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list 

-# of all members will be omitted, etc.

-

-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java 

-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for 

-# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified 

-# scopes will look different, etc.

-

-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran 

-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for 

-# Fortran.

-

-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL 

-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for 

-# VHDL.

-

-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO

-

-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want 

-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should 

-# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and 

-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s. 

-# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration 

-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.

-

-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO

-

-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to

-# enable parsing support.

-

-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO

-

-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only. 

-# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public 

-# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.

-

-SIP_SUPPORT            = NO

-

-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter 

-# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default) 

-# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the 

-# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or 

-# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the 

-# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.

-

-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES

-

-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC 

-# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first 

-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default 

-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.

-

-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO

-

-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of 

-# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a 

-# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to 

-# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using 

-# the \nosubgrouping command.

-

-SUBGROUPING            = YES

-

-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum 

-# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So 

-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct 

-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, 

-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically 

-# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound 

-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.

-

-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO

-

-# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to 

-# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.

-# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.

-# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is 

-# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause 

-# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time 

-# causing a significant performance penality. 

-# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the 

-# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on 

-# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the 

-# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula: 

-# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, 

-# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols

-

-SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE      = 0

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Build related configuration options

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in 

-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. 

-# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless 

-# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES

-

-EXTRACT_ALL            = YES

-

-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class 

-# will be included in the documentation.

-

-EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES

-

-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file 

-# will be included in the documentation.

-

-EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES

-

-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) 

-# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. 

-# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.

-

-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES

-

-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local 

-# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in 

-# the interface are included in the documentation. 

-# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.

-

-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO

-

-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be 

-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called 

-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base 

-# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default 

-# anonymous namespace are hidden.

-

-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all 

-# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. 

-# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the 

-# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. 

-# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.

-

-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all 

-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. 

-# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various 

-# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.

-

-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all 

-# friend (class|struct|union) declarations. 

-# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the 

-# documentation.

-

-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any 

-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. 

-# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the 

-# function's detailed documentation block.

-

-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO

-

-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation 

-# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set 

-# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. 

-# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.

-

-INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO

-

-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate 

-# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also 

-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ 

-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows 

-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.

-

-CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen 

-# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the 

-# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.

-

-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO

-

-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen 

-# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation 

-# of that file.

-

-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES

-

-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] 

-# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.

-

-INLINE_INFO            = YES

-

-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen 

-# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members 

-# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in 

-# declaration order.

-

-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES

-

-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the 

-# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically 

-# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in 

-# declaration order.

-

-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO

-

-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the 

-# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default) 

-# the group names will appear in their defined order.

-

-SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO

-

-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be 

-# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to 

-# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name, 

-# not including the namespace part. 

-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.

-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the 

-# alphabetical list.

-

-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 

-# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo 

-# commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 

-# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test 

-# commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 

-# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug 

-# commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 

-# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting 

-# \deprecated commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES

-

-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional 

-# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.

-

-ENABLED_SECTIONS       = 

-

-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines 

-# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in 

-# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified 

-# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. 

-# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the 

-# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer 

-# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.

-

-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30

-

-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated 

-# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the 

-# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.

-

-SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES

-

-# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories 

-# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy 

-# in the documentation. The default is NO.

-

-SHOW_DIRECTORIES       = YES

-

-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.

-# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the 

-# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.

-

-SHOW_FILES             = YES

-

-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the 

-# Namespaces page.  This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index

-# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.

-

-SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES

-

-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that 

-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from 

-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via 

-# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of 

-# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file 

-# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output 

-# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.

-

-FILE_VERSION_FILTER    = 

-

-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by 

-# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files 

-# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents 

-# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a 

-# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name 

-# of the layout file.

-

-LAYOUT_FILE            = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to warning and progress messages

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated 

-# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.

-

-QUIET                  = YES

-

-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are 

-# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank 

-# NO is used.

-

-WARNINGS               = YES

-

-# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings 

-# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will 

-# automatically be disabled.

-

-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES

-

-# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for 

-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some 

-# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that 

-# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.

-

-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES

-

-# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for 

-# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters 

-# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about 

-# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of 

-# documentation.

-

-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES

-

-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that 

-# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text 

-# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the 

-# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain 

-# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could 

-# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)

-

-WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"

-

-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning 

-# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written 

-# to stderr.

-

-WARN_LOGFILE           = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the input files

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain 

-# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or 

-# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories 

-# with spaces.

-

-INPUT                  = ./

-

-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files 

-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is 

-# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built 

-# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for 

-# the list of possible encodings.

-

-INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8

-

-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the 

-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp 

-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left 

-# blank the following patterns are tested: 

-# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx 

-# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90

-

-FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \

-                         *.c \

-						 *.txt

-

-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories 

-# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. 

-# If left blank NO is used.

-

-RECURSIVE              = YES

-

-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should 

-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a 

-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.

-

-EXCLUDE                = 

-

-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or 

-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded 

-# from the input.

-

-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO

-

-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the 

-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude 

-# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched 

-# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories 

-# for example use the pattern */test/*

-

-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       = */LowLevel/USBMode.h

-

-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names 

-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the 

-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the 

-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, 

-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test

-

-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __*

-

-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or 

-# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see 

-# the \include command).

-

-EXAMPLE_PATH           = 

-

-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the 

-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp 

-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left 

-# blank all files are included.

-

-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *

-

-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be 

-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude 

-# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. 

-# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.

-

-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO

-

-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or 

-# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see 

-# the \image command).

-

-IMAGE_PATH             = 

-

-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should 

-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program 

-# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter> 

-# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an 

-# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes 

-# to standard output.  If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be 

-# ignored.

-

-INPUT_FILTER           = 

-

-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern 

-# basis.  Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the 

-# filter if there is a match.  The filters are a list of the form: 

-# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further 

-# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER 

-# is applied to all files.

-

-FILTER_PATTERNS        = 

-

-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using 

-# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source 

-# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).

-

-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to source browsing

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will 

-# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. 

-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also 

-# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.

-

-SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO

-

-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body 

-# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.

-

-INLINE_SOURCES         = NO

-

-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct 

-# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code 

-# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.

-

-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES

-

-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES 

-# then for each documented function all documented 

-# functions referencing it will be listed.

-

-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO

-

-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES 

-# then for each documented function all documented entities 

-# called/used by that function will be listed.

-

-REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO

-

-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)

-# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from

-# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will

-# link to the source code.  Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.

-

-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO

-

-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code 

-# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen 

-# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source 

-# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You 

-# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.

-

-USE_HTAGS              = NO

-

-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen 

-# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for 

-# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.

-

-VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index 

-# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project 

-# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.

-

-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES

-

-# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then 

-# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns 

-# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])

-

-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5

-

-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all 

-# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. 

-# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that 

-# should be ignored while generating the index headers.

-

-IGNORE_PREFIX          = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the HTML output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate HTML output.

-

-GENERATE_HTML          = YES

-

-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.

-

-HTML_OUTPUT            = html

-

-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for 

-# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank 

-# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.

-

-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html

-

-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for 

-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a 

-# standard header.

-

-HTML_HEADER            = 

-

-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for 

-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a 

-# standard footer.

-

-HTML_FOOTER            = 

-

-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading 

-# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to 

-# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen 

-# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy 

-# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own 

-# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!

-

-HTML_STYLESHEET        = 

-

-# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes, 

-# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to 

-# NO a bullet list will be used.

-

-HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS     = YES

-

-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML 

-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the 

-# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports 

-# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox 

-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).

-

-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES

-

-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files 

-# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 

-# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard). 

-# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the 

-# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that 

-# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in 

-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find 

-# it at startup. 

-# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.

-

-GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO

-

-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the 

-# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple 

-# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite) 

-# can be grouped.

-

-DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"

-

-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that 

-# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a 

-# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen 

-# will append .docset to the name.

-

-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files 

-# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the 

-# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm) 

-# of the generated HTML documentation.

-

-GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can 

-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You 

-# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be 

-# written to the html output directory.

-

-CHM_FILE               = 

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can 

-# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of 

-# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run 

-# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.

-

-HHC_LOCATION           = 

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag 

-# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that 

-# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).

-

-GENERATE_CHI           = NO

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING

-# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file

-# content.

-

-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     = 

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag 

-# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a 

-# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.

-

-BINARY_TOC             = NO

-

-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members 

-# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.

-

-TOC_EXPAND             = YES

-

-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER 

-# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for 

-# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated 

-# HTML documentation.

-

-GENERATE_QHP           = NO

-

-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can 

-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file. 

-# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.

-

-QCH_FILE               = 

-

-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating 

-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see 

-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.

-

-QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project

-

-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating 

-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see 

-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.

-

-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc

-

-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can 

-# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator. 

-# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated 

-# .qhp file .

-

-QHG_LOCATION           = 

-

-# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at 

-# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and 

-# the value YES disables it.

-

-DISABLE_INDEX          = NO

-

-# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20]) 

-# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.

-

-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1

-

-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index

-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.

-# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated

-# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that 

-# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports 

-# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, 

-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are 

-# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values 

-# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,

-# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;

-# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which

-# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous

-# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE

-# respectively.

-

-GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES

-

-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be 

-# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree 

-# is shown.

-

-TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250

-

-# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included 

-# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that 

-# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need 

-# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory 

-# to force them to be regenerated.

-

-FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the LaTeX output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate Latex output.

-

-GENERATE_LATEX         = NO

-

-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.

-

-LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex

-

-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be 

-# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.

-

-LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex

-

-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to 

-# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the 

-# default command name.

-

-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex

-

-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact 

-# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to 

-# save some trees in general.

-

-COMPACT_LATEX          = NO

-

-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used 

-# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and 

-# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.

-

-PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide

-

-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX 

-# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.

-

-EXTRA_PACKAGES         = 

-

-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for 

-# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until 

-# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a 

-# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!

-

-LATEX_HEADER           = 

-

-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated 

-# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will 

-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references 

-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.

-

-PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES

-

-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of 

-# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a 

-# higher quality PDF documentation.

-

-USE_PDFLATEX           = YES

-

-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. 

-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep 

-# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. 

-# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.

-

-LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO

-

-# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not 

-# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) 

-# in the output.

-

-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the RTF output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output 

-# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with 

-# other RTF readers or editors.

-

-GENERATE_RTF           = NO

-

-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.

-

-RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf

-

-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact 

-# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to 

-# save some trees in general.

-

-COMPACT_RTF            = NO

-

-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated 

-# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will 

-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. 

-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other 

-# programs which support those fields. 

-# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.

-

-RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO

-

-# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's 

-# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide 

-# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.

-

-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    = 

-

-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. 

-# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.

-

-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the man page output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate man pages

-

-GENERATE_MAN           = NO

-

-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.

-

-MAN_OUTPUT             = man

-

-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to 

-# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)

-

-MAN_EXTENSION          = .3

-

-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, 

-# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity 

-# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files 

-# only source the real man page, but without them the man command 

-# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.

-

-MAN_LINKS              = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the XML output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will 

-# generate an XML file that captures the structure of 

-# the code including all documentation.

-

-GENERATE_XML           = NO

-

-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.

-

-XML_OUTPUT             = xml

-

-# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema, 

-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the 

-# syntax of the XML files.

-

-XML_SCHEMA             = 

-

-# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD, 

-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the 

-# syntax of the XML files.

-

-XML_DTD                = 

-

-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will 

-# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting 

-# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that 

-# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.

-

-XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will 

-# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file 

-# that captures the structure of the code including all 

-# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental 

-# and incomplete at the moment.

-

-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the Perl module output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will 

-# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of 

-# the code including all documentation. Note that this 

-# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the 

-# moment.

-

-GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO

-

-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate 

-# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able 

-# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.

-

-PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO

-

-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be 

-# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader.  This is useful 

-# if you want to understand what is going on.  On the other hand, if this 

-# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller 

-# and Perl will parse it just the same.

-

-PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES

-

-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file 

-# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. 

-# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same 

-# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.

-

-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor   

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include 

-# files.

-

-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES

-

-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro 

-# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional 

-# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled 

-# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.

-

-MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES

-

-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES 

-# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the 

-# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.

-

-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES

-

-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files 

-# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.

-

-SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES

-

-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that 

-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by 

-# the preprocessor.

-

-INCLUDE_PATH           = 

-

-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard 

-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the 

-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will 

-# be used.

-

-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  = 

-

-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that 

-# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of 

-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name 

-# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are 

-# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being 

-# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator 

-# instead of the = operator.

-

-PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__

-

-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then 

-# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. 

-# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. 

-# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.

-

-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      = BUTTLOADTAG

-

-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then 

-# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone 

-# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such 

-# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse 

-# the parser if not removed.

-

-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration::additions related to external references   

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. 

-# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation 

-# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without 

-# this location is as follows: 

-#   TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... 

-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: 

-#   TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... 

-# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or 

-# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool 

-# does not have to be run to correct the links.

-# Note that each tag file must have a unique name

-# (where the name does NOT include the path)

-# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen 

-# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.

-

-TAGFILES               = 

-

-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create 

-# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.

-

-GENERATE_TAGFILE       = 

-

-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed 

-# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes 

-# will be listed.

-

-ALLEXTERNALS           = NO

-

-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed 

-# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will 

-# be listed.

-

-EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES

-

-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script 

-# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').

-

-PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration options related to the dot tool   

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base 

-# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that 

-# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a 

-# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more 

-# powerful graphs.

-

-CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO

-

-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc 

-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see 

-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the 

-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where 

-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the 

-# default search path.

-

-MSCGEN_PATH            = 

-

-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide 

-# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented 

-# or is not a class.

-

-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES

-

-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is 

-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization 

-# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section 

-# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)

-

-HAVE_DOT               = NO

-

-# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output 

-# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This 

-# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need 

-# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name 

-# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font, 

-# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the 

-# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory 

-# containing the font.

-

-DOT_FONTNAME           = FreeSans

-

-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs. 

-# The default size is 10pt.

-

-DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10

-

-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the 

-# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a 

-# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot 

-# can find it using this tag.

-

-DOT_FONTPATH           = 

-

-# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 

-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and 

-# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the 

-# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.

-

-CLASS_GRAPH            = NO

-

-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 

-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and 

-# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and 

-# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.

-

-COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO

-

-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 

-# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies

-

-GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO

-

-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and 

-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling 

-# Language.

-

-UML_LOOK               = NO

-

-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the 

-# relations between templates and their instances.

-

-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO

-

-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT 

-# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented 

-# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with 

-# other documented files.

-

-INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO

-

-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and 

-# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each 

-# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or 

-# indirectly include this file.

-

-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO

-

-# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then 

-# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function 

-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase 

-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs 

-# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.

-

-CALL_GRAPH             = NO

-

-# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then 

-# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function 

-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase 

-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller 

-# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.

-

-CALLER_GRAPH           = NO

-

-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 

-# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.

-

-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO

-

-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES 

-# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories 

-# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include

-# relations between the files in the directories.

-

-DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO

-

-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images 

-# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif

-# If left blank png will be used.

-

-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png

-

-# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be 

-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.

-

-DOT_PATH               = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin"

-

-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that 

-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the 

-# \dotfile command).

-

-DOTFILE_DIRS           = 

-

-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of 

-# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph 

-# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is 

-# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the 

-# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than 

-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note 

-# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.

-

-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15

-

-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the 

-# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable 

-# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes 

-# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this 

-# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large 

-# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by 

-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.

-

-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2

-

-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent 

-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not 

-# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used, 

-# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of 

-# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).

-

-DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES

-

-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output 

-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This 

-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) 

-# support this, this feature is disabled by default.

-

-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO

-

-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and 

-# arrows in the dot generated graphs.

-

-GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES

-

-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate 

-# the various graphs.

-

-DOT_CLEANUP            = YES

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration::additions related to the search engine   

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be 

-# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.

-

-SEARCHENGINE           = NO

diff --git a/Demos/Host/CDCHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/CDCHost/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index f1255aad2..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/CDCHost/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,735 +0,0 @@
-# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-

-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, J�rg Wunsch, et al.

-#  >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<

-#

-# Released to the Public Domain

-#

-# Additional material for this makefile was written by:

-# Peter Fleury

-# Tim Henigan

-# Colin O'Flynn

-# Reiner Patommel

-# Markus Pfaff

-# Sander Pool

-# Frederik Rouleau

-# Carlos Lamas

-# Dean Camera

-# Opendous Inc.

-# Denver Gingerich

-#

-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# On command line:

-#

-# make all = Make software.

-#

-# make clean = Clean out built project files.

-#

-# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.

-#

-# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.

-#

-# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.

-#                Please customize the avrdude settings below first!

-#

-# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must

-#            have dfu-programmer installed).

-#

-# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must

-#             have Atmel FLIP installed).

-#

-# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer

-#               (must have dfu-programmer installed).

-#

-# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP

-#                (must have Atmel FLIP installed).

-#

-# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have

-#                DoxyGen installed)

-#

-# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging, 

-#              with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.

-#

-# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.

-#

-# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting

-#                   bug reports to the GCC project.

-#

-# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".

-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-# MCU name

-MCU = at90usb1287

-

-

-# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring

-# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called 

-# "Board" inside the application directory.

-BOARD  = USBKEY

-

-

-# Processor frequency.

-#     This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the 

-#     processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to 

-#     calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done

-#     automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.

-#     Typical values are:

-#         F_CPU =  1000000

-#         F_CPU =  1843200

-#         F_CPU =  2000000

-#         F_CPU =  3686400

-#         F_CPU =  4000000

-#         F_CPU =  7372800

-#         F_CPU =  8000000

-#         F_CPU = 11059200

-#         F_CPU = 14745600

-#         F_CPU = 16000000

-#         F_CPU = 18432000

-#         F_CPU = 20000000

-F_CPU = 8000000

-

-

-# Input clock frequency.

-#     This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the 

-#     input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may

-#     differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the

-#     raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed

-#     clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'

-#     at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your

-#     source code.

-#

-#     If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the

-#     CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.

-F_CLOCK = 8000000

-

-

-# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)

-FORMAT = ihex

-

-

-# Target file name (without extension).

-TARGET = CDCHost

-

-

-# Object files directory

-#     To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make

-#     this an empty or blank macro!

-OBJDIR = .

-

-

-# Path to the LUFA library

-LUFA_PATH = ../../..

-

-

-# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)

-SRC = $(TARGET).c                                                 \

-	  ConfigDescriptor.c                                          \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c                     \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c         \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c               \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c        \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c           \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c               \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c       \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c           \

- 	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c               \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c            \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c      \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c           \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c  \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDParser.c             \

-

-

-# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)

-CPPSRC = 

-

-

-# List Assembler source files here.

-#     Make them always end in a capital .S.  Files ending in a lowercase .s

-#     will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler

-#     output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!

-#     Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,

-#     it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does

-#     care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.

-ASRC =

-

-

-# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s]. 

-#     0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.

-#     (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)

-OPT = s

-

-

-# Debugging format.

-#     Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.

-#     AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.

-#     AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.

-DEBUG = dwarf-2

-

-

-# List any extra directories to look for include files here.

-#     Each directory must be seperated by a space.

-#     Use forward slashes for directory separators.

-#     For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.

-EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/

-

-

-# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

-#     c89   = "ANSI" C

-#     gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions

-#     c99   = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)

-#     gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions

-CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99

-

-

-# Place -D or -U options here for C sources

-CDEFS  = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)

-CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DUSB_HOST_ONLY -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS

-CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"

-

-

-# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources

-ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)

-

-

-# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources

-CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL

-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS

-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS

-

-

-

-#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------

-#  -g*:          generate debugging information

-#  -O*:          optimization level

-#  -f...:        tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation

-#  -Wall...:     warning level

-#  -Wa,...:      tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.

-#    -adhlns...: create assembler listing

-CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)

-CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)

-CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)

-CFLAGS += -funsigned-char

-CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields

-CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections

-CFLAGS += -fpack-struct

-CFLAGS += -fshort-enums

-CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20

-CFLAGS += -Wall

-CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes

-CFLAGS += -Wundef

-#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time

-#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code

-#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare

-CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)

-CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))

-CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)

-

-

-#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------

-#  -g*:          generate debugging information

-#  -O*:          optimization level

-#  -f...:        tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation

-#  -Wall...:     warning level

-#  -Wa,...:      tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.

-#    -adhlns...: create assembler listing

-CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)

-CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)

-CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)

-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char

-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields

-CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct

-CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums

-CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions

-CPPFLAGS += -Wall

-CFLAGS += -Wundef

-#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls

-#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time

-#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes

-#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code

-#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare

-CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)

-CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))

-#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)

-

-

-#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------

-#  -Wa,...:   tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.

-#  -adhlns:   create listing

-#  -gstabs:   have the assembler create line number information; note that

-#             for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames

-#             and function names needs to be present in the assembler source

-#             files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]

-#  -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex 

-#       dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.

-ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100

-

-

-#---------------- Library Options ----------------

-# Minimalistic printf version

-PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min

-

-# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)

-PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt

-

-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.

-PRINTF_LIB = 

-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)

-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)

-

-

-# Minimalistic scanf version

-SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min

-

-# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)

-SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt

-

-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.

-SCANF_LIB = 

-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)

-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)

-

-

-MATH_LIB = -lm

-

-

-# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.

-#     Each directory must be seperated by a space.

-#     Use forward slashes for directory separators.

-#     For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.

-EXTRALIBDIRS = 

-

-

-

-#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------

-

-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),

-# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).

-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff

-

-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),

-# only used for heap (malloc()).

-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff

-

-EXTMEMOPTS =

-

-

-

-#---------------- Linker Options ----------------

-#  -Wl,...:     tell GCC to pass this to linker.

-#    -Map:      create map file

-#    --cref:    add cross reference to  map file

-LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref

-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax 

-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections

-LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)

-LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))

-LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)

-#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x

-

-

-

-#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------

-

-# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd 

-# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500

-#

-# Type: avrdude -c ?

-# to get a full listing.

-#

-AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII

-

-# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.

-AVRDUDE_PORT = usb

-

-AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex

-#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep

-

-

-# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.

-# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,

-# see avrdude manual.

-#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y

-

-# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be

-# performed after programming the device.

-#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V

-

-# Increase verbosity level.  Please use this when submitting bug

-# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude> 

-# to submit bug reports.

-#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v

-

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)

-

-

-

-#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------

-

-# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.

-DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)

-

-# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.

-# DEBUG_UI = gdb

-DEBUG_UI = insight

-

-# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.

-DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice

-#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr

-

-# GDB Init Filename.

-GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit

-

-# When using avarice settings for the JTAG

-JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1

-

-# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.

-DEBUG_PORT = 4242

-

-# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally

-#     just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when 

-#     avarice is running on a different computer.

-DEBUG_HOST = localhost

-

-

-

-#============================================================================

-

-

-# Define programs and commands.

-SHELL = sh

-CC = avr-gcc

-OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy

-OBJDUMP = avr-objdump

-SIZE = avr-size

-AR = avr-ar rcs

-NM = avr-nm

-AVRDUDE = avrdude

-REMOVE = rm -f

-REMOVEDIR = rm -rf

-COPY = cp

-WINSHELL = cmd

-

-# Define Messages

-# English

-MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none

-MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------

-MSG_END = --------  end  --------

-MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before: 

-MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:

-MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:

-MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:

-MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:

-MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:

-MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:

-MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:

-MSG_LINKING = Linking:

-MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:

-MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:

-MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:

-MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:

-MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:

-

-

-

-

-# Define all object files.

-OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) 

-

-# Define all listing files.

-LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) 

-

-

-# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.

-GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d

-

-

-# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.

-# Add target processor to flags.

-ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)

-ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)

-ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)

-

-

-

-

-

-# Default target.

-all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end

-

-# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.

-build: elf hex eep lss sym

-#build: lib

-

-

-elf: $(TARGET).elf

-hex: $(TARGET).hex

-eep: $(TARGET).eep

-lss: $(TARGET).lss

-sym: $(TARGET).sym

-LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a

-lib: $(LIBNAME)

-

-

-

-# Eye candy.

-# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on

-# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.

-begin:

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)

-

-end:

-	@echo $(MSG_END)

-	@echo

-

-

-# Display size of file.

-HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex

-ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf

-MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )

-FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )

-

-sizebefore:

-	@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \

-	2>/dev/null; echo; fi

-

-sizeafter:

-	@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \

-	2>/dev/null; echo; fi

-

-checkhooks: build

-	@echo

-	@echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events -------

-	@$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \

-	           cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \

-			   echo "(None)"

-	@echo ------------------------------------

-

-checklibmode:

-	@echo

-	@echo ----------- Library Mode -----------

-	@$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \

-	          | grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \

-	          || echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)."

-	@echo ------------------------------------

-

-checkboard:

-	@echo

-	@echo ---------- Selected Board ----------

-	@echo Selected board model is $(BOARD).

-	@echo ------------------------------------

-	

-# Display compiler version information.

-gccversion : 

-	@$(CC) --version

-

-

-

-# Program the device.  

-program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep

-	$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)

-

-flip: $(TARGET).hex

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0

-

-dfu: $(TARGET).hex

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset

-

-flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep

-	copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0

-

-dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset

-

-

-# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:

-#     define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set 

-#     a breakpoint at main().

-gdb-config: 

-	@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)  >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)

-	@echo load  >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-endif

-	@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-

-debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf

-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)

-	@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \

-	$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c pause

-

-else

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \

-	$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)

-endif

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)

-

-

-

-

-# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.

-COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000

-

-

-

-coff: $(TARGET).elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof

-	$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof

-

-

-extcoff: $(TARGET).elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof

-	$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof

-

-

-

-# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.

-%.hex: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@

-	$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@

-

-%.eep: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@

-	-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \

-	--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0

-

-# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.

-%.lss: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@

-	$(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@

-

-# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.

-%.sym: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@

-	$(NM) -n $< > $@

-

-

-

-# Create library from object files.

-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a

-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)

-%.a: $(OBJ)

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@

-	$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)

-

-

-# Link: create ELF output file from object files.

-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf

-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)

-%.elf: $(OBJ)

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@

-	$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)

-

-

-# Compile: create object files from C source files.

-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<

-	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ 

-

-

-# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.

-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<

-	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ 

-

-

-# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.

-%.s : %.c

-	$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@

-

-

-# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.

-%.s : %.cpp

-	$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@

-

-

-# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.

-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<

-	$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@

-

-

-# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.

-%.i : %.c

-	$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@ 

-	

-

-# Target: clean project.

-clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end

-

-clean_binary:

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex

-	

-clean_list:

-	@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)

-	$(REMOVEDIR) .dep

-

-

-doxygen:

-	@echo Generating Project Documentation...

-	@doxygen Doxygen.conf

-	@echo Documentation Generation Complete.

-

-clean_doxygen:

-	rm -rf Documentation

-

-# Create object files directory

-$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)

-

-

-# Include the dependency files.

--include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)

-

-

-# Listing of phony targets.

-.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard   \

-begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion  \

-build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean      \

-clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config  \

-doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Demos/Host/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 29fa60ba3..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,174 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations

- *  needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special  computer-readable structures

- *  which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.

- */

-

-#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"

-

-/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This

- *  routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate

- *  with compatible devices.

- *

- *  This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint.

- *

- *  \return An error code from the GenericHIDHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.

- */

-uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)

-{

-	uint8_t* ConfigDescriptorData;

-	uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;

-	

-	uint8_t  FoundEndpoints = 0;

-	

-	/* Get Configuration Descriptor size from the device */

-	if (USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)

-	  return ControlError;

-	

-	/* Ensure that the Configuration Descriptor isn't too large */

-	if (ConfigDescriptorSize > MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE)

-	  return DescriptorTooLarge;

-	  

-	/* Allocate enough memory for the entire config descriptor */

-	ConfigDescriptorData = alloca(ConfigDescriptorSize);

-

-	/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */

-	USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData);

-	

-	/* Validate returned data - ensure first entry is a configuration header descriptor */

-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)

-	  return InvalidConfigDataReturned;

-	

-	/* Get the HID interface from the configuration descriptor */

-	if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,

-	                              DComp_NextHIDInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)

-	{

-		/* Descriptor not found, error out */

-		return NoHIDInterfaceFound;

-	}

-

-	while (FoundEndpoints != ((1 << HID_DATA_IN_PIPE) | (1 << HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE)))

-	{

-		/* Get the next HID interface's data endpoint descriptor */

-		if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,

-		                              DComp_NextInterfaceHIDDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)

-		{

-			/* Not all HID devices have an OUT endpoint - if we've reached the end of the HID descriptor

-			 * but only found the mandatory IN endpoint, it's safe to continue with the device enumeration */

-			if (FoundEndpoints == (1 << HID_DATA_IN_PIPE))

-			  break;

-				

-			/* Descriptor not found, error out */

-			return NoEndpointFound;

-		}

-		

-		/* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */

-		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);

-

-		/* If the endpoint is a IN type endpoint */

-		if (EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN)

-		{

-			/* Configure the HID data IN pipe */

-			Pipe_ConfigurePipe(HID_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_IN,

-							   EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE);

-

-			Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();

-			

-			FoundEndpoints |= (1 << HID_DATA_IN_PIPE);

-		}

-		else

-		{

-			/* Configure the HID data OUT pipe */

-			Pipe_ConfigurePipe(HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_OUT,

-							   EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE);

-			

-			FoundEndpoints |= (1 << HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE);		

-		}

-	}

-			

-	/* Valid data found, return success */

-	return SuccessfulConfigRead;

-}

-

-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's

- *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration

- *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.

- *

- *  This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct HID Class value.

- *

- *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum

- */

-uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)

-{

-	/* Determine if the current descriptor is an interface descriptor */

-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)

-	{

-		/* Check the HID descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */

-		if (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class == HID_CLASS)

-		{

-			/* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */

-			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;

-		}

-	}

-	

-	/* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */

-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;

-}

-

-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's

- *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration

- *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.

- *

- *  This comparator searches for the next Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor,

- *  aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.

- *

- *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum

- */

-uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceHIDDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)

-{

-	/* Determine the type of the current descriptor */

-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint)

-	{

-		/* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */

-		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;

-	}

-	else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)

-	{

-		/* Indicate that the search has failed prematurely and should be aborted */

-		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;

-	}

-

-	/* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */

-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;

-}

diff --git a/Demos/Host/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b58d44027..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/GenericHIDHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,69 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.

- */

-

-#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_

-#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_

-

-	/* Includes: */

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>                        // USB Functionality

-		

-		#include "GenericHIDHost.h"

-		

-	/* Macros: */

-		/** Interface Class value for the Human Interface Device class */

-		#define HID_CLASS                 0x03

-

-		/** Maximum size of a device configuration descriptor which can be processed by the host, in bytes */

-		#define MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE  512

-	

-	/* Enums: */

-		/** Enum for the possible return codes of the ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */

-		enum GenericHIDHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t

-		{

-			SuccessfulConfigRead            = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */

-			ControlError                    = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */

-			DescriptorTooLarge              = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */

-			InvalidConfigDataReturned       = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */

-			NoHIDInterfaceFound             = 4, /**< A compatible HID interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */

-			NoEndpointFound                 = 5, /**< A compatible HID IN endpoint was not found in the device's HID interface */

-		};	

-

-	/* Function Prototypes: */

-		uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);

-

-		uint8_t DComp_NextHIDInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);

-		uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceHIDDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);

-

-#endif

diff --git a/Demos/Host/GenericHIDHost/Doxygen.conf b/Demos/Host/GenericHIDHost/Doxygen.conf
deleted file mode 100644
index 0626a8a8a..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/GenericHIDHost/Doxygen.conf
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@
-# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1

-

-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system

-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project

-#

-# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored

-# The format is:

-#       TAG = value [value, ...]

-# For lists items can also be appended using:

-#       TAG += value [value, ...]

-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Project related configuration options

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file 

-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all 

-# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the 

-# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See 

-# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.

-

-DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8

-

-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded 

-# by quotes) that should identify the project.

-

-PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Generic HID Host Demo"

-

-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. 

-# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or 

-# if some version control system is used.

-

-PROJECT_NUMBER         = 0.0.0

-

-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) 

-# base path where the generated documentation will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location 

-# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.

-

-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/

-

-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 

-# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output 

-# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories. 

-# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of 

-# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would 

-# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.

-

-CREATE_SUBDIRS         = YES

-

-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all 

-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this 

-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. 

-# The default language is English, other supported languages are: 

-# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional, 

-# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek, 

-# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), 

-# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish, 

-# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene, 

-# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.

-

-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English

-

-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in 

-# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). 

-# Set to NO to disable this.

-

-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES

-

-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend 

-# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. 

-# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the 

-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.

-

-REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES

-

-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator 

-# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string 

-# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be 

-# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is 

-# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. 

-# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically 

-# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget" 

-# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains" 

-# "represents" "a" "an" "the"

-

-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \

-                         "The $name widget" \

-                         "The $name file" \

-                         is \

-                         provides \

-                         specifies \

-                         contains \

-                         represents \

-                         a \

-                         an \

-                         the

-

-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then 

-# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief 

-# description.

-

-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO

-

-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all 

-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those 

-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment 

-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.

-

-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO

-

-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full 

-# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set 

-# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.

-

-FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES

-

-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag 

-# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is 

-# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of 

-# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. 

-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the 

-# path to strip.

-

-STRIP_FROM_PATH        = 

-

-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of 

-# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells 

-# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class. 

-# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class 

-# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that 

-# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.

-

-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    = 

-

-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter 

-# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems 

-# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.

-

-SHORT_NAMES            = YES

-

-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen 

-# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style 

-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc 

-# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments 

-# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)

-

-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO

-

-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will 

-# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style 

-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments 

-# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring 

-# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)

-

-QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO

-

-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen 

-# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// 

-# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour. 

-# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed 

-# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.

-

-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO

-

-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented 

-# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it 

-# re-implements.

-

-INHERIT_DOCS           = YES

-

-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce 

-# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will 

-# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.

-

-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO

-

-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. 

-# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.

-

-TAB_SIZE               = 4

-

-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts 

-# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". 

-# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to 

-# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which 

-# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". 

-# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.

-

-ALIASES                = 

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C 

-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. 

-# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list 

-# of all members will be omitted, etc.

-

-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java 

-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for 

-# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified 

-# scopes will look different, etc.

-

-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran 

-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for 

-# Fortran.

-

-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL 

-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for 

-# VHDL.

-

-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO

-

-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want 

-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should 

-# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and 

-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s. 

-# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration 

-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.

-

-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO

-

-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to

-# enable parsing support.

-

-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO

-

-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only. 

-# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public 

-# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.

-

-SIP_SUPPORT            = NO

-

-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter 

-# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default) 

-# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the 

-# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or 

-# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the 

-# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.

-

-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES

-

-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC 

-# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first 

-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default 

-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.

-

-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO

-

-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of 

-# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a 

-# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to 

-# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using 

-# the \nosubgrouping command.

-

-SUBGROUPING            = YES

-

-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum 

-# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So 

-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct 

-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, 

-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically 

-# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound 

-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.

-

-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO

-

-# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to 

-# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.

-# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.

-# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is 

-# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause 

-# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time 

-# causing a significant performance penality. 

-# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the 

-# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on 

-# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the 

-# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula: 

-# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, 

-# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols

-

-SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE      = 0

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Build related configuration options

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in 

-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. 

-# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless 

-# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES

-

-EXTRACT_ALL            = YES

-

-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class 

-# will be included in the documentation.

-

-EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES

-

-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file 

-# will be included in the documentation.

-

-EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES

-

-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) 

-# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. 

-# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.

-

-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES

-

-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local 

-# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in 

-# the interface are included in the documentation. 

-# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.

-

-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO

-

-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be 

-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called 

-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base 

-# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default 

-# anonymous namespace are hidden.

-

-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all 

-# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. 

-# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the 

-# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. 

-# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.

-

-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all 

-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. 

-# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various 

-# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.

-

-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all 

-# friend (class|struct|union) declarations. 

-# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the 

-# documentation.

-

-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any 

-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. 

-# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the 

-# function's detailed documentation block.

-

-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO

-

-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation 

-# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set 

-# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. 

-# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.

-

-INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO

-

-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate 

-# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also 

-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ 

-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows 

-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.

-

-CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen 

-# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the 

-# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.

-

-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO

-

-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen 

-# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation 

-# of that file.

-

-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES

-

-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] 

-# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.

-

-INLINE_INFO            = YES

-

-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen 

-# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members 

-# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in 

-# declaration order.

-

-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES

-

-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the 

-# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically 

-# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in 

-# declaration order.

-

-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO

-

-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the 

-# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default) 

-# the group names will appear in their defined order.

-

-SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO

-

-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be 

-# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to 

-# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name, 

-# not including the namespace part. 

-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.

-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the 

-# alphabetical list.

-

-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 

-# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo 

-# commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 

-# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test 

-# commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 

-# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug 

-# commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 

-# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting 

-# \deprecated commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES

-

-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional 

-# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.

-

-ENABLED_SECTIONS       = 

-

-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines 

-# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in 

-# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified 

-# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. 

-# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the 

-# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer 

-# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.

-

-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30

-

-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated 

-# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the 

-# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.

-

-SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES

-

-# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories 

-# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy 

-# in the documentation. The default is NO.

-

-SHOW_DIRECTORIES       = YES

-

-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.

-# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the 

-# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.

-

-SHOW_FILES             = YES

-

-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the 

-# Namespaces page.  This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index

-# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.

-

-SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES

-

-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that 

-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from 

-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via 

-# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of 

-# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file 

-# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output 

-# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.

-

-FILE_VERSION_FILTER    = 

-

-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by 

-# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files 

-# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents 

-# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a 

-# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name 

-# of the layout file.

-

-LAYOUT_FILE            = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to warning and progress messages

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated 

-# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.

-

-QUIET                  = YES

-

-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are 

-# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank 

-# NO is used.

-

-WARNINGS               = YES

-

-# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings 

-# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will 

-# automatically be disabled.

-

-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES

-

-# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for 

-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some 

-# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that 

-# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.

-

-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES

-

-# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for 

-# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters 

-# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about 

-# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of 

-# documentation.

-

-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES

-

-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that 

-# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text 

-# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the 

-# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain 

-# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could 

-# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)

-

-WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"

-

-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning 

-# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written 

-# to stderr.

-

-WARN_LOGFILE           = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the input files

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain 

-# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or 

-# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories 

-# with spaces.

-

-INPUT                  = ./

-

-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files 

-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is 

-# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built 

-# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for 

-# the list of possible encodings.

-

-INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8

-

-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the 

-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp 

-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left 

-# blank the following patterns are tested: 

-# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx 

-# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90

-

-FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \

-                         *.c \

-						 *.txt

-

-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories 

-# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. 

-# If left blank NO is used.

-

-RECURSIVE              = YES

-

-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should 

-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a 

-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.

-

-EXCLUDE                = 

-

-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or 

-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded 

-# from the input.

-

-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO

-

-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the 

-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude 

-# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched 

-# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories 

-# for example use the pattern */test/*

-

-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       = */LowLevel/USBMode.h

-

-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names 

-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the 

-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the 

-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, 

-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test

-

-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __*

-

-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or 

-# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see 

-# the \include command).

-

-EXAMPLE_PATH           = 

-

-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the 

-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp 

-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left 

-# blank all files are included.

-

-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *

-

-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be 

-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude 

-# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. 

-# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.

-

-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO

-

-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or 

-# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see 

-# the \image command).

-

-IMAGE_PATH             = 

-

-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should 

-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program 

-# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter> 

-# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an 

-# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes 

-# to standard output.  If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be 

-# ignored.

-

-INPUT_FILTER           = 

-

-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern 

-# basis.  Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the 

-# filter if there is a match.  The filters are a list of the form: 

-# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further 

-# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER 

-# is applied to all files.

-

-FILTER_PATTERNS        = 

-

-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using 

-# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source 

-# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).

-

-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to source browsing

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will 

-# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. 

-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also 

-# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.

-

-SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO

-

-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body 

-# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.

-

-INLINE_SOURCES         = NO

-

-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct 

-# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code 

-# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.

-

-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES

-

-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES 

-# then for each documented function all documented 

-# functions referencing it will be listed.

-

-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO

-

-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES 

-# then for each documented function all documented entities 

-# called/used by that function will be listed.

-

-REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO

-

-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)

-# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from

-# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will

-# link to the source code.  Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.

-

-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO

-

-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code 

-# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen 

-# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source 

-# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You 

-# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.

-

-USE_HTAGS              = NO

-

-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen 

-# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for 

-# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.

-

-VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index 

-# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project 

-# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.

-

-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES

-

-# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then 

-# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns 

-# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])

-

-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5

-

-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all 

-# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. 

-# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that 

-# should be ignored while generating the index headers.

-

-IGNORE_PREFIX          = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the HTML output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate HTML output.

-

-GENERATE_HTML          = YES

-

-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.

-

-HTML_OUTPUT            = html

-

-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for 

-# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank 

-# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.

-

-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html

-

-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for 

-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a 

-# standard header.

-

-HTML_HEADER            = 

-

-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for 

-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a 

-# standard footer.

-

-HTML_FOOTER            = 

-

-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading 

-# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to 

-# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen 

-# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy 

-# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own 

-# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!

-

-HTML_STYLESHEET        = 

-

-# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes, 

-# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to 

-# NO a bullet list will be used.

-

-HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS     = YES

-

-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML 

-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the 

-# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports 

-# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox 

-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).

-

-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES

-

-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files 

-# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 

-# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard). 

-# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the 

-# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that 

-# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in 

-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find 

-# it at startup. 

-# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.

-

-GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO

-

-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the 

-# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple 

-# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite) 

-# can be grouped.

-

-DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"

-

-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that 

-# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a 

-# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen 

-# will append .docset to the name.

-

-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files 

-# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the 

-# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm) 

-# of the generated HTML documentation.

-

-GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can 

-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You 

-# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be 

-# written to the html output directory.

-

-CHM_FILE               = 

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can 

-# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of 

-# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run 

-# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.

-

-HHC_LOCATION           = 

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag 

-# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that 

-# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).

-

-GENERATE_CHI           = NO

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING

-# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file

-# content.

-

-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     = 

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag 

-# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a 

-# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.

-

-BINARY_TOC             = NO

-

-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members 

-# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.

-

-TOC_EXPAND             = YES

-

-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER 

-# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for 

-# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated 

-# HTML documentation.

-

-GENERATE_QHP           = NO

-

-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can 

-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file. 

-# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.

-

-QCH_FILE               = 

-

-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating 

-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see 

-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.

-

-QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project

-

-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating 

-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see 

-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.

-

-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc

-

-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can 

-# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator. 

-# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated 

-# .qhp file .

-

-QHG_LOCATION           = 

-

-# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at 

-# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and 

-# the value YES disables it.

-

-DISABLE_INDEX          = NO

-

-# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20]) 

-# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.

-

-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1

-

-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index

-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.

-# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated

-# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that 

-# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports 

-# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, 

-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are 

-# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values 

-# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,

-# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;

-# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which

-# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous

-# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE

-# respectively.

-

-GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES

-

-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be 

-# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree 

-# is shown.

-

-TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250

-

-# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included 

-# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that 

-# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need 

-# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory 

-# to force them to be regenerated.

-

-FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the LaTeX output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate Latex output.

-

-GENERATE_LATEX         = NO

-

-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.

-

-LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex

-

-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be 

-# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.

-

-LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex

-

-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to 

-# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the 

-# default command name.

-

-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex

-

-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact 

-# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to 

-# save some trees in general.

-

-COMPACT_LATEX          = NO

-

-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used 

-# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and 

-# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.

-

-PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide

-

-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX 

-# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.

-

-EXTRA_PACKAGES         = 

-

-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for 

-# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until 

-# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a 

-# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!

-

-LATEX_HEADER           = 

-

-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated 

-# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will 

-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references 

-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.

-

-PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES

-

-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of 

-# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a 

-# higher quality PDF documentation.

-

-USE_PDFLATEX           = YES

-

-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. 

-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep 

-# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. 

-# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.

-

-LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO

-

-# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not 

-# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) 

-# in the output.

-

-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the RTF output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output 

-# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with 

-# other RTF readers or editors.

-

-GENERATE_RTF           = NO

-

-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.

-

-RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf

-

-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact 

-# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to 

-# save some trees in general.

-

-COMPACT_RTF            = NO

-

-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated 

-# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will 

-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. 

-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other 

-# programs which support those fields. 

-# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.

-

-RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO

-

-# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's 

-# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide 

-# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.

-

-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    = 

-

-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. 

-# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.

-

-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the man page output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate man pages

-

-GENERATE_MAN           = NO

-

-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.

-

-MAN_OUTPUT             = man

-

-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to 

-# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)

-

-MAN_EXTENSION          = .3

-

-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, 

-# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity 

-# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files 

-# only source the real man page, but without them the man command 

-# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.

-

-MAN_LINKS              = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the XML output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will 

-# generate an XML file that captures the structure of 

-# the code including all documentation.

-

-GENERATE_XML           = NO

-

-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.

-

-XML_OUTPUT             = xml

-

-# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema, 

-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the 

-# syntax of the XML files.

-

-XML_SCHEMA             = 

-

-# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD, 

-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the 

-# syntax of the XML files.

-

-XML_DTD                = 

-

-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will 

-# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting 

-# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that 

-# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.

-

-XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will 

-# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file 

-# that captures the structure of the code including all 

-# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental 

-# and incomplete at the moment.

-

-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the Perl module output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will 

-# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of 

-# the code including all documentation. Note that this 

-# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the 

-# moment.

-

-GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO

-

-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate 

-# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able 

-# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.

-

-PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO

-

-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be 

-# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader.  This is useful 

-# if you want to understand what is going on.  On the other hand, if this 

-# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller 

-# and Perl will parse it just the same.

-

-PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES

-

-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file 

-# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. 

-# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same 

-# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.

-

-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor   

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include 

-# files.

-

-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES

-

-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro 

-# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional 

-# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled 

-# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.

-

-MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES

-

-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES 

-# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the 

-# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.

-

-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES

-

-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files 

-# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.

-

-SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES

-

-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that 

-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by 

-# the preprocessor.

-

-INCLUDE_PATH           = 

-

-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard 

-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the 

-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will 

-# be used.

-

-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  = 

-

-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that 

-# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of 

-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name 

-# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are 

-# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being 

-# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator 

-# instead of the = operator.

-

-PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__

-

-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then 

-# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. 

-# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. 

-# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.

-

-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      = BUTTLOADTAG

-

-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then 

-# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone 

-# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such 

-# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse 

-# the parser if not removed.

-

-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration::additions related to external references   

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. 

-# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation 

-# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without 

-# this location is as follows: 

-#   TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... 

-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: 

-#   TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... 

-# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or 

-# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool 

-# does not have to be run to correct the links.

-# Note that each tag file must have a unique name

-# (where the name does NOT include the path)

-# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen 

-# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.

-

-TAGFILES               = 

-

-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create 

-# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.

-

-GENERATE_TAGFILE       = 

-

-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed 

-# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes 

-# will be listed.

-

-ALLEXTERNALS           = NO

-

-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed 

-# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will 

-# be listed.

-

-EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES

-

-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script 

-# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').

-

-PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration options related to the dot tool   

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base 

-# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that 

-# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a 

-# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more 

-# powerful graphs.

-

-CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO

-

-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc 

-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see 

-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the 

-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where 

-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the 

-# default search path.

-

-MSCGEN_PATH            = 

-

-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide 

-# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented 

-# or is not a class.

-

-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES

-

-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is 

-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization 

-# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section 

-# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)

-

-HAVE_DOT               = NO

-

-# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output 

-# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This 

-# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need 

-# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name 

-# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font, 

-# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the 

-# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory 

-# containing the font.

-

-DOT_FONTNAME           = FreeSans

-

-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs. 

-# The default size is 10pt.

-

-DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10

-

-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the 

-# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a 

-# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot 

-# can find it using this tag.

-

-DOT_FONTPATH           = 

-

-# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 

-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and 

-# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the 

-# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.

-

-CLASS_GRAPH            = NO

-

-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 

-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and 

-# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and 

-# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.

-

-COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO

-

-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 

-# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies

-

-GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO

-

-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and 

-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling 

-# Language.

-

-UML_LOOK               = NO

-

-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the 

-# relations between templates and their instances.

-

-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO

-

-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT 

-# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented 

-# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with 

-# other documented files.

-

-INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO

-

-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and 

-# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each 

-# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or 

-# indirectly include this file.

-

-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO

-

-# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then 

-# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function 

-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase 

-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs 

-# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.

-

-CALL_GRAPH             = NO

-

-# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then 

-# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function 

-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase 

-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller 

-# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.

-

-CALLER_GRAPH           = NO

-

-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 

-# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.

-

-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO

-

-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES 

-# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories 

-# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include

-# relations between the files in the directories.

-

-DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO

-

-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images 

-# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif

-# If left blank png will be used.

-

-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png

-

-# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be 

-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.

-

-DOT_PATH               = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin"

-

-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that 

-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the 

-# \dotfile command).

-

-DOTFILE_DIRS           = 

-

-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of 

-# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph 

-# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is 

-# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the 

-# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than 

-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note 

-# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.

-

-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15

-

-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the 

-# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable 

-# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes 

-# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this 

-# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large 

-# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by 

-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.

-

-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2

-

-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent 

-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not 

-# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used, 

-# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of 

-# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).

-

-DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES

-

-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output 

-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This 

-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) 

-# support this, this feature is disabled by default.

-

-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO

-

-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and 

-# arrows in the dot generated graphs.

-

-GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES

-

-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate 

-# the various graphs.

-

-DOT_CLEANUP            = YES

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration::additions related to the search engine   

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be 

-# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.

-

-SEARCHENGINE           = NO

diff --git a/Demos/Host/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.c b/Demos/Host/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e731f90cf..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,343 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  Main source file for the GenericHIDHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of

- *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.

- */

- 

-#include "GenericHIDHost.h"

-

-/* Scheduler Task List */

-TASK_LIST

-{

-	{ .Task = USB_USBTask          , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },

-	{ .Task = USB_HID_Host         , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },

-};

-

-

-/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then

- *  starts the scheduler to run the application tasks.

- */

-int main(void)

-{

-	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */

-	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);

-	wdt_disable();

-

-	/* Disable clock division */

-	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);

-	

-	/* Hardware Initialization */

-	SerialStream_Init(9600, false);

-	LEDs_Init();

-	

-	/* Indicate USB not ready */

-	UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);

-	

-	/* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */

-	Scheduler_Init();

-

-	/* Initialize USB Subsystem */

-	USB_Init();

-

-	/* Start-up message */

-	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY

-	       "Generic HID Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF));

-		   

-	/* Scheduling - routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */

-	Scheduler_Start();

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and

- *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.

- */

-void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void)

-{

-	puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));

-	UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating);

-

-	/* Start USB management task to enumerate the device */

-	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN);

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and

- *  stops the library USB task management process.

- */

-void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void)

-{

-	/* Stop HID and USB management task */

-	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP);

-	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_HID_Host, TASK_STOP);

-

-	puts_P(PSTR("Device Unattached.\r\n"));

-	UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully

- *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.

- */

-void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)

-{

-	/* Start HID Host task */

-	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_HID_Host, TASK_RUN);

-

-	/* Indicate device enumeration complete */

-	UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */

-void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)

-{

-	USB_ShutDown();

-

-	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"));

-	printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-

-	UpdateStatus(Status_HardwareError);

-	for(;;);

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while

- *  enumerating an attached USB device.

- */

-void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)

-{

-	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"));

-	printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-	printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode);

-	printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState);

-

-	UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);

-}

-

-/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to

- *  log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates.

- *

- *  \param CurrentStatus  Current status of the system, from the GenericHIDHost_StatusCodes_t enum

- */

-void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus)

-{

-	uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;

-	

-	/* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */

-	switch (CurrentStatus)

-	{

-		case Status_USBNotReady:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);

-			break;

-		case Status_USBEnumerating:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);

-			break;

-		case Status_USBReady:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2);

-			break;

-		case Status_EnumerationError:

-		case Status_HardwareError:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3);

-			break;

-	}

-	

-	/* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */

-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);

-}

-

-/** Reads in and processes the next report from the attached device, displaying the report

- *  contents on the board LEDs and via the serial port.

- */

-void ReadNextReport(void)

-{

-	/* Select and unfreeze HID data IN pipe */

-	Pipe_SelectPipe(HID_DATA_IN_PIPE);

-	Pipe_Unfreeze();

-

-	/* Check to see if a packet has been received */

-	if (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))

-	{

-		/* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */

-		Pipe_Freeze();

-			

-		return;

-	}

-	

-	/* Ensure pipe contains data before trying to read from it */

-	if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())

-	{

-		uint8_t ReportINData[Pipe_BytesInPipe()];

-

-		/* Read in HID report data */

-		Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&ReportINData, sizeof(ReportINData));

-	

-		/* Print report data through the serial port */

-		for (uint16_t CurrByte = 0; CurrByte < sizeof(ReportINData); CurrByte++)

-		  printf_P(PSTR("0x%02X "), ReportINData[CurrByte]);

-		

-		puts_P(PSTR("\r\n"));

-	}

-		

-	/* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */

-	Pipe_ClearIN();

-	

-	/* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */

-	Pipe_Freeze();

-}

-

-/** Writes a report to the attached device.

- *

- *  \param ReportOUTData  Buffer containing the report to send to the device

- *  \param ReportIndex  Index of the report in the device (zero if the device does not use multiple reports)

- *  \param ReportType  Type of report to send, either HID_REPORTTYPE_OUTPUT or HID_REPORTTYPE_FEATURE

- *  \param ReportLength  Length of the report to send

- */

-void WriteNextReport(uint8_t* ReportOUTData, uint8_t ReportIndex, uint8_t ReportType, uint16_t ReportLength)

-{

-	/* Select and unfreeze HID data OUT pipe */

-	Pipe_SelectPipe(HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE);

-	

-	/* Not all HID devices have an OUT endpoint (some require OUT reports to be sent over the

-	 * control endpoint instead) - check to see if the OUT endpoint has been initialized */

-	if (Pipe_IsConfigured())

-	{

-		Pipe_Unfreeze();

-

-		/* Ensure pipe is ready to be written to before continuing */

-		if (!(Pipe_IsOUTReady()))

-		{

-			/* Refreeze the data OUT pipe */

-			Pipe_Freeze();

-			

-			return;

-		}

-		

-		/* If the report index is used, send it before the report data */

-		if (ReportIndex)

-		  Pipe_Write_Byte(ReportIndex);

-

-		/* Write out HID report data */

-		Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(ReportOUTData, ReportLength);				

-			

-		/* Clear the OUT endpoint, send last data packet */

-		Pipe_ClearOUT();

-

-		/* Refreeze the data OUT pipe */

-		Pipe_Freeze();

-	}

-	else

-	{

-		/* Class specific request to send a HID report to the device */

-		USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)

-			{

-				.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),

-				.bRequest      = REQ_SetReport,

-				.wValue        = ((ReportType << 8) | ReportIndex),

-				.wIndex        = 0,

-				.wLength       = ReportLength,

-			};

-

-		/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */

-		Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);

-

-		/* Send the request to the device */

-		USB_Host_SendControlRequest(ReportOUTData);

-	}

-}

-

-/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read and process

- *  HID reports from the device and to send reports if desired.

- */

-TASK(USB_HID_Host)

-{

-	uint8_t ErrorCode;

-

-	/* Switch to determine what user-application handled host state the host state machine is in */

-	switch (USB_HostState)

-	{

-		case HOST_STATE_Addressed:

-			/* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */

-			USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)

-				{

-					.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),

-					.bRequest      = REQ_SetConfiguration,

-					.wValue        = 1,

-					.wIndex        = 0,

-					.wLength       = 0,

-				};

-

-			/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */

-			Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);

-

-			/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */

-			if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)

-			{

-				puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"));

-				printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-

-				/* Indicate error status */

-				UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);

-				

-				/* Wait until USB device disconnected */

-				while (USB_IsConnected);

-				break;

-			}

-			

-			USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;

-			break;

-		case HOST_STATE_Configured:

-			puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));

-		

-			/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */

-			if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)

-			{

-				if (ErrorCode == ControlError)

-				  puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));

-				else

-				  puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n"));

-

-				printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-				

-				/* Indicate error status */

-				UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);

-

-				/* Wait until USB device disconnected */

-				while (USB_IsConnected);

-				break;

-			}

-		

-			puts_P(PSTR("HID Device Enumerated.\r\n"));

-					

-			USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready;

-			break;

-		case HOST_STATE_Ready:

-			ReadNextReport();

-

-			break;

-	}

-}

diff --git a/Demos/Host/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.h b/Demos/Host/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7e2f8b822..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,97 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  Header file for MouseHost.c.

- */

-

-#ifndef _GENERICHID_HOST_H_

-#define _GENERICHID_HOST_H_

-

-	/* Includes: */

-		#include <avr/io.h>

-		#include <avr/wdt.h>

-		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>

-		#include <avr/interrupt.h>

-		#include <avr/power.h>

-		#include <stdio.h>

-

-		#include <LUFA/Version.h>                                // Library Version Information

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>             // ANSI Terminal Escape Codes

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>                        // USB Functionality

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h>        // Serial stream driver

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>                     // LEDs driver

-		#include <LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.h>                    // Simple scheduler for task management

-		

-		#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"

-		

-	/* Macros: */

-		/** Pipe number for the HID data IN pipe */

-		#define HID_DATA_IN_PIPE                 1

-		

-		/** Pipe number for the HID data OUT pipe */

-		#define HID_DATA_OUT_PIPE                2

-

-		/** HID Class specific request to send a HID report to the device. */

-		#define REQ_SetReport                    0x09

-		

-		/** HID Report type specifier, for output reports to a device */

-		#define HID_REPORTTYPE_OUTPUT            0x02

-		

-		/** HID Report type specifier, for feature reports to a device */

-		#define HID_REPORTTYPE_FEATURE           0x03

-

-	/* Task Definitions: */

-		TASK(USB_HID_Host);

-

-	/* Enums: */

-		/** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */

-		enum GenricHIDHost_StatusCodes_t

-		{

-			Status_USBNotReady      = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB device) */

-			Status_USBEnumerating   = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */

-			Status_USBReady         = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */

-			Status_EnumerationError = 3, /**< Software error while enumerating the attached USB device */

-			Status_HardwareError    = 4, /**< Hardware error while enumerating the attached USB device */

-		};

-

-	/* Function Prototypes: */

-		void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);

-		void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void);

-		void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void);

-		void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode);

-		void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);

-

-		void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus);

-		void ReadNextReport(void);

-		void WriteNextReport(uint8_t* ReportOUTData, uint8_t ReportIndex, uint8_t ReportType, uint16_t ReportLength);

-		

-#endif

diff --git a/Demos/Host/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.txt b/Demos/Host/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index d72dda103..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/GenericHIDHost/GenericHIDHost.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,55 +0,0 @@
-/** \file

- *

- *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special

- *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.

- */

- 

-/** \mainpage Generic HID Host Demo

- *

- *  \section SSec_Info USB Information:

- *

- *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.

- *

- *  <table>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>

- *    <td>Host</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>

- *    <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr> 

- *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>

- *    <td>N/A</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>

- *    <td>USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>

- *    <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td>

- *   </tr>

- *  </table>

- *

- *  \section SSec_Description Project Description: 

- *

- *  Generic HID host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference

- *  application for implementing a Generic HID USB host, for any device implementing

- *  the HID profile.

- *

- *  Received reports from the attached device are printed to the serial port.

- *  

- *  \section SSec_Options Project Options

- *

- *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.

- *

- *  <table>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td>

- *     None

- *    </td>

- *   </tr>

- *  </table>

- */

diff --git a/Demos/Host/GenericHIDHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/GenericHIDHost/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index b912b2ff8..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/GenericHIDHost/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,734 +0,0 @@
-# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-

-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, J�rg Wunsch, et al.

-#  >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<

-#

-# Released to the Public Domain

-#

-# Additional material for this makefile was written by:

-# Peter Fleury

-# Tim Henigan

-# Colin O'Flynn

-# Reiner Patommel

-# Markus Pfaff

-# Sander Pool

-# Frederik Rouleau

-# Carlos Lamas

-# Dean Camera

-# Opendous Inc.

-# Denver Gingerich

-#

-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# On command line:

-#

-# make all = Make software.

-#

-# make clean = Clean out built project files.

-#

-# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.

-#

-# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.

-#

-# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.

-#                Please customize the avrdude settings below first!

-#

-# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must

-#            have dfu-programmer installed).

-#

-# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must

-#             have Atmel FLIP installed).

-#

-# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer

-#               (must have dfu-programmer installed).

-#

-# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP

-#                (must have Atmel FLIP installed).

-#

-# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have

-#                DoxyGen installed)

-#

-# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging, 

-#              with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.

-#

-# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.

-#

-# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting

-#                   bug reports to the GCC project.

-#

-# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".

-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-# MCU name

-MCU = at90usb1287

-

-

-# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring

-# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called 

-# "Board" inside the application directory.

-BOARD  = USBKEY

-

-

-# Processor frequency.

-#     This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the 

-#     processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to 

-#     calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done

-#     automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.

-#     Typical values are:

-#         F_CPU =  1000000

-#         F_CPU =  1843200

-#         F_CPU =  2000000

-#         F_CPU =  3686400

-#         F_CPU =  4000000

-#         F_CPU =  7372800

-#         F_CPU =  8000000

-#         F_CPU = 11059200

-#         F_CPU = 14745600

-#         F_CPU = 16000000

-#         F_CPU = 18432000

-#         F_CPU = 20000000

-F_CPU = 8000000

-

-

-# Input clock frequency.

-#     This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the 

-#     input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may

-#     differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the

-#     raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed

-#     clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'

-#     at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your

-#     source code.

-#

-#     If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the

-#     CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.

-F_CLOCK = 8000000

-

-

-# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)

-FORMAT = ihex

-

-

-# Target file name (without extension).

-TARGET = GenericHIDHost

-

-

-# Object files directory

-#     To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make

-#     this an empty or blank macro!

-OBJDIR = .

-

-

-# Path to the LUFA library

-LUFA_PATH = ../../..

-

-

-# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)

-SRC = $(TARGET).c                                                 \

-	  ConfigDescriptor.c                                          \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c                     \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c         \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c               \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c        \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c           \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c               \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c       \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c           \

- 	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c               \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c            \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c      \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c           \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c  \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/Host/HIDParser.c        \

-

-

-# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)

-CPPSRC = 

-

-

-# List Assembler source files here.

-#     Make them always end in a capital .S.  Files ending in a lowercase .s

-#     will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler

-#     output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!

-#     Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,

-#     it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does

-#     care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.

-ASRC =

-

-

-# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s]. 

-#     0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.

-#     (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)

-OPT = s

-

-

-# Debugging format.

-#     Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.

-#     AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.

-#     AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.

-DEBUG = dwarf-2

-

-

-# List any extra directories to look for include files here.

-#     Each directory must be seperated by a space.

-#     Use forward slashes for directory separators.

-#     For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.

-EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/

-

-

-# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

-#     c89   = "ANSI" C

-#     gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions

-#     c99   = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)

-#     gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions

-CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99

-

-

-# Place -D or -U options here for C sources

-CDEFS  = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)

-CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS -DUSB_HOST_ONLY

-CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"

-

-# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources

-ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)

-

-

-# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources

-CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL

-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS

-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS

-

-

-

-#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------

-#  -g*:          generate debugging information

-#  -O*:          optimization level

-#  -f...:        tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation

-#  -Wall...:     warning level

-#  -Wa,...:      tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.

-#    -adhlns...: create assembler listing

-CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)

-CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)

-CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)

-CFLAGS += -funsigned-char

-CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields

-CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections

-CFLAGS += -fpack-struct

-CFLAGS += -fshort-enums

-CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20

-CFLAGS += -Wall

-CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes

-CFLAGS += -Wundef

-#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time

-#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code

-#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare

-CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)

-CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))

-CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)

-

-

-#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------

-#  -g*:          generate debugging information

-#  -O*:          optimization level

-#  -f...:        tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation

-#  -Wall...:     warning level

-#  -Wa,...:      tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.

-#    -adhlns...: create assembler listing

-CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)

-CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)

-CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)

-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char

-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields

-CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct

-CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums

-CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions

-CPPFLAGS += -Wall

-CFLAGS += -Wundef

-#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls

-#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time

-#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes

-#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code

-#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare

-CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)

-CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))

-#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)

-

-

-#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------

-#  -Wa,...:   tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.

-#  -adhlns:   create listing

-#  -gstabs:   have the assembler create line number information; note that

-#             for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames

-#             and function names needs to be present in the assembler source

-#             files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]

-#  -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex 

-#       dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.

-ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100

-

-

-#---------------- Library Options ----------------

-# Minimalistic printf version

-PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min

-

-# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)

-PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt

-

-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.

-PRINTF_LIB = 

-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)

-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)

-

-

-# Minimalistic scanf version

-SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min

-

-# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)

-SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt

-

-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.

-SCANF_LIB = 

-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)

-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)

-

-

-MATH_LIB = -lm

-

-

-# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.

-#     Each directory must be seperated by a space.

-#     Use forward slashes for directory separators.

-#     For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.

-EXTRALIBDIRS = 

-

-

-

-#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------

-

-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),

-# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).

-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff

-

-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),

-# only used for heap (malloc()).

-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff

-

-EXTMEMOPTS =

-

-

-

-#---------------- Linker Options ----------------

-#  -Wl,...:     tell GCC to pass this to linker.

-#    -Map:      create map file

-#    --cref:    add cross reference to  map file

-LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref

-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax 

-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections

-LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)

-LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))

-LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)

-#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x

-

-

-

-#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------

-

-# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd 

-# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500

-#

-# Type: avrdude -c ?

-# to get a full listing.

-#

-AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII

-

-# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.

-AVRDUDE_PORT = usb

-

-AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex

-#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep

-

-

-# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.

-# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,

-# see avrdude manual.

-#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y

-

-# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be

-# performed after programming the device.

-#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V

-

-# Increase verbosity level.  Please use this when submitting bug

-# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude> 

-# to submit bug reports.

-#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v

-

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)

-

-

-

-#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------

-

-# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.

-DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)

-

-# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.

-# DEBUG_UI = gdb

-DEBUG_UI = insight

-

-# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.

-DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice

-#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr

-

-# GDB Init Filename.

-GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit

-

-# When using avarice settings for the JTAG

-JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1

-

-# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.

-DEBUG_PORT = 4242

-

-# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally

-#     just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when 

-#     avarice is running on a different computer.

-DEBUG_HOST = localhost

-

-

-

-#============================================================================

-

-

-# Define programs and commands.

-SHELL = sh

-CC = avr-gcc

-OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy

-OBJDUMP = avr-objdump

-SIZE = avr-size

-AR = avr-ar rcs

-NM = avr-nm

-AVRDUDE = avrdude

-REMOVE = rm -f

-REMOVEDIR = rm -rf

-COPY = cp

-WINSHELL = cmd

-

-# Define Messages

-# English

-MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none

-MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------

-MSG_END = --------  end  --------

-MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before: 

-MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:

-MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:

-MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:

-MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:

-MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:

-MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:

-MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:

-MSG_LINKING = Linking:

-MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:

-MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:

-MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:

-MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:

-MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:

-

-

-

-

-# Define all object files.

-OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) 

-

-# Define all listing files.

-LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) 

-

-

-# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.

-GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d

-

-

-# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.

-# Add target processor to flags.

-ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)

-ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)

-ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)

-

-

-

-

-

-# Default target.

-all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end

-

-# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.

-build: elf hex eep lss sym

-#build: lib

-

-

-elf: $(TARGET).elf

-hex: $(TARGET).hex

-eep: $(TARGET).eep

-lss: $(TARGET).lss

-sym: $(TARGET).sym

-LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a

-lib: $(LIBNAME)

-

-

-

-# Eye candy.

-# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on

-# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.

-begin:

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)

-

-end:

-	@echo $(MSG_END)

-	@echo

-

-

-# Display size of file.

-HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex

-ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf

-MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )

-FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )

-

-sizebefore:

-	@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \

-	2>/dev/null; echo; fi

-

-sizeafter:

-	@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \

-	2>/dev/null; echo; fi

-

-checkhooks: build

-	@echo

-	@echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events -------

-	@$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \

-	           cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \

-			   echo "(None)"

-	@echo ------------------------------------

-

-checklibmode:

-	@echo

-	@echo ----------- Library Mode -----------

-	@$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \

-	          | grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \

-	          || echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)."

-	@echo ------------------------------------

-

-checkboard:

-	@echo

-	@echo ---------- Selected Board ----------

-	@echo Selected board model is $(BOARD).

-	@echo ------------------------------------

-	

-# Display compiler version information.

-gccversion : 

-	@$(CC) --version

-

-

-

-# Program the device.  

-program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep

-	$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)

-

-flip: $(TARGET).hex

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0

-

-dfu: $(TARGET).hex

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset

-

-flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep

-	copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0

-

-dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset

-

-

-# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:

-#     define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set 

-#     a breakpoint at main().

-gdb-config: 

-	@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)  >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)

-	@echo load  >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-endif

-	@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-

-debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf

-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)

-	@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \

-	$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c pause

-

-else

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \

-	$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)

-endif

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)

-

-

-

-

-# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.

-COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000

-

-

-

-coff: $(TARGET).elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof

-	$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof

-

-

-extcoff: $(TARGET).elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof

-	$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof

-

-

-

-# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.

-%.hex: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@

-	$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@

-

-%.eep: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@

-	-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \

-	--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0

-

-# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.

-%.lss: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@

-	$(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@

-

-# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.

-%.sym: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@

-	$(NM) -n $< > $@

-

-

-

-# Create library from object files.

-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a

-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)

-%.a: $(OBJ)

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@

-	$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)

-

-

-# Link: create ELF output file from object files.

-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf

-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)

-%.elf: $(OBJ)

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@

-	$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)

-

-

-# Compile: create object files from C source files.

-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<

-	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ 

-

-

-# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.

-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<

-	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ 

-

-

-# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.

-%.s : %.c

-	$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@

-

-

-# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.

-%.s : %.cpp

-	$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@

-

-

-# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.

-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<

-	$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@

-

-

-# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.

-%.i : %.c

-	$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@ 

-	

-

-# Target: clean project.

-clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end

-

-clean_binary:

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex

-	

-clean_list:

-	@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)

-	$(REMOVEDIR) .dep

-

-

-doxygen:

-	@echo Generating Project Documentation...

-	@doxygen Doxygen.conf

-	@echo Documentation Generation Complete.

-

-clean_doxygen:

-	rm -rf Documentation

-

-# Create object files directory

-$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)

-

-

-# Include the dependency files.

--include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)

-

-

-# Listing of phony targets.

-.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard   \

-begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion  \

-build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean      \

-clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config  \

-doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Demos/Host/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e586ea5d3..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,145 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations

- *  needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special  computer-readable structures

- *  which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.

- */

-

-#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"

-

-/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This

- *  routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate

- *  with compatible devices.

- *

- *  This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint.

- *

- *  \return An error code from the KeyboardHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.

- */

-uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)

-{

-	uint8_t* ConfigDescriptorData;

-	uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;

-	

-	/* Get Configuration Descriptor size from the device */

-	if (USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)

-	  return ControlError;

-	

-	/* Ensure that the Configuration Descriptor isn't too large */

-	if (ConfigDescriptorSize > MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE)

-	  return DescriptorTooLarge;

-	  

-	/* Allocate enough memory for the entire config descriptor */

-	ConfigDescriptorData = alloca(ConfigDescriptorSize);

-

-	/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */

-	USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData);

-	

-	/* Validate returned data - ensure first entry is a configuration header descriptor */

-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)

-	  return InvalidConfigDataReturned;

-	

-	/* Get the keyboard interface from the configuration descriptor */

-	if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,

-	                              DComp_NextKeyboardInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)

-	{

-		/* Descriptor not found, error out */

-		return NoHIDInterfaceFound;

-	}

-

-	/* Get the keyboard interface's data endpoint descriptor */

-	if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,

-	                              DComp_NextInterfaceKeyboardDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)

-	{

-		/* Descriptor not found, error out */

-		return NoEndpointFound;

-	}

-	

-	/* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */

-	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);

-

-	/* Configure the keyboard data pipe */

-	Pipe_ConfigurePipe(KEYBOARD_DATAPIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_IN,

-	                   EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE);

-

-	Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();

-			

-	/* Valid data found, return success */

-	return SuccessfulConfigRead;

-}

-

-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's

- *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration

- *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.

- *

- *  This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Keyboard HID Class and Protocol values.

- *

- *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum

- */

-uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)

-{

-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)

-	{

-		/* Check the HID descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */

-		if ((DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class    == KEYBOARD_CLASS) &&

-		    (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Protocol == KEYBOARD_PROTOCOL))

-		{

-			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;

-		}

-	}

-	

-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;

-}

-

-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's

- *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration

- *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.

- *

- *  This comparator searches for the next IN Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor,

- *  aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.

- *

- *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum

- */

-uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceKeyboardDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)

-{

-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint)

-	{

-		if (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t).EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN)

-		  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;

-	}

-	else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)

-	{

-		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;

-	}

-

-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;

-}

diff --git a/Demos/Host/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 425f0a4be..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/KeyboardHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.

- */

-

-#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_

-#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_

-

-	/* Includes: */

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>                        // USB Functionality

-		

-		#include "KeyboardHost.h"

-		

-	/* Macros: */

-		/** Interface Class value for the Human Interface Device class */

-		#define KEYBOARD_CLASS                 0x03

-

-		/** Interface Protocol value for a Boot Protocol Keyboard compliant device */

-		#define KEYBOARD_PROTOCOL              0x01

-		

-		/** Maximum size of a device configuration descriptor which can be processed by the host, in bytes */

-		#define MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE     512

-	

-	/* Enums: */

-		/** Enum for the possible return codes of the ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */

-		enum KeyboardHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t

-		{

-			SuccessfulConfigRead            = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */

-			ControlError                    = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */

-			DescriptorTooLarge              = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */

-			InvalidConfigDataReturned       = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */

-			NoHIDInterfaceFound             = 4, /**< A compatible HID interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */

-			NoEndpointFound                 = 5, /**< A compatible HID IN endpoint was not found in the device's HID interface */

-		};

-

-	/* Function Prototypes: */

-		uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);

-		

-		uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);

-		uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceKeyboardDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);

-

-#endif

diff --git a/Demos/Host/KeyboardHost/Doxygen.conf b/Demos/Host/KeyboardHost/Doxygen.conf
deleted file mode 100644
index 3bdbc95ee..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/KeyboardHost/Doxygen.conf
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@
-# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1

-

-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system

-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project

-#

-# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored

-# The format is:

-#       TAG = value [value, ...]

-# For lists items can also be appended using:

-#       TAG += value [value, ...]

-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Project related configuration options

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file 

-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all 

-# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the 

-# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See 

-# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.

-

-DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8

-

-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded 

-# by quotes) that should identify the project.

-

-PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Keyboard Host Demo"

-

-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. 

-# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or 

-# if some version control system is used.

-

-PROJECT_NUMBER         = 0.0.0

-

-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) 

-# base path where the generated documentation will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location 

-# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.

-

-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/

-

-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 

-# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output 

-# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories. 

-# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of 

-# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would 

-# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.

-

-CREATE_SUBDIRS         = YES

-

-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all 

-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this 

-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. 

-# The default language is English, other supported languages are: 

-# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional, 

-# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek, 

-# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), 

-# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish, 

-# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene, 

-# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.

-

-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English

-

-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in 

-# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). 

-# Set to NO to disable this.

-

-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES

-

-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend 

-# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. 

-# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the 

-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.

-

-REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES

-

-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator 

-# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string 

-# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be 

-# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is 

-# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. 

-# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically 

-# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget" 

-# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains" 

-# "represents" "a" "an" "the"

-

-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \

-                         "The $name widget" \

-                         "The $name file" \

-                         is \

-                         provides \

-                         specifies \

-                         contains \

-                         represents \

-                         a \

-                         an \

-                         the

-

-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then 

-# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief 

-# description.

-

-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO

-

-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all 

-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those 

-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment 

-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.

-

-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO

-

-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full 

-# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set 

-# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.

-

-FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES

-

-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag 

-# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is 

-# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of 

-# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. 

-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the 

-# path to strip.

-

-STRIP_FROM_PATH        = 

-

-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of 

-# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells 

-# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class. 

-# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class 

-# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that 

-# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.

-

-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    = 

-

-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter 

-# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems 

-# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.

-

-SHORT_NAMES            = YES

-

-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen 

-# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style 

-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc 

-# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments 

-# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)

-

-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO

-

-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will 

-# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style 

-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments 

-# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring 

-# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)

-

-QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO

-

-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen 

-# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// 

-# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour. 

-# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed 

-# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.

-

-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO

-

-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented 

-# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it 

-# re-implements.

-

-INHERIT_DOCS           = YES

-

-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce 

-# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will 

-# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.

-

-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO

-

-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. 

-# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.

-

-TAB_SIZE               = 4

-

-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts 

-# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". 

-# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to 

-# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which 

-# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". 

-# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.

-

-ALIASES                = 

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C 

-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. 

-# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list 

-# of all members will be omitted, etc.

-

-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java 

-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for 

-# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified 

-# scopes will look different, etc.

-

-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran 

-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for 

-# Fortran.

-

-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL 

-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for 

-# VHDL.

-

-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO

-

-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want 

-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should 

-# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and 

-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s. 

-# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration 

-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.

-

-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO

-

-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to

-# enable parsing support.

-

-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO

-

-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only. 

-# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public 

-# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.

-

-SIP_SUPPORT            = NO

-

-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter 

-# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default) 

-# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the 

-# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or 

-# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the 

-# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.

-

-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES

-

-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC 

-# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first 

-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default 

-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.

-

-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO

-

-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of 

-# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a 

-# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to 

-# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using 

-# the \nosubgrouping command.

-

-SUBGROUPING            = YES

-

-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum 

-# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So 

-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct 

-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, 

-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically 

-# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound 

-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.

-

-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO

-

-# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to 

-# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.

-# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.

-# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is 

-# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause 

-# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time 

-# causing a significant performance penality. 

-# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the 

-# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on 

-# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the 

-# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula: 

-# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, 

-# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols

-

-SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE      = 0

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Build related configuration options

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in 

-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. 

-# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless 

-# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES

-

-EXTRACT_ALL            = YES

-

-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class 

-# will be included in the documentation.

-

-EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES

-

-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file 

-# will be included in the documentation.

-

-EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES

-

-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) 

-# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. 

-# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.

-

-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES

-

-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local 

-# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in 

-# the interface are included in the documentation. 

-# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.

-

-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO

-

-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be 

-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called 

-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base 

-# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default 

-# anonymous namespace are hidden.

-

-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all 

-# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. 

-# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the 

-# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. 

-# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.

-

-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all 

-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. 

-# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various 

-# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.

-

-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all 

-# friend (class|struct|union) declarations. 

-# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the 

-# documentation.

-

-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any 

-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. 

-# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the 

-# function's detailed documentation block.

-

-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO

-

-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation 

-# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set 

-# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. 

-# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.

-

-INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO

-

-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate 

-# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also 

-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ 

-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows 

-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.

-

-CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen 

-# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the 

-# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.

-

-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO

-

-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen 

-# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation 

-# of that file.

-

-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES

-

-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] 

-# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.

-

-INLINE_INFO            = YES

-

-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen 

-# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members 

-# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in 

-# declaration order.

-

-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES

-

-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the 

-# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically 

-# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in 

-# declaration order.

-

-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO

-

-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the 

-# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default) 

-# the group names will appear in their defined order.

-

-SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO

-

-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be 

-# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to 

-# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name, 

-# not including the namespace part. 

-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.

-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the 

-# alphabetical list.

-

-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 

-# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo 

-# commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 

-# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test 

-# commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 

-# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug 

-# commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 

-# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting 

-# \deprecated commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES

-

-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional 

-# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.

-

-ENABLED_SECTIONS       = 

-

-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines 

-# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in 

-# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified 

-# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. 

-# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the 

-# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer 

-# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.

-

-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30

-

-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated 

-# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the 

-# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.

-

-SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES

-

-# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories 

-# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy 

-# in the documentation. The default is NO.

-

-SHOW_DIRECTORIES       = YES

-

-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.

-# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the 

-# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.

-

-SHOW_FILES             = YES

-

-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the 

-# Namespaces page.  This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index

-# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.

-

-SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES

-

-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that 

-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from 

-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via 

-# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of 

-# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file 

-# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output 

-# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.

-

-FILE_VERSION_FILTER    = 

-

-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by 

-# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files 

-# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents 

-# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a 

-# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name 

-# of the layout file.

-

-LAYOUT_FILE            = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to warning and progress messages

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated 

-# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.

-

-QUIET                  = YES

-

-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are 

-# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank 

-# NO is used.

-

-WARNINGS               = YES

-

-# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings 

-# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will 

-# automatically be disabled.

-

-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES

-

-# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for 

-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some 

-# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that 

-# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.

-

-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES

-

-# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for 

-# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters 

-# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about 

-# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of 

-# documentation.

-

-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES

-

-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that 

-# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text 

-# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the 

-# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain 

-# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could 

-# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)

-

-WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"

-

-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning 

-# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written 

-# to stderr.

-

-WARN_LOGFILE           = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the input files

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain 

-# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or 

-# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories 

-# with spaces.

-

-INPUT                  = ./

-

-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files 

-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is 

-# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built 

-# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for 

-# the list of possible encodings.

-

-INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8

-

-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the 

-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp 

-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left 

-# blank the following patterns are tested: 

-# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx 

-# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90

-

-FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \

-                         *.c \

-						 *.txt

-

-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories 

-# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. 

-# If left blank NO is used.

-

-RECURSIVE              = YES

-

-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should 

-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a 

-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.

-

-EXCLUDE                = 

-

-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or 

-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded 

-# from the input.

-

-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO

-

-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the 

-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude 

-# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched 

-# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories 

-# for example use the pattern */test/*

-

-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       = */LowLevel/USBMode.h

-

-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names 

-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the 

-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the 

-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, 

-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test

-

-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __*

-

-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or 

-# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see 

-# the \include command).

-

-EXAMPLE_PATH           = 

-

-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the 

-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp 

-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left 

-# blank all files are included.

-

-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *

-

-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be 

-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude 

-# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. 

-# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.

-

-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO

-

-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or 

-# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see 

-# the \image command).

-

-IMAGE_PATH             = 

-

-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should 

-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program 

-# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter> 

-# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an 

-# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes 

-# to standard output.  If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be 

-# ignored.

-

-INPUT_FILTER           = 

-

-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern 

-# basis.  Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the 

-# filter if there is a match.  The filters are a list of the form: 

-# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further 

-# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER 

-# is applied to all files.

-

-FILTER_PATTERNS        = 

-

-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using 

-# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source 

-# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).

-

-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to source browsing

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will 

-# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. 

-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also 

-# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.

-

-SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO

-

-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body 

-# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.

-

-INLINE_SOURCES         = NO

-

-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct 

-# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code 

-# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.

-

-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES

-

-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES 

-# then for each documented function all documented 

-# functions referencing it will be listed.

-

-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO

-

-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES 

-# then for each documented function all documented entities 

-# called/used by that function will be listed.

-

-REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO

-

-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)

-# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from

-# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will

-# link to the source code.  Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.

-

-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO

-

-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code 

-# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen 

-# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source 

-# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You 

-# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.

-

-USE_HTAGS              = NO

-

-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen 

-# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for 

-# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.

-

-VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index 

-# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project 

-# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.

-

-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES

-

-# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then 

-# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns 

-# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])

-

-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5

-

-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all 

-# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. 

-# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that 

-# should be ignored while generating the index headers.

-

-IGNORE_PREFIX          = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the HTML output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate HTML output.

-

-GENERATE_HTML          = YES

-

-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.

-

-HTML_OUTPUT            = html

-

-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for 

-# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank 

-# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.

-

-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html

-

-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for 

-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a 

-# standard header.

-

-HTML_HEADER            = 

-

-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for 

-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a 

-# standard footer.

-

-HTML_FOOTER            = 

-

-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading 

-# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to 

-# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen 

-# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy 

-# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own 

-# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!

-

-HTML_STYLESHEET        = 

-

-# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes, 

-# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to 

-# NO a bullet list will be used.

-

-HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS     = YES

-

-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML 

-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the 

-# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports 

-# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox 

-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).

-

-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES

-

-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files 

-# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 

-# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard). 

-# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the 

-# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that 

-# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in 

-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find 

-# it at startup. 

-# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.

-

-GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO

-

-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the 

-# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple 

-# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite) 

-# can be grouped.

-

-DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"

-

-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that 

-# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a 

-# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen 

-# will append .docset to the name.

-

-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files 

-# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the 

-# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm) 

-# of the generated HTML documentation.

-

-GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can 

-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You 

-# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be 

-# written to the html output directory.

-

-CHM_FILE               = 

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can 

-# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of 

-# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run 

-# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.

-

-HHC_LOCATION           = 

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag 

-# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that 

-# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).

-

-GENERATE_CHI           = NO

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING

-# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file

-# content.

-

-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     = 

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag 

-# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a 

-# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.

-

-BINARY_TOC             = NO

-

-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members 

-# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.

-

-TOC_EXPAND             = YES

-

-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER 

-# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for 

-# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated 

-# HTML documentation.

-

-GENERATE_QHP           = NO

-

-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can 

-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file. 

-# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.

-

-QCH_FILE               = 

-

-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating 

-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see 

-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.

-

-QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project

-

-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating 

-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see 

-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.

-

-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc

-

-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can 

-# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator. 

-# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated 

-# .qhp file .

-

-QHG_LOCATION           = 

-

-# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at 

-# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and 

-# the value YES disables it.

-

-DISABLE_INDEX          = NO

-

-# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20]) 

-# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.

-

-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1

-

-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index

-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.

-# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated

-# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that 

-# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports 

-# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, 

-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are 

-# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values 

-# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,

-# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;

-# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which

-# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous

-# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE

-# respectively.

-

-GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES

-

-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be 

-# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree 

-# is shown.

-

-TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250

-

-# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included 

-# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that 

-# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need 

-# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory 

-# to force them to be regenerated.

-

-FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the LaTeX output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate Latex output.

-

-GENERATE_LATEX         = NO

-

-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.

-

-LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex

-

-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be 

-# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.

-

-LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex

-

-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to 

-# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the 

-# default command name.

-

-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex

-

-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact 

-# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to 

-# save some trees in general.

-

-COMPACT_LATEX          = NO

-

-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used 

-# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and 

-# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.

-

-PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide

-

-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX 

-# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.

-

-EXTRA_PACKAGES         = 

-

-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for 

-# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until 

-# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a 

-# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!

-

-LATEX_HEADER           = 

-

-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated 

-# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will 

-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references 

-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.

-

-PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES

-

-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of 

-# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a 

-# higher quality PDF documentation.

-

-USE_PDFLATEX           = YES

-

-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. 

-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep 

-# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. 

-# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.

-

-LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO

-

-# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not 

-# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) 

-# in the output.

-

-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the RTF output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output 

-# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with 

-# other RTF readers or editors.

-

-GENERATE_RTF           = NO

-

-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.

-

-RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf

-

-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact 

-# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to 

-# save some trees in general.

-

-COMPACT_RTF            = NO

-

-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated 

-# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will 

-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. 

-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other 

-# programs which support those fields. 

-# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.

-

-RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO

-

-# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's 

-# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide 

-# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.

-

-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    = 

-

-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. 

-# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.

-

-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the man page output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate man pages

-

-GENERATE_MAN           = NO

-

-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.

-

-MAN_OUTPUT             = man

-

-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to 

-# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)

-

-MAN_EXTENSION          = .3

-

-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, 

-# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity 

-# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files 

-# only source the real man page, but without them the man command 

-# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.

-

-MAN_LINKS              = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the XML output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will 

-# generate an XML file that captures the structure of 

-# the code including all documentation.

-

-GENERATE_XML           = NO

-

-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.

-

-XML_OUTPUT             = xml

-

-# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema, 

-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the 

-# syntax of the XML files.

-

-XML_SCHEMA             = 

-

-# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD, 

-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the 

-# syntax of the XML files.

-

-XML_DTD                = 

-

-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will 

-# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting 

-# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that 

-# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.

-

-XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will 

-# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file 

-# that captures the structure of the code including all 

-# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental 

-# and incomplete at the moment.

-

-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the Perl module output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will 

-# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of 

-# the code including all documentation. Note that this 

-# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the 

-# moment.

-

-GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO

-

-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate 

-# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able 

-# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.

-

-PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO

-

-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be 

-# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader.  This is useful 

-# if you want to understand what is going on.  On the other hand, if this 

-# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller 

-# and Perl will parse it just the same.

-

-PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES

-

-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file 

-# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. 

-# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same 

-# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.

-

-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor   

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include 

-# files.

-

-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES

-

-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro 

-# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional 

-# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled 

-# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.

-

-MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES

-

-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES 

-# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the 

-# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.

-

-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES

-

-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files 

-# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.

-

-SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES

-

-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that 

-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by 

-# the preprocessor.

-

-INCLUDE_PATH           = 

-

-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard 

-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the 

-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will 

-# be used.

-

-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  = 

-

-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that 

-# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of 

-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name 

-# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are 

-# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being 

-# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator 

-# instead of the = operator.

-

-PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__

-

-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then 

-# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. 

-# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. 

-# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.

-

-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      = BUTTLOADTAG

-

-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then 

-# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone 

-# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such 

-# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse 

-# the parser if not removed.

-

-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration::additions related to external references   

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. 

-# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation 

-# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without 

-# this location is as follows: 

-#   TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... 

-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: 

-#   TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... 

-# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or 

-# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool 

-# does not have to be run to correct the links.

-# Note that each tag file must have a unique name

-# (where the name does NOT include the path)

-# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen 

-# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.

-

-TAGFILES               = 

-

-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create 

-# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.

-

-GENERATE_TAGFILE       = 

-

-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed 

-# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes 

-# will be listed.

-

-ALLEXTERNALS           = NO

-

-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed 

-# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will 

-# be listed.

-

-EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES

-

-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script 

-# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').

-

-PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration options related to the dot tool   

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base 

-# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that 

-# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a 

-# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more 

-# powerful graphs.

-

-CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO

-

-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc 

-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see 

-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the 

-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where 

-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the 

-# default search path.

-

-MSCGEN_PATH            = 

-

-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide 

-# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented 

-# or is not a class.

-

-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES

-

-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is 

-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization 

-# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section 

-# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)

-

-HAVE_DOT               = NO

-

-# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output 

-# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This 

-# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need 

-# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name 

-# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font, 

-# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the 

-# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory 

-# containing the font.

-

-DOT_FONTNAME           = FreeSans

-

-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs. 

-# The default size is 10pt.

-

-DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10

-

-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the 

-# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a 

-# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot 

-# can find it using this tag.

-

-DOT_FONTPATH           = 

-

-# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 

-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and 

-# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the 

-# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.

-

-CLASS_GRAPH            = NO

-

-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 

-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and 

-# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and 

-# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.

-

-COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO

-

-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 

-# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies

-

-GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO

-

-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and 

-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling 

-# Language.

-

-UML_LOOK               = NO

-

-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the 

-# relations between templates and their instances.

-

-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO

-

-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT 

-# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented 

-# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with 

-# other documented files.

-

-INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO

-

-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and 

-# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each 

-# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or 

-# indirectly include this file.

-

-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO

-

-# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then 

-# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function 

-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase 

-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs 

-# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.

-

-CALL_GRAPH             = NO

-

-# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then 

-# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function 

-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase 

-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller 

-# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.

-

-CALLER_GRAPH           = NO

-

-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 

-# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.

-

-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO

-

-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES 

-# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories 

-# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include

-# relations between the files in the directories.

-

-DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO

-

-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images 

-# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif

-# If left blank png will be used.

-

-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png

-

-# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be 

-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.

-

-DOT_PATH               = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin"

-

-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that 

-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the 

-# \dotfile command).

-

-DOTFILE_DIRS           = 

-

-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of 

-# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph 

-# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is 

-# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the 

-# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than 

-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note 

-# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.

-

-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15

-

-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the 

-# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable 

-# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes 

-# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this 

-# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large 

-# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by 

-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.

-

-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2

-

-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent 

-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not 

-# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used, 

-# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of 

-# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).

-

-DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES

-

-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output 

-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This 

-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) 

-# support this, this feature is disabled by default.

-

-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO

-

-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and 

-# arrows in the dot generated graphs.

-

-GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES

-

-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate 

-# the various graphs.

-

-DOT_CLEANUP            = YES

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration::additions related to the search engine   

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be 

-# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.

-

-SEARCHENGINE           = NO

diff --git a/Demos/Host/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c b/Demos/Host/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 2b9bb2b0b..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,335 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  Main source file for the KeyboardHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of

- *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.

- */

- 

-#include "KeyboardHost.h"

-

-/* Scheduler Task List */

-TASK_LIST

-{

-	{ .Task = USB_USBTask          , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },

-	{ .Task = USB_Keyboard_Host    , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },

-};

-

-

-/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then

- *  starts the scheduler to run the application tasks.

- */

-int main(void)

-{

-	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */

-	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);

-	wdt_disable();

-

-	/* Disable clock division */

-	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);

-

-	/* Hardware Initialization */

-	SerialStream_Init(9600, false);

-	LEDs_Init();

-	

-	/* Indicate USB not ready */

-	UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);

-	

-	/* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */

-	Scheduler_Init();

-

-	/* Initialize USB Subsystem */

-	USB_Init();

-

-	/* Start-up message */

-	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY

-	       "Keyboard Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF));

-		   

-	/* Scheduling - routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */

-	Scheduler_Start();

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and

- *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.

- */

-void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void)

-{

-	puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));

-	UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating);

-

-	/* Start USB management task to enumerate the device */

-	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN);

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and

- *  stops the library USB task management process.

- */

-void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void)

-{

-	/* Stop Keyboard and USB management task */

-	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP);

-	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Keyboard_Host, TASK_STOP);

-

-	puts_P(PSTR("Device Unattached.\r\n"));

-	UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully

- *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.

- */

-void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)

-{

-	/* Start Keyboard Host task */

-	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Keyboard_Host, TASK_RUN);

-	

-	/* Indicate device enumeration complete */

-	UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */

-void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)

-{

-	USB_ShutDown();

-

-	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"));

-	printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-

-	UpdateStatus(Status_HardwareError);

-	for(;;);

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while

- *  enumerating an attached USB device.

- */

-void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)

-{

-	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"));

-	printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-	printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode);

-	printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState);

-

-	UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);

-}

-

-/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to

- *  log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates.

- *

- *  \param CurrentStatus  Current status of the system, from the KeyboardHost_StatusCodes_t enum

- */

-void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus)

-{

-	uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;

-	

-	/* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */

-	switch (CurrentStatus)

-	{

-		case Status_USBNotReady:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);

-			break;

-		case Status_USBEnumerating:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);

-			break;

-		case Status_USBReady:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2);

-			break;

-		case Status_EnumerationError:

-		case Status_HardwareError:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3);

-			break;

-	}

-	

-	/* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */

-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);

-}

-

-/** Reads in and processes the next report from the attached device, displaying the report

- *  contents on the board LEDs and via the serial port.

- */

-void ReadNextReport(void)

-{

-	USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t KeyboardReport;

-		

-	/* Select keyboard data pipe */

-	Pipe_SelectPipe(KEYBOARD_DATAPIPE);	

-

-	/* Unfreeze keyboard data pipe */

-	Pipe_Unfreeze();

-

-	/* Check to see if a packet has been received */

-	if (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))

-	{

-		/* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */

-		Pipe_Freeze();

-			

-		return;

-	}

-	

-	/* Ensure pipe contains data before trying to read from it */

-	if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())

-	{

-		/* Read in keyboard report data */

-		Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&KeyboardReport, sizeof(KeyboardReport));

-

-		/* Indicate if the modifier byte is non-zero (special key such as shift is being pressed) */

-		LEDs_ChangeLEDs(LEDS_LED1, (KeyboardReport.Modifier) ? LEDS_LED1 : 0);

-		

-		/* Check if a key has been pressed */

-		if (KeyboardReport.KeyCode)

-		{

-			/* Toggle status LED to indicate keypress */

-			if (LEDs_GetLEDs() & LEDS_LED2)

-			  LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDS_LED2);

-			else

-			  LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(LEDS_LED2);

-				  

-			char PressedKey = 0;

-

-			/* Retrieve pressed key character if alphanumeric */

-			if ((KeyboardReport.KeyCode >= 0x04) && (KeyboardReport.KeyCode <= 0x1D))

-			  PressedKey = (KeyboardReport.KeyCode - 0x04) + 'A';

-			else if ((KeyboardReport.KeyCode >= 0x1E) && (KeyboardReport.KeyCode <= 0x27))

-			  PressedKey = (KeyboardReport.KeyCode - 0x1E) + '0';

-			else if (KeyboardReport.KeyCode == 0x2C)

-			  PressedKey = ' ';						

-			else if (KeyboardReport.KeyCode == 0x28)

-			  PressedKey = '\n';

-				 

-			/* Print the pressed key character out through the serial port if valid */

-			if (PressedKey)

-			  putchar(PressedKey);

-		}

-	}

-		

-	/* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */

-	Pipe_ClearIN();

-

-	/* Refreeze keyboard data pipe */

-	Pipe_Freeze();

-}

-

-/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read and process

- *  HID reports from the device and display the results onto the board LEDs.

- */

-TASK(USB_Keyboard_Host)

-{

-	uint8_t ErrorCode;

-

-	switch (USB_HostState)

-	{

-		case HOST_STATE_Addressed:

-			/* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */

-			USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)

-				{

-					.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),

-					.bRequest      = REQ_SetConfiguration,

-					.wValue        = 1,

-					.wIndex        = 0,

-					.wLength       = 0,

-				};

-

-			/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */

-			Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);

-

-			/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */

-			if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)

-			{

-				puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"));

-				printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-

-				/* Indicate error status */

-				UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);

-

-				/* Wait until USB device disconnected */

-				while (USB_IsConnected);

-				break;

-			}

-				

-			USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;

-			break;

-		case HOST_STATE_Configured:

-			puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));

-		

-			/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */

-			if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)

-			{

-				if (ErrorCode == ControlError)

-				  puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));

-				else

-				  puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n"));

-

-				printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-				

-				/* Indicate error status */

-				UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);

-

-				/* Wait until USB device disconnected */

-				while (USB_IsConnected);

-				break;

-			}

-		

-			/* HID class request to set the keyboard protocol to the Boot Protocol */

-			USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)

-				{

-					.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),

-					.bRequest      = REQ_SetProtocol,

-					.wValue        = 0,

-					.wIndex        = 0,

-					.wLength       = 0,

-				};

-

-			/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */

-			Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);

-

-			/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */

-			if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)

-			{

-				puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Protocol).\r\n"));

-				printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-

-				/* Indicate error status */

-				UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);

-				

-				/* Wait until USB device disconnected */

-				while (USB_IsConnected);

-				break;

-			}

-

-			puts_P(PSTR("Keyboard Enumerated.\r\n"));

-

-			USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready;

-			break;

-		case HOST_STATE_Ready:

-			/* If a report has been received, read and process it */

-			ReadNextReport();

-

-			break;

-	}

-}

diff --git a/Demos/Host/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h b/Demos/Host/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d00b76afb..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  Header file for KeyboardHost.c.

- */

-

-#ifndef _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_

-#define _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_

-

-	/* Includes: */

-		#include <avr/io.h>

-		#include <avr/wdt.h>

-		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>

-		#include <avr/power.h>

-		#include <avr/interrupt.h>

-		#include <stdio.h>

-

-		#include <LUFA/Version.h>                                // Library Version Information

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>             // ANSI Terminal Escape Codes

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>                        // USB Functionality

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h>        // Serial stream driver

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>                     // LEDs driver

-		#include <LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.h>                    // Simple scheduler for task management

-		

-		#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"

-		

-	/* Macros: */

-		/** Pipe number for the keyboard data IN pipe */

-		#define KEYBOARD_DATAPIPE           1

-

-		/** HID Class Specific request to set the report protocol mode */

-		#define REQ_SetProtocol             0x0B

-

-	/* Type Defines: */

-		/** Type define for a standard Boot Protocol Keyboard report */

-		typedef struct

-		{

-			uint8_t Modifier; /**< Keyboard modifier byte, indicating pressed modifier keys (such as Shift, Control, etc.) */

-			uint8_t RESERVED; /**< Reserved for OEM use, always set to 0 */

-			uint8_t KeyCode; /**< Key code of the currently pressed key */

-		} USB_KeyboardReport_Data_t;

-

-	/* Enums: */

-		/** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */

-		enum KeyboardHost_StatusCodes_t

-		{

-			Status_USBNotReady      = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB device) */

-			Status_USBEnumerating   = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */

-			Status_USBReady         = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */

-			Status_EnumerationError = 3, /**< Software error while enumerating the attached USB device */

-			Status_HardwareError    = 4, /**< Hardware error while enumerating the attached USB device */

-		};

-	

-	/* Task Definitions: */

-		TASK(USB_Keyboard_Host);

-

-	/* Function Prototypes: */

-		void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);

-		void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void);

-		void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void);

-		void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode);

-		void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);

-

-		void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus);

-		void ReadNextReport(void);

-		

-#endif

diff --git a/Demos/Host/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt b/Demos/Host/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index a3d5f717d..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/KeyboardHost/KeyboardHost.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,64 +0,0 @@
-/** \file

- *

- *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special

- *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.

- */

- 

-/** \mainpage Keyboard Host Demo

- *

- *  \section SSec_Info USB Information:

- *

- *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.

- *

- *  <table>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>

- *    <td>Host</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>

- *    <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr> 

- *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>

- *    <td>N/A</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>

- *    <td>USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>

- *    <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td>

- *   </tr>

- *  </table>

- *

- *  \section SSec_Description Project Description: 

- *

- *  Keyboard host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference

- *  application for implementing a USB keyboard, for USB keyboards using

- *  the standard keyboard HID profile.

- *  

- *  Pressed alpha-numeric, enter or space key is transmitted through the serial

- *  USART at serial settings 9600, 8, N, 1.

- *  

- *  This uses a naive method where the keyboard is set to Boot Protocol mode, so

- *  that the report structure is fixed and known. A better implementation

- *  uses the HID report parser for correct report data processing across

- *  all compatible mice with advanced characteristics, as shown in the

- *  KeyboardHostWithParser demo application.

- *  

- *  Currently only single interface keyboards are supported.

- *

- *  \section SSec_Options Project Options

- *

- *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.

- *

- *  <table>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td>

- *     None

- *    </td>

- *   </tr>

- *  </table>

- */

diff --git a/Demos/Host/KeyboardHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/KeyboardHost/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index b8cb79c5c..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/KeyboardHost/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,735 +0,0 @@
-# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-

-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, J�rg Wunsch, et al.

-#  >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<

-#

-# Released to the Public Domain

-#

-# Additional material for this makefile was written by:

-# Peter Fleury

-# Tim Henigan

-# Colin O'Flynn

-# Reiner Patommel

-# Markus Pfaff

-# Sander Pool

-# Frederik Rouleau

-# Carlos Lamas

-# Dean Camera

-# Opendous Inc.

-# Denver Gingerich

-#

-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# On command line:

-#

-# make all = Make software.

-#

-# make clean = Clean out built project files.

-#

-# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.

-#

-# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.

-#

-# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.

-#                Please customize the avrdude settings below first!

-#

-# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must

-#            have dfu-programmer installed).

-#

-# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must

-#             have Atmel FLIP installed).

-#

-# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer

-#               (must have dfu-programmer installed).

-#

-# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP

-#                (must have Atmel FLIP installed).

-#

-# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have

-#                DoxyGen installed)

-#

-# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging, 

-#              with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.

-#

-# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.

-#

-# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting

-#                   bug reports to the GCC project.

-#

-# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".

-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-# MCU name

-MCU = at90usb1287

-

-

-# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring

-# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called 

-# "Board" inside the application directory.

-BOARD  = USBKEY

-

-

-# Processor frequency.

-#     This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the 

-#     processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to 

-#     calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done

-#     automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.

-#     Typical values are:

-#         F_CPU =  1000000

-#         F_CPU =  1843200

-#         F_CPU =  2000000

-#         F_CPU =  3686400

-#         F_CPU =  4000000

-#         F_CPU =  7372800

-#         F_CPU =  8000000

-#         F_CPU = 11059200

-#         F_CPU = 14745600

-#         F_CPU = 16000000

-#         F_CPU = 18432000

-#         F_CPU = 20000000

-F_CPU = 8000000

-

-

-# Input clock frequency.

-#     This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the 

-#     input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may

-#     differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the

-#     raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed

-#     clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'

-#     at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your

-#     source code.

-#

-#     If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the

-#     CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.

-F_CLOCK = 8000000

-

-

-# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)

-FORMAT = ihex

-

-

-# Target file name (without extension).

-TARGET = KeyboardHost

-

-

-# Object files directory

-#     To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make

-#     this an empty or blank macro!

-OBJDIR = .

-

-

-# Path to the LUFA library

-LUFA_PATH = ../../..

-

-

-# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)

-SRC = $(TARGET).c                                                 \

-	  ConfigDescriptor.c                                          \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c                     \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c         \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c               \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c        \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c           \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c               \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c       \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c           \

- 	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c               \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c            \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c      \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c           \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c  \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDParser.c             \

-

-

-# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)

-CPPSRC = 

-

-

-# List Assembler source files here.

-#     Make them always end in a capital .S.  Files ending in a lowercase .s

-#     will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler

-#     output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!

-#     Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,

-#     it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does

-#     care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.

-ASRC =

-

-

-# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s]. 

-#     0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.

-#     (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)

-OPT = s

-

-

-# Debugging format.

-#     Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.

-#     AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.

-#     AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.

-DEBUG = dwarf-2

-

-

-# List any extra directories to look for include files here.

-#     Each directory must be seperated by a space.

-#     Use forward slashes for directory separators.

-#     For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.

-EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/

-

-

-# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

-#     c89   = "ANSI" C

-#     gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions

-#     c99   = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)

-#     gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions

-CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99

-

-

-# Place -D or -U options here for C sources

-CDEFS  = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)

-CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DUSB_HOST_ONLY -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS

-CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"

-

-

-# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources

-ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)

-

-

-# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources

-CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL

-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS

-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS

-

-

-

-#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------

-#  -g*:          generate debugging information

-#  -O*:          optimization level

-#  -f...:        tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation

-#  -Wall...:     warning level

-#  -Wa,...:      tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.

-#    -adhlns...: create assembler listing

-CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)

-CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)

-CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)

-CFLAGS += -funsigned-char

-CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields

-CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections

-CFLAGS += -fpack-struct

-CFLAGS += -fshort-enums

-CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20

-CFLAGS += -Wall

-CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes

-CFLAGS += -Wundef

-#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time

-#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code

-#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare

-CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)

-CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))

-CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)

-

-

-#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------

-#  -g*:          generate debugging information

-#  -O*:          optimization level

-#  -f...:        tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation

-#  -Wall...:     warning level

-#  -Wa,...:      tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.

-#    -adhlns...: create assembler listing

-CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)

-CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)

-CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)

-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char

-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields

-CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct

-CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums

-CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions

-CPPFLAGS += -Wall

-CFLAGS += -Wundef

-#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls

-#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time

-#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes

-#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code

-#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare

-CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)

-CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))

-#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)

-

-

-#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------

-#  -Wa,...:   tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.

-#  -adhlns:   create listing

-#  -gstabs:   have the assembler create line number information; note that

-#             for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames

-#             and function names needs to be present in the assembler source

-#             files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]

-#  -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex 

-#       dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.

-ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100

-

-

-#---------------- Library Options ----------------

-# Minimalistic printf version

-PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min

-

-# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)

-PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt

-

-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.

-PRINTF_LIB = 

-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)

-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)

-

-

-# Minimalistic scanf version

-SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min

-

-# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)

-SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt

-

-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.

-SCANF_LIB = 

-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)

-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)

-

-

-MATH_LIB = -lm

-

-

-# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.

-#     Each directory must be seperated by a space.

-#     Use forward slashes for directory separators.

-#     For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.

-EXTRALIBDIRS = 

-

-

-

-#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------

-

-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),

-# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).

-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff

-

-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),

-# only used for heap (malloc()).

-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff

-

-EXTMEMOPTS =

-

-

-

-#---------------- Linker Options ----------------

-#  -Wl,...:     tell GCC to pass this to linker.

-#    -Map:      create map file

-#    --cref:    add cross reference to  map file

-LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref

-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax 

-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections

-LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)

-LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))

-LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)

-#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x

-

-

-

-#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------

-

-# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd 

-# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500

-#

-# Type: avrdude -c ?

-# to get a full listing.

-#

-AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII

-

-# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.

-AVRDUDE_PORT = usb

-

-AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex

-#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep

-

-

-# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.

-# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,

-# see avrdude manual.

-#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y

-

-# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be

-# performed after programming the device.

-#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V

-

-# Increase verbosity level.  Please use this when submitting bug

-# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude> 

-# to submit bug reports.

-#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v

-

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)

-

-

-

-#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------

-

-# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.

-DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)

-

-# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.

-# DEBUG_UI = gdb

-DEBUG_UI = insight

-

-# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.

-DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice

-#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr

-

-# GDB Init Filename.

-GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit

-

-# When using avarice settings for the JTAG

-JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1

-

-# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.

-DEBUG_PORT = 4242

-

-# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally

-#     just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when 

-#     avarice is running on a different computer.

-DEBUG_HOST = localhost

-

-

-

-#============================================================================

-

-

-# Define programs and commands.

-SHELL = sh

-CC = avr-gcc

-OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy

-OBJDUMP = avr-objdump

-SIZE = avr-size

-AR = avr-ar rcs

-NM = avr-nm

-AVRDUDE = avrdude

-REMOVE = rm -f

-REMOVEDIR = rm -rf

-COPY = cp

-WINSHELL = cmd

-

-# Define Messages

-# English

-MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none

-MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------

-MSG_END = --------  end  --------

-MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before: 

-MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:

-MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:

-MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:

-MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:

-MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:

-MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:

-MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:

-MSG_LINKING = Linking:

-MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:

-MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:

-MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:

-MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:

-MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:

-

-

-

-

-# Define all object files.

-OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) 

-

-# Define all listing files.

-LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) 

-

-

-# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.

-GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d

-

-

-# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.

-# Add target processor to flags.

-ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)

-ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)

-ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)

-

-

-

-

-

-# Default target.

-all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end

-

-# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.

-build: elf hex eep lss sym

-#build: lib

-

-

-elf: $(TARGET).elf

-hex: $(TARGET).hex

-eep: $(TARGET).eep

-lss: $(TARGET).lss

-sym: $(TARGET).sym

-LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a

-lib: $(LIBNAME)

-

-

-

-# Eye candy.

-# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on

-# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.

-begin:

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)

-

-end:

-	@echo $(MSG_END)

-	@echo

-

-

-# Display size of file.

-HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex

-ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf

-MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )

-FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )

-

-sizebefore:

-	@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \

-	2>/dev/null; echo; fi

-

-sizeafter:

-	@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \

-	2>/dev/null; echo; fi

-

-checkhooks: build

-	@echo

-	@echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events -------

-	@$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \

-	           cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \

-			   echo "(None)"

-	@echo ------------------------------------

-

-checklibmode:

-	@echo

-	@echo ----------- Library Mode -----------

-	@$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \

-	          | grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \

-	          || echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)."

-	@echo ------------------------------------

-

-checkboard:

-	@echo

-	@echo ---------- Selected Board ----------

-	@echo Selected board model is $(BOARD).

-	@echo ------------------------------------

-	

-# Display compiler version information.

-gccversion : 

-	@$(CC) --version

-

-

-

-# Program the device.  

-program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep

-	$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)

-

-flip: $(TARGET).hex

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0

-

-dfu: $(TARGET).hex

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset

-

-flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep

-	copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0

-

-dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset

-

-

-# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:

-#     define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set 

-#     a breakpoint at main().

-gdb-config: 

-	@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)  >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)

-	@echo load  >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-endif

-	@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-

-debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf

-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)

-	@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \

-	$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c pause

-

-else

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \

-	$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)

-endif

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)

-

-

-

-

-# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.

-COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000

-

-

-

-coff: $(TARGET).elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof

-	$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof

-

-

-extcoff: $(TARGET).elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof

-	$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof

-

-

-

-# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.

-%.hex: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@

-	$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@

-

-%.eep: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@

-	-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \

-	--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0

-

-# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.

-%.lss: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@

-	$(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@

-

-# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.

-%.sym: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@

-	$(NM) -n $< > $@

-

-

-

-# Create library from object files.

-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a

-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)

-%.a: $(OBJ)

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@

-	$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)

-

-

-# Link: create ELF output file from object files.

-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf

-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)

-%.elf: $(OBJ)

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@

-	$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)

-

-

-# Compile: create object files from C source files.

-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<

-	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ 

-

-

-# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.

-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<

-	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ 

-

-

-# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.

-%.s : %.c

-	$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@

-

-

-# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.

-%.s : %.cpp

-	$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@

-

-

-# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.

-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<

-	$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@

-

-

-# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.

-%.i : %.c

-	$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@ 

-	

-

-# Target: clean project.

-clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end

-

-clean_binary:

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex

-	

-clean_list:

-	@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)

-	$(REMOVEDIR) .dep

-

-

-doxygen:

-	@echo Generating Project Documentation...

-	@doxygen Doxygen.conf

-	@echo Documentation Generation Complete.

-

-clean_doxygen:

-	rm -rf Documentation

-

-# Create object files directory

-$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)

-

-

-# Include the dependency files.

--include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)

-

-

-# Listing of phony targets.

-.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard   \

-begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion  \

-build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean      \

-clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config  \

-doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Demos/Host/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4ee3b998f..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations

- *  needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special  computer-readable structures

- *  which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.

- */

-

-#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"

-

-/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This

- *  routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate

- *  with compatible devices.

- *

- *  This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint and HID descriptor.

- *

- *  \return An error code from the KeyboardHostWithParser_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.

- */

-uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)

-{

-	uint8_t* ConfigDescriptorData;

-	uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;

-	

-	/* Get Configuration Descriptor size from the device */

-	if (USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)

-	  return ControlError;

-	

-	/* Ensure that the Configuration Descriptor isn't too large */

-	if (ConfigDescriptorSize > MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE)

-	  return DescriptorTooLarge;

-	  

-	/* Allocate enough memory for the entire config descriptor */

-	ConfigDescriptorData = alloca(ConfigDescriptorSize);

-

-	/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */

-	USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData);

-	

-	/* Validate returned data - ensure first entry is a configuration header descriptor */

-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)

-	  return InvalidConfigDataReturned;

-	

-	/* Get the keyboard interface from the configuration descriptor */

-	if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,

-	                              DComp_NextKeyboardInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)

-	{

-		/* Descriptor not found, error out */

-		return NoHIDInterfaceFound;

-	}

-	

-	/* Get the keyboard interface's HID descriptor */

-	if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,

-	                              DComp_NextHID) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)

-	{

-		/* Descriptor not found, error out */

-		return NoHIDDescriptorFound;

-	}

-

-	/* Save the HID report size for later use */

-	HIDReportSize = DESCRIPTOR_CAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_HID_t).HIDReportLength;

-

-	/* Get the keyboard interface's data endpoint descriptor */

-	if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,

-	                              DComp_NextInterfaceKeyboardDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)

-	{

-		/* Descriptor not found, error out */

-		return NoEndpointFound;

-	}

-	

-	/* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */

-	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);

-

-	/* Configure the keyboard data pipe */

-	Pipe_ConfigurePipe(KEYBOARD_DATAPIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_IN,

-	                   EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE);

-

-	Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();

-			

-	/* Valid data found, return success */

-	return SuccessfulConfigRead;

-}

-

-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's

- *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration

- *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.

- *

- *  This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Keyboard HID Class and Protocol values.

- *

- *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum

- */

-uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)

-{

-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)

-	{

-		/* Check the HID descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */

-		if ((DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class    == KEYBOARD_CLASS) &&

-		    (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Protocol == KEYBOARD_PROTOCOL))

-		{

-			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;

-		}

-	}

-	

-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;

-}

-

-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's

- *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration

- *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.

- *

- *  This comparator searches for the next IN Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor,

- *  aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.

- *

- *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum

- */

-uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceKeyboardDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)

-{

-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint)

-	{

-		if (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t).EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN)

-		  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;

-	}

-	else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)

-	{

-		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;

-	}

-

-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;

-}

-

-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's

- *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration

- *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.

- *

- *  This comparator searches for the next HID descriptor within the current HID interface descriptor.

- *

- *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum

- */

-uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor)

-{

-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_HID)

-	  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;

-	else

-	  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;	  

-}

diff --git a/Demos/Host/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 338adc93b..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/KeyboardHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.

- */

-

-#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_

-#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_

-

-	/* Includes: */

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>                        // USB Functionality

-		

-		#include "HIDReport.h"

-		

-	/* Macros: */

-		/** Interface Class value for the Human Interface Device class */

-		#define KEYBOARD_CLASS                 0x03

-

-		/** Interface Protocol value for a Boot Protocol Keyboard compliant device */

-		#define KEYBOARD_PROTOCOL              0x01

-		

-		/** Maximum size of a device configuration descriptor which can be processed by the host, in bytes */

-		#define MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE     512

-

-		/** Descriptor header type constant for a HID descriptor */

-		#define DTYPE_HID                      0x21

-

-		/** Descriptor header type constant for a HID report descriptor */

-		#define DTYPE_Report                   0x22

-	

-	/* Enums: */

-		enum KeyboardHostWithParser_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t

-		{

-			SuccessfulConfigRead            = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */

-			ControlError                    = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */

-			DescriptorTooLarge              = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */

-			InvalidConfigDataReturned       = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */

-			NoHIDInterfaceFound             = 4, /**< A compatible HID interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */

-			NoHIDDescriptorFound            = 5, /**< A compatible HID descriptor was not found in the device's HID interface */

-			NoEndpointFound                 = 5, /**< A compatible HID IN endpoint was not found in the device's HID interface */

-		};

-

-	/* Function Prototypes: */

-		uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);

-

-		uint8_t DComp_NextKeyboardInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);

-		uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceKeyboardDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);

-		uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor);

-		

-#endif

diff --git a/Demos/Host/KeyboardHostWithParser/Doxygen.conf b/Demos/Host/KeyboardHostWithParser/Doxygen.conf
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c6db18fa..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/KeyboardHostWithParser/Doxygen.conf
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@
-# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1

-

-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system

-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project

-#

-# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored

-# The format is:

-#       TAG = value [value, ...]

-# For lists items can also be appended using:

-#       TAG += value [value, ...]

-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Project related configuration options

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file 

-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all 

-# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the 

-# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See 

-# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.

-

-DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8

-

-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded 

-# by quotes) that should identify the project.

-

-PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Keyboard Host (Using HID Descriptor Parser)"

-

-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. 

-# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or 

-# if some version control system is used.

-

-PROJECT_NUMBER         = 0.0.0

-

-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) 

-# base path where the generated documentation will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location 

-# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.

-

-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/

-

-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 

-# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output 

-# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories. 

-# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of 

-# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would 

-# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.

-

-CREATE_SUBDIRS         = YES

-

-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all 

-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this 

-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. 

-# The default language is English, other supported languages are: 

-# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional, 

-# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek, 

-# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), 

-# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish, 

-# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene, 

-# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.

-

-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English

-

-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in 

-# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). 

-# Set to NO to disable this.

-

-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES

-

-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend 

-# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. 

-# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the 

-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.

-

-REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES

-

-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator 

-# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string 

-# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be 

-# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is 

-# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. 

-# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically 

-# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget" 

-# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains" 

-# "represents" "a" "an" "the"

-

-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \

-                         "The $name widget" \

-                         "The $name file" \

-                         is \

-                         provides \

-                         specifies \

-                         contains \

-                         represents \

-                         a \

-                         an \

-                         the

-

-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then 

-# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief 

-# description.

-

-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO

-

-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all 

-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those 

-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment 

-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.

-

-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO

-

-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full 

-# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set 

-# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.

-

-FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES

-

-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag 

-# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is 

-# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of 

-# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. 

-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the 

-# path to strip.

-

-STRIP_FROM_PATH        = 

-

-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of 

-# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells 

-# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class. 

-# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class 

-# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that 

-# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.

-

-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    = 

-

-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter 

-# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems 

-# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.

-

-SHORT_NAMES            = YES

-

-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen 

-# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style 

-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc 

-# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments 

-# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)

-

-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO

-

-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will 

-# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style 

-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments 

-# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring 

-# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)

-

-QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO

-

-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen 

-# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// 

-# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour. 

-# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed 

-# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.

-

-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO

-

-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented 

-# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it 

-# re-implements.

-

-INHERIT_DOCS           = YES

-

-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce 

-# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will 

-# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.

-

-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO

-

-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. 

-# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.

-

-TAB_SIZE               = 4

-

-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts 

-# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". 

-# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to 

-# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which 

-# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". 

-# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.

-

-ALIASES                = 

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C 

-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. 

-# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list 

-# of all members will be omitted, etc.

-

-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java 

-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for 

-# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified 

-# scopes will look different, etc.

-

-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran 

-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for 

-# Fortran.

-

-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL 

-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for 

-# VHDL.

-

-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO

-

-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want 

-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should 

-# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and 

-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s. 

-# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration 

-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.

-

-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO

-

-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to

-# enable parsing support.

-

-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO

-

-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only. 

-# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public 

-# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.

-

-SIP_SUPPORT            = NO

-

-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter 

-# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default) 

-# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the 

-# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or 

-# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the 

-# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.

-

-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES

-

-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC 

-# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first 

-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default 

-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.

-

-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO

-

-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of 

-# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a 

-# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to 

-# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using 

-# the \nosubgrouping command.

-

-SUBGROUPING            = YES

-

-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum 

-# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So 

-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct 

-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, 

-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically 

-# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound 

-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.

-

-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO

-

-# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to 

-# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.

-# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.

-# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is 

-# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause 

-# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time 

-# causing a significant performance penality. 

-# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the 

-# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on 

-# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the 

-# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula: 

-# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, 

-# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols

-

-SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE      = 0

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Build related configuration options

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in 

-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. 

-# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless 

-# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES

-

-EXTRACT_ALL            = YES

-

-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class 

-# will be included in the documentation.

-

-EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES

-

-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file 

-# will be included in the documentation.

-

-EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES

-

-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) 

-# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. 

-# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.

-

-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES

-

-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local 

-# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in 

-# the interface are included in the documentation. 

-# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.

-

-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO

-

-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be 

-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called 

-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base 

-# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default 

-# anonymous namespace are hidden.

-

-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all 

-# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. 

-# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the 

-# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. 

-# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.

-

-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all 

-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. 

-# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various 

-# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.

-

-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all 

-# friend (class|struct|union) declarations. 

-# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the 

-# documentation.

-

-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any 

-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. 

-# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the 

-# function's detailed documentation block.

-

-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO

-

-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation 

-# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set 

-# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. 

-# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.

-

-INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO

-

-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate 

-# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also 

-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ 

-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows 

-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.

-

-CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen 

-# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the 

-# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.

-

-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO

-

-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen 

-# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation 

-# of that file.

-

-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES

-

-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] 

-# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.

-

-INLINE_INFO            = YES

-

-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen 

-# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members 

-# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in 

-# declaration order.

-

-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES

-

-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the 

-# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically 

-# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in 

-# declaration order.

-

-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO

-

-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the 

-# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default) 

-# the group names will appear in their defined order.

-

-SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO

-

-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be 

-# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to 

-# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name, 

-# not including the namespace part. 

-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.

-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the 

-# alphabetical list.

-

-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 

-# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo 

-# commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 

-# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test 

-# commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 

-# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug 

-# commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 

-# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting 

-# \deprecated commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES

-

-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional 

-# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.

-

-ENABLED_SECTIONS       = 

-

-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines 

-# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in 

-# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified 

-# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. 

-# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the 

-# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer 

-# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.

-

-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30

-

-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated 

-# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the 

-# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.

-

-SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES

-

-# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories 

-# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy 

-# in the documentation. The default is NO.

-

-SHOW_DIRECTORIES       = YES

-

-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.

-# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the 

-# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.

-

-SHOW_FILES             = YES

-

-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the 

-# Namespaces page.  This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index

-# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.

-

-SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES

-

-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that 

-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from 

-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via 

-# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of 

-# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file 

-# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output 

-# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.

-

-FILE_VERSION_FILTER    = 

-

-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by 

-# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files 

-# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents 

-# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a 

-# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name 

-# of the layout file.

-

-LAYOUT_FILE            = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to warning and progress messages

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated 

-# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.

-

-QUIET                  = YES

-

-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are 

-# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank 

-# NO is used.

-

-WARNINGS               = YES

-

-# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings 

-# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will 

-# automatically be disabled.

-

-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES

-

-# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for 

-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some 

-# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that 

-# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.

-

-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES

-

-# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for 

-# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters 

-# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about 

-# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of 

-# documentation.

-

-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES

-

-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that 

-# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text 

-# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the 

-# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain 

-# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could 

-# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)

-

-WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"

-

-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning 

-# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written 

-# to stderr.

-

-WARN_LOGFILE           = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the input files

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain 

-# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or 

-# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories 

-# with spaces.

-

-INPUT                  = ./

-

-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files 

-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is 

-# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built 

-# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for 

-# the list of possible encodings.

-

-INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8

-

-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the 

-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp 

-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left 

-# blank the following patterns are tested: 

-# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx 

-# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90

-

-FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \

-                         *.c \

-						 *.txt

-

-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories 

-# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. 

-# If left blank NO is used.

-

-RECURSIVE              = YES

-

-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should 

-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a 

-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.

-

-EXCLUDE                = 

-

-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or 

-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded 

-# from the input.

-

-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO

-

-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the 

-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude 

-# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched 

-# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories 

-# for example use the pattern */test/*

-

-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       = */LowLevel/USBMode.h

-

-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names 

-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the 

-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the 

-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, 

-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test

-

-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __*

-

-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or 

-# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see 

-# the \include command).

-

-EXAMPLE_PATH           = 

-

-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the 

-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp 

-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left 

-# blank all files are included.

-

-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *

-

-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be 

-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude 

-# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. 

-# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.

-

-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO

-

-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or 

-# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see 

-# the \image command).

-

-IMAGE_PATH             = 

-

-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should 

-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program 

-# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter> 

-# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an 

-# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes 

-# to standard output.  If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be 

-# ignored.

-

-INPUT_FILTER           = 

-

-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern 

-# basis.  Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the 

-# filter if there is a match.  The filters are a list of the form: 

-# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further 

-# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER 

-# is applied to all files.

-

-FILTER_PATTERNS        = 

-

-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using 

-# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source 

-# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).

-

-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to source browsing

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will 

-# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. 

-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also 

-# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.

-

-SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO

-

-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body 

-# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.

-

-INLINE_SOURCES         = NO

-

-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct 

-# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code 

-# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.

-

-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES

-

-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES 

-# then for each documented function all documented 

-# functions referencing it will be listed.

-

-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO

-

-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES 

-# then for each documented function all documented entities 

-# called/used by that function will be listed.

-

-REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO

-

-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)

-# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from

-# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will

-# link to the source code.  Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.

-

-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO

-

-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code 

-# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen 

-# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source 

-# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You 

-# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.

-

-USE_HTAGS              = NO

-

-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen 

-# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for 

-# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.

-

-VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index 

-# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project 

-# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.

-

-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES

-

-# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then 

-# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns 

-# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])

-

-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5

-

-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all 

-# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. 

-# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that 

-# should be ignored while generating the index headers.

-

-IGNORE_PREFIX          = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the HTML output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate HTML output.

-

-GENERATE_HTML          = YES

-

-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.

-

-HTML_OUTPUT            = html

-

-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for 

-# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank 

-# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.

-

-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html

-

-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for 

-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a 

-# standard header.

-

-HTML_HEADER            = 

-

-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for 

-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a 

-# standard footer.

-

-HTML_FOOTER            = 

-

-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading 

-# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to 

-# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen 

-# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy 

-# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own 

-# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!

-

-HTML_STYLESHEET        = 

-

-# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes, 

-# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to 

-# NO a bullet list will be used.

-

-HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS     = YES

-

-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML 

-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the 

-# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports 

-# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox 

-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).

-

-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES

-

-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files 

-# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 

-# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard). 

-# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the 

-# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that 

-# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in 

-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find 

-# it at startup. 

-# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.

-

-GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO

-

-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the 

-# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple 

-# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite) 

-# can be grouped.

-

-DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"

-

-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that 

-# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a 

-# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen 

-# will append .docset to the name.

-

-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files 

-# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the 

-# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm) 

-# of the generated HTML documentation.

-

-GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can 

-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You 

-# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be 

-# written to the html output directory.

-

-CHM_FILE               = 

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can 

-# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of 

-# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run 

-# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.

-

-HHC_LOCATION           = 

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag 

-# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that 

-# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).

-

-GENERATE_CHI           = NO

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING

-# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file

-# content.

-

-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     = 

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag 

-# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a 

-# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.

-

-BINARY_TOC             = NO

-

-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members 

-# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.

-

-TOC_EXPAND             = YES

-

-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER 

-# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for 

-# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated 

-# HTML documentation.

-

-GENERATE_QHP           = NO

-

-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can 

-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file. 

-# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.

-

-QCH_FILE               = 

-

-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating 

-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see 

-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.

-

-QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project

-

-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating 

-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see 

-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.

-

-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc

-

-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can 

-# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator. 

-# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated 

-# .qhp file .

-

-QHG_LOCATION           = 

-

-# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at 

-# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and 

-# the value YES disables it.

-

-DISABLE_INDEX          = NO

-

-# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20]) 

-# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.

-

-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1

-

-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index

-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.

-# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated

-# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that 

-# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports 

-# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, 

-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are 

-# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values 

-# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,

-# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;

-# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which

-# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous

-# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE

-# respectively.

-

-GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES

-

-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be 

-# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree 

-# is shown.

-

-TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250

-

-# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included 

-# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that 

-# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need 

-# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory 

-# to force them to be regenerated.

-

-FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the LaTeX output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate Latex output.

-

-GENERATE_LATEX         = NO

-

-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.

-

-LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex

-

-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be 

-# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.

-

-LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex

-

-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to 

-# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the 

-# default command name.

-

-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex

-

-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact 

-# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to 

-# save some trees in general.

-

-COMPACT_LATEX          = NO

-

-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used 

-# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and 

-# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.

-

-PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide

-

-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX 

-# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.

-

-EXTRA_PACKAGES         = 

-

-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for 

-# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until 

-# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a 

-# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!

-

-LATEX_HEADER           = 

-

-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated 

-# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will 

-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references 

-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.

-

-PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES

-

-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of 

-# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a 

-# higher quality PDF documentation.

-

-USE_PDFLATEX           = YES

-

-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. 

-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep 

-# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. 

-# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.

-

-LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO

-

-# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not 

-# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) 

-# in the output.

-

-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the RTF output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output 

-# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with 

-# other RTF readers or editors.

-

-GENERATE_RTF           = NO

-

-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.

-

-RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf

-

-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact 

-# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to 

-# save some trees in general.

-

-COMPACT_RTF            = NO

-

-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated 

-# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will 

-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. 

-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other 

-# programs which support those fields. 

-# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.

-

-RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO

-

-# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's 

-# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide 

-# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.

-

-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    = 

-

-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. 

-# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.

-

-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the man page output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate man pages

-

-GENERATE_MAN           = NO

-

-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.

-

-MAN_OUTPUT             = man

-

-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to 

-# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)

-

-MAN_EXTENSION          = .3

-

-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, 

-# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity 

-# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files 

-# only source the real man page, but without them the man command 

-# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.

-

-MAN_LINKS              = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the XML output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will 

-# generate an XML file that captures the structure of 

-# the code including all documentation.

-

-GENERATE_XML           = NO

-

-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.

-

-XML_OUTPUT             = xml

-

-# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema, 

-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the 

-# syntax of the XML files.

-

-XML_SCHEMA             = 

-

-# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD, 

-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the 

-# syntax of the XML files.

-

-XML_DTD                = 

-

-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will 

-# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting 

-# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that 

-# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.

-

-XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will 

-# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file 

-# that captures the structure of the code including all 

-# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental 

-# and incomplete at the moment.

-

-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the Perl module output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will 

-# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of 

-# the code including all documentation. Note that this 

-# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the 

-# moment.

-

-GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO

-

-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate 

-# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able 

-# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.

-

-PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO

-

-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be 

-# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader.  This is useful 

-# if you want to understand what is going on.  On the other hand, if this 

-# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller 

-# and Perl will parse it just the same.

-

-PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES

-

-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file 

-# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. 

-# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same 

-# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.

-

-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor   

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include 

-# files.

-

-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES

-

-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro 

-# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional 

-# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled 

-# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.

-

-MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES

-

-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES 

-# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the 

-# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.

-

-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES

-

-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files 

-# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.

-

-SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES

-

-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that 

-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by 

-# the preprocessor.

-

-INCLUDE_PATH           = 

-

-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard 

-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the 

-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will 

-# be used.

-

-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  = 

-

-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that 

-# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of 

-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name 

-# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are 

-# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being 

-# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator 

-# instead of the = operator.

-

-PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__

-

-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then 

-# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. 

-# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. 

-# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.

-

-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      = BUTTLOADTAG

-

-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then 

-# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone 

-# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such 

-# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse 

-# the parser if not removed.

-

-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration::additions related to external references   

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. 

-# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation 

-# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without 

-# this location is as follows: 

-#   TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... 

-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: 

-#   TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... 

-# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or 

-# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool 

-# does not have to be run to correct the links.

-# Note that each tag file must have a unique name

-# (where the name does NOT include the path)

-# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen 

-# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.

-

-TAGFILES               = 

-

-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create 

-# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.

-

-GENERATE_TAGFILE       = 

-

-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed 

-# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes 

-# will be listed.

-

-ALLEXTERNALS           = NO

-

-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed 

-# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will 

-# be listed.

-

-EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES

-

-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script 

-# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').

-

-PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration options related to the dot tool   

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base 

-# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that 

-# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a 

-# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more 

-# powerful graphs.

-

-CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO

-

-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc 

-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see 

-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the 

-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where 

-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the 

-# default search path.

-

-MSCGEN_PATH            = 

-

-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide 

-# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented 

-# or is not a class.

-

-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES

-

-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is 

-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization 

-# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section 

-# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)

-

-HAVE_DOT               = NO

-

-# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output 

-# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This 

-# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need 

-# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name 

-# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font, 

-# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the 

-# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory 

-# containing the font.

-

-DOT_FONTNAME           = FreeSans

-

-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs. 

-# The default size is 10pt.

-

-DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10

-

-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the 

-# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a 

-# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot 

-# can find it using this tag.

-

-DOT_FONTPATH           = 

-

-# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 

-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and 

-# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the 

-# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.

-

-CLASS_GRAPH            = NO

-

-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 

-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and 

-# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and 

-# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.

-

-COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO

-

-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 

-# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies

-

-GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO

-

-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and 

-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling 

-# Language.

-

-UML_LOOK               = NO

-

-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the 

-# relations between templates and their instances.

-

-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO

-

-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT 

-# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented 

-# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with 

-# other documented files.

-

-INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO

-

-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and 

-# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each 

-# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or 

-# indirectly include this file.

-

-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO

-

-# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then 

-# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function 

-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase 

-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs 

-# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.

-

-CALL_GRAPH             = NO

-

-# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then 

-# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function 

-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase 

-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller 

-# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.

-

-CALLER_GRAPH           = NO

-

-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 

-# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.

-

-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO

-

-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES 

-# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories 

-# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include

-# relations between the files in the directories.

-

-DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO

-

-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images 

-# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif

-# If left blank png will be used.

-

-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png

-

-# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be 

-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.

-

-DOT_PATH               = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin"

-

-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that 

-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the 

-# \dotfile command).

-

-DOTFILE_DIRS           = 

-

-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of 

-# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph 

-# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is 

-# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the 

-# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than 

-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note 

-# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.

-

-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15

-

-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the 

-# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable 

-# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes 

-# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this 

-# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large 

-# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by 

-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.

-

-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2

-

-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent 

-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not 

-# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used, 

-# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of 

-# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).

-

-DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES

-

-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output 

-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This 

-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) 

-# support this, this feature is disabled by default.

-

-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO

-

-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and 

-# arrows in the dot generated graphs.

-

-GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES

-

-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate 

-# the various graphs.

-

-DOT_CLEANUP            = YES

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration::additions related to the search engine   

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be 

-# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.

-

-SEARCHENGINE           = NO

diff --git a/Demos/Host/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.c b/Demos/Host/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6ac1f5a65..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-#include "HIDReport.h"

-

-/** Size in bytes of the attached device's HID report descriptor */

-uint16_t         HIDReportSize;

-

-/** Processed HID report descriptor items structure, containing information on each HID report element */

-HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;

-

-

-/** Function to read in the HID report descriptor from the attached device, and process it into easy-to-read

- *  structures via the HID parser routines in the LUFA library.

- *

- *  \return  A value from the KeyboardHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t enum

- */

-uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void)

-{

-	/* Create a buffer big enough to hold the entire returned HID report */

-	uint8_t HIDReportData[HIDReportSize];

-	

-	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)

-		{

-			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE),

-			.bRequest      = REQ_GetDescriptor,

-			.wValue        = (DTYPE_Report << 8),

-			.wIndex        = 0,

-			.wLength       = HIDReportSize,

-		};

-

-	/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */

-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);

-

-	/* Send control request to retrieve the HID report from the attached device */

-	if (USB_Host_SendControlRequest(HIDReportData) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)

-	  return ParseControlError;

-

-	/* Send the HID report to the parser for processing */

-	if (USB_ProcessHIDReport(HIDReportData, HIDReportSize, &HIDReportInfo) != HID_PARSE_Successful)

-	  return ParseError;

-	

-	return ParseSuccessful;

-}

-

diff --git a/Demos/Host/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.h b/Demos/Host/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 20968872e..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/KeyboardHostWithParser/HIDReport.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,79 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  Header file for HIDReport.c.

- */

-

-#ifndef _HID_REPORT_H_

-#define _HID_REPORT_H_

-

-	/* Includes: */

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>                        // USB Functionality

-		

-		#include "KeyboardHostWithParser.h"

-

-	/* Macros: */

-		/** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a desktop keyboard */

-		#define USAGE_PAGE_KEYBOARD             0x07

-

-	/* Enums: */

-		/** Enum for the possible return codes of the GetHIDReportData() function. */

-		enum KeyboardHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t

-		{

-			ParseSuccessful         = 0, /**< HID report descriptor parsed successfully */

-			ParseError              = 1, /**< Failed to fully process the HID report descriptor */

-			ParseControlError       = 2, /**< Control error occurred while trying to read the device HID descriptor */

-		};

-		

-	/* Type Defines: */

-		/** Type define for a HID descriptor. */

-		typedef struct

-		{

-			USB_Descriptor_Header_t  Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */

-				

-			uint16_t                 HIDSpec; /**< Implemented HID class specification, in BCD encoded format */

-			uint8_t                  CountryCode; /**< Country code value for localized hardware */

-		

-			uint8_t                  TotalHIDDescriptors; /**< Total number of HID report descriptors in the current interface */

-

-			uint8_t                  HIDReportType; /**< HID report type of the first HID report descriptor */

-			uint16_t                 HIDReportLength; /**< Total size in bytes of the first HID report descriptor */

-		} USB_Descriptor_HID_t;

-

-	/* External Variables: */

-		extern uint16_t         HIDReportSize;

-		extern HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;

-

-	/* Function Prototypes: */

-		uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void);

-		

-#endif

diff --git a/Demos/Host/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.c b/Demos/Host/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 840cb90cf..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,352 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  Main source file for the KeyboardHostWithParser demo. This file contains the main tasks of

- *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.

- */

- 

-#include "KeyboardHostWithParser.h"

-

-/* Scheduler Task List */

-TASK_LIST

-{

-	{ .Task = USB_USBTask          , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },

-	{ .Task = USB_Keyboard_Host    , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },

-};

-

-

-/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then

- *  starts the scheduler to run the application tasks.

- */

-int main(void)

-{

-	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */

-	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);

-	wdt_disable();

-

-	/* Disable clock division */

-	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);

-

-	/* Hardware Initialization */

-	SerialStream_Init(9600, false);

-	LEDs_Init();

-	

-	/* Indicate USB not ready */

-	UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);

-	

-	/* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */

-	Scheduler_Init();

-

-	/* Initialize USB Subsystem */

-	USB_Init();

-

-	/* Start-up message */

-	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY

-	       "Keyboard Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF));

-		   

-	/* Scheduling - routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */

-	Scheduler_Start();

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and

- *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.

- */

-void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void)

-{

-	puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));

-	UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating);

-

-	/* Start USB management task to enumerate the device */

-	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN);

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and

- *  stops the library USB task management process.

- */

-void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void)

-{

-	/* Stop keyboard and USB management task */

-	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP);

-	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Keyboard_Host, TASK_STOP);

-

-	puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));

-	UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully

- *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.

- */

-void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)

-{

-	/* Start Keyboard Host task */

-	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Keyboard_Host, TASK_RUN);

-	

-	/* Indicate device enumeration complete */

-	UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */

-void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)

-{

-	USB_ShutDown();

-

-	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"));

-	printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-

-	UpdateStatus(Status_HardwareError);

-	for(;;);

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while

- *  enumerating an attached USB device.

- */

-void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)

-{

-	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"));

-	printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-	printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode);

-	printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState);

-	

-	UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);

-}

-

-/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to

- *  log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates.

- *

- *  \param CurrentStatus  Current status of the system, from the KeyboardHostWithParser_StatusCodes_t enum

- */

-void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus)

-{

-	uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;

-	

-	/* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */

-	switch (CurrentStatus)

-	{

-		case Status_USBNotReady:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);

-			break;

-		case Status_USBEnumerating:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);

-			break;

-		case Status_USBReady:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2);

-			break;

-		case Status_EnumerationError:

-		case Status_HardwareError:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3);

-			break;

-		case Status_Busy:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED4);

-			break;

-	}

-	

-	/* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */

-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);

-}

-

-/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read and process

- *  the HID report descriptor and HID reports from the device and display the results onto the board LEDs.

- */

-TASK(USB_Keyboard_Host)

-{

-	uint8_t ErrorCode;

-

-	switch (USB_HostState)

-	{

-		case HOST_STATE_Addressed:

-			/* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */

-			USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)

-				{

-					.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),

-					.bRequest      = REQ_SetConfiguration,

-					.wValue        = 1,

-					.wIndex        = 0,

-					.wLength       = 0,

-				};

-

-			/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */

-			Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);

-

-			/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */

-			if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)

-			{

-				puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"));

-				printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-

-				/* Indicate error via status LEDs */

-				UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);

-

-				/* Wait until USB device disconnected */

-				while (USB_IsConnected);

-				break;

-			}

-				

-			USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;

-			break;

-		case HOST_STATE_Configured:

-			puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));

-		

-			/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */

-			if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)

-			{

-				if (ErrorCode == ControlError)

-				  puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));

-				else

-				  puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n"));

-

-				printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-				

-				/* Indicate error via status LEDs */

-				UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);

-

-				/* Wait until USB device disconnected */

-				while (USB_IsConnected);

-				break;

-			}

-					

-			puts_P(PSTR("Processing HID Report.\r\n"));

-

-			/* LEDs one and two on to indicate busy processing */

-			UpdateStatus(Status_Busy);

-

-			/* Get and process the device's first HID report descriptor */

-			if ((ErrorCode = GetHIDReportData()) != ParseSuccessful)

-			{

-				puts_P(PSTR("Report Parse Error.\r\n"));

-				printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-			

-				/* Indicate error via status LEDs */

-				UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);

-				

-				/* Wait until USB device disconnected */

-				while (USB_IsConnected);

-				break;	

-			}

-			

-			/* All LEDs off - ready to indicate key presses */

-			UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);

-

-			puts_P(PSTR("Keyboard Enumerated.\r\n"));

-

-			USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready;

-			break;

-		case HOST_STATE_Ready:

-			/* Select and unfreeze keyboard data pipe */

-			Pipe_SelectPipe(KEYBOARD_DATAPIPE);	

-			Pipe_Unfreeze();

-

-			/* Check to see if a packet has been received */

-			if (Pipe_IsINReceived())

-			{

-				/* Check if data has been received from the attached keyboard */

-				if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())

-				{

-					/* Create buffer big enough for the report */

-					uint8_t KeyboardReport[Pipe_BytesInPipe()];

-

-					/* Load in the keyboard report */

-					Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(KeyboardReport, Pipe_BytesInPipe());

-				

-					/* Process the read in keyboard report from the device */

-					ProcessKeyboardReport(KeyboardReport);

-				}

-				

-				/* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */

-				Pipe_ClearIN();

-			}

-

-			/* Freeze keyboard data pipe */

-			Pipe_Freeze();

-			break;

-	}

-}

-

-/** Processes a read HID report from an attached keyboard, extracting out elements via the HID parser results

- *  as required and prints pressed characters to the serial port. Each time a key is typed, a board LED is toggled.

- *

- *  \param KeyboardReport  Pointer to a HID report from an attached keyboard device

- */

-void ProcessKeyboardReport(uint8_t* KeyboardReport)

-{

-	/* Check each HID report item in turn, looking for keyboard scan code reports */

-	for (uint8_t ReportNumber = 0; ReportNumber < HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems; ReportNumber++)

-	{

-		/* Create a temporary item pointer to the next report item */

-		HID_ReportItem_t* ReportItem = &HIDReportInfo.ReportItems[ReportNumber];

-

-		/* Check if the current report item is a keyboard scancode */

-		if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page      == USAGE_PAGE_KEYBOARD) &&

-			(ReportItem->Attributes.BitSize         == 8)                   &&

-			(ReportItem->Attributes.Logical.Maximum > 1)                    &&

-			(ReportItem->ItemType                   == REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In))

-		{

-			/* Retrieve the keyboard scancode from the report data retrieved from the device */

-			bool FoundData = USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(KeyboardReport, ReportItem);

-			

-			/* For multi-report devices - if the requested data was not in the issued report, continue */

-			if (!(FoundData))

-			  continue;

-			

-			/* Key code is an unsigned char in length, cast to the appropriate type */

-			uint8_t KeyCode = (uint8_t)ReportItem->Value;

-

-			/* If scancode is non-zero, a key is being pressed */

-			if (KeyCode)

-			{

-				/* Toggle status LED to indicate keypress */

-				if (LEDs_GetLEDs() & LEDS_LED2)

-				  LEDs_TurnOffLEDs(LEDS_LED2);

-				else

-				  LEDs_TurnOnLEDs(LEDS_LED2);

-

-				char PressedKey = 0;

-

-				/* Convert scancode to printable character if alphanumeric */

-				if ((KeyCode >= 0x04) && (KeyCode <= 0x1D))

-				  PressedKey = (KeyCode - 0x04) + 'A';

-				else if ((KeyCode >= 0x1E) && (KeyCode <= 0x27))

-				  PressedKey = (KeyCode - 0x1E) + '0';

-				else if (KeyCode == 0x2C)

-				  PressedKey = ' ';						

-				else if (KeyCode == 0x28)

-				  PressedKey = '\n';

-					 

-				/* Print the pressed key character out through the serial port if valid */

-				if (PressedKey)

-				  putchar(PressedKey);

-			}

-			

-			/* Once a scancode is found, stop scanning through the report items */

-			break;

-		}

-	}

-}

diff --git a/Demos/Host/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.h b/Demos/Host/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.h
deleted file mode 100644
index acb5b8b3e..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-#ifndef _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_

-#define _KEYBOARD_HOST_H_

-

-	/* Includes: */

-		#include <avr/io.h>

-		#include <avr/wdt.h>

-		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>

-		#include <avr/power.h>

-		#include <stdio.h>

-

-		#include <LUFA/Version.h>                                // Library Version Information

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>             // ANSI Terminal Escape Codes

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>                        // USB Functionality

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h>        // Serial stream driver

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>                     // LEDs driver

-		#include <LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.h>                    // Simple scheduler for task management

-		

-		#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"

-		#include "HIDReport.h"

-

-	/* Macros: */

-		/** Pipe number for the keyboard report data pipe */

-		#define KEYBOARD_DATAPIPE              1

-

-	/* Enums: */

-		/** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */

-		enum KeyboardHostWithParser_StatusCodes_t

-		{

-			Status_USBNotReady      = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB device) */

-			Status_USBEnumerating   = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */

-			Status_USBReady         = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */

-			Status_EnumerationError = 3, /**< Software error while enumerating the attached USB device */

-			Status_HardwareError    = 4, /**< Hardware error while enumerating the attached USB device */

-			Status_Busy             = 5, /**< Busy dumping HID report items to the serial port */

-		};

-

-	/* Task Definitions: */

-		TASK(USB_Keyboard_Host);

-

-	/* Function Prototypes: */

-		void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);

-		void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void);

-		void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void);

-		void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode);

-		void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);

-

-		void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus);

-		void ProcessKeyboardReport(uint8_t* KeyboardReport);

-		

-#endif

diff --git a/Demos/Host/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.txt b/Demos/Host/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index cd3670673..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/KeyboardHostWithParser/KeyboardHostWithParser.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-/** \file

- *

- *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special

- *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.

- */

- 

-/** \mainpage Keyboard Host With HID Descriptor Parser Demo

- *

- *  \section SSec_Info USB Information:

- *

- *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.

- *

- *  <table>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>

- *    <td>Host</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>

- *    <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr> 

- *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>

- *    <td>N/A</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>

- *    <td>USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>

- *    <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td>

- *   </tr>

- *  </table>

- *

- *  \section SSec_Description Project Description: 

- *

- *  Keyboard host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference

- *  application for implementing a USB Keyboard host, for USB keyboards using

- *  the standard Keyboard HID profile. It uses a HID parser for the HID reports,

- *  allowing for correct operation across all USB keyboards. This demo supports

- *  keyboards with a single HID report.

- *  

- *  Pressed alpha-numeric, enter or space key is transmitted through the serial

- *  USART at serial settings 9600, 8, N, 1. On connection to a USB keyboard, the

- *  report items will be processed and printed as a formatted list through the

- *  USART before the keyboard is fully enumerated.

- *  

- *  Currently only single interface keyboards are supported.	

- *

- *  \section SSec_Options Project Options

- *

- *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.

- *

- *  <table>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td>

- *     None

- *    </td>

- *   </tr>

- *  </table>

- */
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Demos/Host/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile b/Demos/Host/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 0d09178dd..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/KeyboardHostWithParser/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,736 +0,0 @@
-# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-

-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, J�rg Wunsch, et al.

-#  >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<

-#

-# Released to the Public Domain

-#

-# Additional material for this makefile was written by:

-# Peter Fleury

-# Tim Henigan

-# Colin O'Flynn

-# Reiner Patommel

-# Markus Pfaff

-# Sander Pool

-# Frederik Rouleau

-# Carlos Lamas

-# Dean Camera

-# Opendous Inc.

-# Denver Gingerich

-#

-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# On command line:

-#

-# make all = Make software.

-#

-# make clean = Clean out built project files.

-#

-# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.

-#

-# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.

-#

-# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.

-#                Please customize the avrdude settings below first!

-#

-# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must

-#            have dfu-programmer installed).

-#

-# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must

-#             have Atmel FLIP installed).

-#

-# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer

-#               (must have dfu-programmer installed).

-#

-# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP

-#                (must have Atmel FLIP installed).

-#

-# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have

-#                DoxyGen installed)

-#

-# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging, 

-#              with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.

-#

-# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.

-#

-# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting

-#                   bug reports to the GCC project.

-#

-# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".

-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-# MCU name

-MCU = at90usb1287

-

-

-# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring

-# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called 

-# "Board" inside the application directory.

-BOARD  = USBKEY

-

-

-# Processor frequency.

-#     This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the 

-#     processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to 

-#     calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done

-#     automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.

-#     Typical values are:

-#         F_CPU =  1000000

-#         F_CPU =  1843200

-#         F_CPU =  2000000

-#         F_CPU =  3686400

-#         F_CPU =  4000000

-#         F_CPU =  7372800

-#         F_CPU =  8000000

-#         F_CPU = 11059200

-#         F_CPU = 14745600

-#         F_CPU = 16000000

-#         F_CPU = 18432000

-#         F_CPU = 20000000

-F_CPU = 8000000

-

-

-# Input clock frequency.

-#     This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the 

-#     input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may

-#     differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the

-#     raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed

-#     clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'

-#     at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your

-#     source code.

-#

-#     If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the

-#     CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.

-F_CLOCK = 8000000

-

-

-# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)

-FORMAT = ihex

-

-

-# Target file name (without extension).

-TARGET = KeyboardHostWithParser

-

-

-# Object files directory

-#     To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make

-#     this an empty or blank macro!

-OBJDIR = .

-

-

-# Path to the LUFA library

-LUFA_PATH = ../../..

-

-

-# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)

-SRC = $(TARGET).c                                                 \

-	  ConfigDescriptor.c                                          \

-	  HIDReport.c                                                 \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c                     \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c         \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c               \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c        \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c           \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c               \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c       \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c           \

- 	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c               \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c            \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c      \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c           \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c  \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDParser.c             \

-

-

-# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)

-CPPSRC = 

-

-

-# List Assembler source files here.

-#     Make them always end in a capital .S.  Files ending in a lowercase .s

-#     will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler

-#     output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!

-#     Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,

-#     it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does

-#     care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.

-ASRC =

-

-

-# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s]. 

-#     0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.

-#     (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)

-OPT = s

-

-

-# Debugging format.

-#     Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.

-#     AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.

-#     AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.

-DEBUG = dwarf-2

-

-

-# List any extra directories to look for include files here.

-#     Each directory must be seperated by a space.

-#     Use forward slashes for directory separators.

-#     For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.

-EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/

-

-

-# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

-#     c89   = "ANSI" C

-#     gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions

-#     c99   = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)

-#     gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions

-CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99

-

-

-# Place -D or -U options here for C sources

-CDEFS  = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)

-CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DUSB_HOST_ONLY -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS

-CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"

-

-

-# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources

-ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)

-

-

-# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources

-CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL

-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS

-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS

-

-

-

-#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------

-#  -g*:          generate debugging information

-#  -O*:          optimization level

-#  -f...:        tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation

-#  -Wall...:     warning level

-#  -Wa,...:      tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.

-#    -adhlns...: create assembler listing

-CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)

-CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)

-CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)

-CFLAGS += -funsigned-char

-CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields

-CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections

-CFLAGS += -fpack-struct

-CFLAGS += -fshort-enums

-CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20

-CFLAGS += -Wall

-CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes

-CFLAGS += -Wundef

-#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time

-#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code

-#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare

-CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)

-CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))

-CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)

-

-

-#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------

-#  -g*:          generate debugging information

-#  -O*:          optimization level

-#  -f...:        tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation

-#  -Wall...:     warning level

-#  -Wa,...:      tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.

-#    -adhlns...: create assembler listing

-CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)

-CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)

-CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)

-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char

-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields

-CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct

-CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums

-CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions

-CPPFLAGS += -Wall

-CFLAGS += -Wundef

-#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls

-#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time

-#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes

-#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code

-#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare

-CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)

-CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))

-#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)

-

-

-#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------

-#  -Wa,...:   tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.

-#  -adhlns:   create listing

-#  -gstabs:   have the assembler create line number information; note that

-#             for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames

-#             and function names needs to be present in the assembler source

-#             files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]

-#  -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex 

-#       dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.

-ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100

-

-

-#---------------- Library Options ----------------

-# Minimalistic printf version

-PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min

-

-# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)

-PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt

-

-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.

-PRINTF_LIB = 

-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)

-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)

-

-

-# Minimalistic scanf version

-SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min

-

-# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)

-SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt

-

-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.

-SCANF_LIB = 

-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)

-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)

-

-

-MATH_LIB = -lm

-

-

-# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.

-#     Each directory must be seperated by a space.

-#     Use forward slashes for directory separators.

-#     For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.

-EXTRALIBDIRS = 

-

-

-

-#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------

-

-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),

-# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).

-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff

-

-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),

-# only used for heap (malloc()).

-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff

-

-EXTMEMOPTS =

-

-

-

-#---------------- Linker Options ----------------

-#  -Wl,...:     tell GCC to pass this to linker.

-#    -Map:      create map file

-#    --cref:    add cross reference to  map file

-LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref

-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax 

-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections

-LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)

-LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))

-LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)

-#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x

-

-

-

-#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------

-

-# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd 

-# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500

-#

-# Type: avrdude -c ?

-# to get a full listing.

-#

-AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII

-

-# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.

-AVRDUDE_PORT = usb

-

-AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex

-#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep

-

-

-# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.

-# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,

-# see avrdude manual.

-#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y

-

-# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be

-# performed after programming the device.

-#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V

-

-# Increase verbosity level.  Please use this when submitting bug

-# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude> 

-# to submit bug reports.

-#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v

-

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)

-

-

-

-#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------

-

-# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.

-DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)

-

-# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.

-# DEBUG_UI = gdb

-DEBUG_UI = insight

-

-# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.

-DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice

-#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr

-

-# GDB Init Filename.

-GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit

-

-# When using avarice settings for the JTAG

-JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1

-

-# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.

-DEBUG_PORT = 4242

-

-# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally

-#     just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when 

-#     avarice is running on a different computer.

-DEBUG_HOST = localhost

-

-

-

-#============================================================================

-

-

-# Define programs and commands.

-SHELL = sh

-CC = avr-gcc

-OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy

-OBJDUMP = avr-objdump

-SIZE = avr-size

-AR = avr-ar rcs

-NM = avr-nm

-AVRDUDE = avrdude

-REMOVE = rm -f

-REMOVEDIR = rm -rf

-COPY = cp

-WINSHELL = cmd

-

-# Define Messages

-# English

-MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none

-MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------

-MSG_END = --------  end  --------

-MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before: 

-MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:

-MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:

-MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:

-MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:

-MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:

-MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:

-MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:

-MSG_LINKING = Linking:

-MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:

-MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:

-MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:

-MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:

-MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:

-

-

-

-

-# Define all object files.

-OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) 

-

-# Define all listing files.

-LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) 

-

-

-# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.

-GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d

-

-

-# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.

-# Add target processor to flags.

-ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)

-ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)

-ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)

-

-

-

-

-

-# Default target.

-all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end

-

-# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.

-build: elf hex eep lss sym

-#build: lib

-

-

-elf: $(TARGET).elf

-hex: $(TARGET).hex

-eep: $(TARGET).eep

-lss: $(TARGET).lss

-sym: $(TARGET).sym

-LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a

-lib: $(LIBNAME)

-

-

-

-# Eye candy.

-# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on

-# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.

-begin:

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)

-

-end:

-	@echo $(MSG_END)

-	@echo

-

-

-# Display size of file.

-HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex

-ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf

-MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )

-FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )

-

-sizebefore:

-	@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \

-	2>/dev/null; echo; fi

-

-sizeafter:

-	@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \

-	2>/dev/null; echo; fi

-

-checkhooks: build

-	@echo

-	@echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events -------

-	@$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \

-	           cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \

-			   echo "(None)"

-	@echo ------------------------------------

-

-checklibmode:

-	@echo

-	@echo ----------- Library Mode -----------

-	@$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \

-	          | grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \

-	          || echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)."

-	@echo ------------------------------------

-

-checkboard:

-	@echo

-	@echo ---------- Selected Board ----------

-	@echo Selected board model is $(BOARD).

-	@echo ------------------------------------

-	

-# Display compiler version information.

-gccversion : 

-	@$(CC) --version

-

-

-

-# Program the device.  

-program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep

-	$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)

-

-flip: $(TARGET).hex

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0

-

-dfu: $(TARGET).hex

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset

-

-flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep

-	copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0

-

-dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset

-

-

-# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:

-#     define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set 

-#     a breakpoint at main().

-gdb-config: 

-	@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)  >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)

-	@echo load  >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-endif

-	@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-

-debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf

-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)

-	@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \

-	$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c pause

-

-else

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \

-	$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)

-endif

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)

-

-

-

-

-# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.

-COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000

-

-

-

-coff: $(TARGET).elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof

-	$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof

-

-

-extcoff: $(TARGET).elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof

-	$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof

-

-

-

-# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.

-%.hex: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@

-	$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@

-

-%.eep: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@

-	-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \

-	--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0

-

-# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.

-%.lss: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@

-	$(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@

-

-# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.

-%.sym: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@

-	$(NM) -n $< > $@

-

-

-

-# Create library from object files.

-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a

-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)

-%.a: $(OBJ)

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@

-	$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)

-

-

-# Link: create ELF output file from object files.

-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf

-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)

-%.elf: $(OBJ)

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@

-	$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)

-

-

-# Compile: create object files from C source files.

-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<

-	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ 

-

-

-# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.

-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<

-	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ 

-

-

-# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.

-%.s : %.c

-	$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@

-

-

-# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.

-%.s : %.cpp

-	$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@

-

-

-# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.

-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<

-	$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@

-

-

-# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.

-%.i : %.c

-	$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@ 

-	

-

-# Target: clean project.

-clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end

-

-clean_binary:

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex

-	

-clean_list:

-	@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)

-	$(REMOVEDIR) .dep

-

-

-doxygen:

-	@echo Generating Project Documentation...

-	@doxygen Doxygen.conf

-	@echo Documentation Generation Complete.

-

-clean_doxygen:

-	rm -rf Documentation

-

-# Create object files directory

-$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)

-

-

-# Include the dependency files.

--include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)

-

-

-# Listing of phony targets.

-.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard   \

-begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion  \

-build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean      \

-clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config  \

-doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Demos/Host/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
deleted file mode 100644
index c951c797e..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations

- *  needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special  computer-readable structures

- *  which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.

- */

- 

-#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"

-

-/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This

- *  routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate

- *  with compatible devices.

- *

- *  This routine searches for a MSD interface descriptor containing bulk IN and OUT data endpoints.

- *

- *  \return An error code from the MassStorageHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.

- */

-uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)

-{

-	uint8_t* ConfigDescriptorData;

-	uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;

-	uint8_t  FoundEndpoints = 0;

-	

-	/* Get Configuration Descriptor size from the device */

-	if (USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)

-	  return ControlError;

-	

-	/* Ensure that the Configuration Descriptor isn't too large */

-	if (ConfigDescriptorSize > MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE)

-	  return DescriptorTooLarge;

-	  

-	/* Allocate enough memory for the entire config descriptor */

-	ConfigDescriptorData = alloca(ConfigDescriptorSize);

-

-	/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */

-	USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData);

-	

-	/* Validate returned data - ensure first entry is a configuration header descriptor */

-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)

-	  return InvalidConfigDataReturned;

-	

-	/* Get the mass storage interface from the configuration descriptor */

-	if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,

-	                              DComp_NextMassStorageInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)

-	{

-		/* Descriptor not found, error out */

-		return NoInterfaceFound;

-	}

-

-	/* Get the IN and OUT data endpoints for the mass storage interface */

-	while (FoundEndpoints != ((1 << MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE) | (1 << MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE)))

-	{

-		/* Fetch the next bulk endpoint from the current mass storage interface */

-		if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,

-		                              DComp_NextInterfaceBulkDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)

-		{

-			/* Descriptor not found, error out */

-			return NoEndpointFound;

-		}

-		

-		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);

-

-		/* Check if the endpoint is a bulk IN or bulk OUT endpoint, set appropriate globals */

-		if (EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN)

-		{

-			/* Configure the data IN pipe */

-			Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, PIPE_TOKEN_IN,

-			                   EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize,

-			                   PIPE_BANK_DOUBLE);

-

-			Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();

-

-			/* Set the flag indicating that the data IN pipe has been found */

-			FoundEndpoints |= (1 << MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);

-		}

-		else

-		{

-			/* Configure the data OUT pipe */

-			Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, PIPE_TOKEN_OUT,

-			                   EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize,

-			                   PIPE_BANK_DOUBLE);

-

-			/* Set the flag indicating that the data OUT pipe has been found */

-			FoundEndpoints |= (1 << MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);

-		}		

-	}

-

-	/* Valid data found, return success */

-	return SuccessfulConfigRead;

-}

-

-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's

- *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration

- *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.

- *

- *  This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Mass Storage Class, Subclass and Protocol values.

- *

- *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum

- */

-uint8_t DComp_NextMassStorageInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)

-{

-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)

-	{

-		/* Check the descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */

-		if ((DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class    == MASS_STORE_CLASS)    &&

-		    (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).SubClass == MASS_STORE_SUBCLASS) &&

-		    (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Protocol == MASS_STORE_PROTOCOL))

-		{

-			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;

-		}

-	}

-	

-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;

-}

-

-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's

- *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration

- *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.

- *

- *  This comparator searches for the next Bulk Endpoint descriptor of the correct MSD interface, aborting the search if

- *  another interface descriptor is found before the next endpoint.

- *

- *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum

- */

-uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceBulkDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)

-{

-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint)

-	{

-		uint8_t EndpointType = (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor,

-		                                        USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t).Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);

-

-		/* Check the endpoint type, break out if correct BULK type endpoint found */

-		if (EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK)

-		  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;

-	}

-	else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)

-	{

-		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;

-	}

-

-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;

-}

diff --git a/Demos/Host/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6c0b8e6f4..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/MassStorageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.

- */

-

-#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_

-#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_

-

-	/* Includes: */

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>                        // USB Functionality

-		

-		#include "MassStorageHost.h"

-		

-	/* Macros: */

-		/** Interface Class value for the Mass Storage Device class */

-		#define MASS_STORE_CLASS               0x08

-

-		/** Interface Class value for the Mass Storage Device subclass */

-		#define MASS_STORE_SUBCLASS            0x06

-

-		/** Interface Protocol value for the Bulk Only transport protocol */

-		#define MASS_STORE_PROTOCOL            0x50

-		

-		/** Maximum size of a device configuration descriptor which can be processed by the host, in bytes */

-		#define MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE     512

-

-	/* Enums: */

-		/** Enum for the possible return codes of the ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */

-		enum MassStorageHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t

-		{

-			SuccessfulConfigRead            = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */

-			ControlError                    = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */

-			DescriptorTooLarge              = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */

-			InvalidConfigDataReturned       = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */

-			NoInterfaceFound                = 4, /**< A compatible MSD interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */

-			NoEndpointFound                 = 5, /**< The correct MSD endpoint descriptors were not found in the device's MSD interface */

-		};

-		

-	/* Function Prototypes: */

-		uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);	

-

-		uint8_t DComp_NextMassStorageInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);

-		uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceBulkDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);

-		

-#endif

diff --git a/Demos/Host/MassStorageHost/Doxygen.conf b/Demos/Host/MassStorageHost/Doxygen.conf
deleted file mode 100644
index b154575bf..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/MassStorageHost/Doxygen.conf
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@
-# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1

-

-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system

-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project

-#

-# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored

-# The format is:

-#       TAG = value [value, ...]

-# For lists items can also be appended using:

-#       TAG += value [value, ...]

-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Project related configuration options

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file 

-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all 

-# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the 

-# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See 

-# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.

-

-DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8

-

-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded 

-# by quotes) that should identify the project.

-

-PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Mass Storage Host Demo"

-

-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. 

-# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or 

-# if some version control system is used.

-

-PROJECT_NUMBER         = 0.0.0

-

-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) 

-# base path where the generated documentation will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location 

-# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.

-

-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/

-

-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 

-# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output 

-# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories. 

-# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of 

-# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would 

-# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.

-

-CREATE_SUBDIRS         = YES

-

-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all 

-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this 

-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. 

-# The default language is English, other supported languages are: 

-# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional, 

-# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek, 

-# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), 

-# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish, 

-# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene, 

-# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.

-

-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English

-

-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in 

-# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). 

-# Set to NO to disable this.

-

-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES

-

-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend 

-# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. 

-# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the 

-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.

-

-REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES

-

-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator 

-# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string 

-# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be 

-# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is 

-# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. 

-# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically 

-# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget" 

-# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains" 

-# "represents" "a" "an" "the"

-

-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \

-                         "The $name widget" \

-                         "The $name file" \

-                         is \

-                         provides \

-                         specifies \

-                         contains \

-                         represents \

-                         a \

-                         an \

-                         the

-

-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then 

-# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief 

-# description.

-

-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO

-

-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all 

-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those 

-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment 

-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.

-

-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO

-

-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full 

-# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set 

-# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.

-

-FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES

-

-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag 

-# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is 

-# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of 

-# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. 

-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the 

-# path to strip.

-

-STRIP_FROM_PATH        = 

-

-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of 

-# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells 

-# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class. 

-# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class 

-# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that 

-# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.

-

-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    = 

-

-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter 

-# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems 

-# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.

-

-SHORT_NAMES            = YES

-

-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen 

-# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style 

-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc 

-# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments 

-# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)

-

-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO

-

-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will 

-# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style 

-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments 

-# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring 

-# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)

-

-QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO

-

-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen 

-# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// 

-# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour. 

-# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed 

-# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.

-

-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO

-

-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented 

-# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it 

-# re-implements.

-

-INHERIT_DOCS           = YES

-

-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce 

-# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will 

-# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.

-

-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO

-

-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. 

-# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.

-

-TAB_SIZE               = 4

-

-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts 

-# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". 

-# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to 

-# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which 

-# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". 

-# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.

-

-ALIASES                = 

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C 

-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. 

-# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list 

-# of all members will be omitted, etc.

-

-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java 

-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for 

-# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified 

-# scopes will look different, etc.

-

-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran 

-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for 

-# Fortran.

-

-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL 

-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for 

-# VHDL.

-

-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO

-

-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want 

-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should 

-# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and 

-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s. 

-# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration 

-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.

-

-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO

-

-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to

-# enable parsing support.

-

-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO

-

-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only. 

-# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public 

-# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.

-

-SIP_SUPPORT            = NO

-

-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter 

-# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default) 

-# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the 

-# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or 

-# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the 

-# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.

-

-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES

-

-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC 

-# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first 

-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default 

-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.

-

-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO

-

-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of 

-# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a 

-# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to 

-# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using 

-# the \nosubgrouping command.

-

-SUBGROUPING            = YES

-

-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum 

-# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So 

-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct 

-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, 

-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically 

-# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound 

-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.

-

-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO

-

-# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to 

-# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.

-# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.

-# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is 

-# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause 

-# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time 

-# causing a significant performance penality. 

-# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the 

-# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on 

-# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the 

-# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula: 

-# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, 

-# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols

-

-SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE      = 0

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Build related configuration options

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in 

-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. 

-# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless 

-# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES

-

-EXTRACT_ALL            = YES

-

-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class 

-# will be included in the documentation.

-

-EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES

-

-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file 

-# will be included in the documentation.

-

-EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES

-

-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) 

-# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. 

-# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.

-

-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES

-

-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local 

-# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in 

-# the interface are included in the documentation. 

-# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.

-

-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO

-

-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be 

-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called 

-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base 

-# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default 

-# anonymous namespace are hidden.

-

-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all 

-# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. 

-# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the 

-# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. 

-# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.

-

-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all 

-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. 

-# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various 

-# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.

-

-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all 

-# friend (class|struct|union) declarations. 

-# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the 

-# documentation.

-

-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any 

-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. 

-# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the 

-# function's detailed documentation block.

-

-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO

-

-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation 

-# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set 

-# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. 

-# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.

-

-INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO

-

-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate 

-# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also 

-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ 

-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows 

-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.

-

-CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen 

-# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the 

-# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.

-

-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO

-

-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen 

-# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation 

-# of that file.

-

-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES

-

-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] 

-# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.

-

-INLINE_INFO            = YES

-

-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen 

-# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members 

-# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in 

-# declaration order.

-

-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES

-

-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the 

-# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically 

-# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in 

-# declaration order.

-

-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO

-

-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the 

-# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default) 

-# the group names will appear in their defined order.

-

-SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO

-

-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be 

-# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to 

-# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name, 

-# not including the namespace part. 

-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.

-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the 

-# alphabetical list.

-

-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 

-# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo 

-# commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 

-# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test 

-# commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 

-# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug 

-# commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 

-# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting 

-# \deprecated commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES

-

-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional 

-# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.

-

-ENABLED_SECTIONS       = 

-

-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines 

-# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in 

-# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified 

-# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. 

-# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the 

-# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer 

-# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.

-

-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30

-

-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated 

-# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the 

-# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.

-

-SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES

-

-# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories 

-# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy 

-# in the documentation. The default is NO.

-

-SHOW_DIRECTORIES       = YES

-

-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.

-# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the 

-# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.

-

-SHOW_FILES             = YES

-

-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the 

-# Namespaces page.  This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index

-# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.

-

-SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES

-

-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that 

-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from 

-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via 

-# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of 

-# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file 

-# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output 

-# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.

-

-FILE_VERSION_FILTER    = 

-

-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by 

-# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files 

-# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents 

-# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a 

-# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name 

-# of the layout file.

-

-LAYOUT_FILE            = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to warning and progress messages

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated 

-# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.

-

-QUIET                  = YES

-

-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are 

-# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank 

-# NO is used.

-

-WARNINGS               = YES

-

-# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings 

-# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will 

-# automatically be disabled.

-

-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES

-

-# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for 

-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some 

-# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that 

-# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.

-

-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES

-

-# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for 

-# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters 

-# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about 

-# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of 

-# documentation.

-

-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES

-

-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that 

-# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text 

-# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the 

-# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain 

-# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could 

-# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)

-

-WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"

-

-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning 

-# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written 

-# to stderr.

-

-WARN_LOGFILE           = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the input files

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain 

-# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or 

-# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories 

-# with spaces.

-

-INPUT                  = ./

-

-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files 

-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is 

-# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built 

-# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for 

-# the list of possible encodings.

-

-INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8

-

-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the 

-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp 

-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left 

-# blank the following patterns are tested: 

-# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx 

-# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90

-

-FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \

-                         *.c \

-						 *.txt

-

-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories 

-# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. 

-# If left blank NO is used.

-

-RECURSIVE              = YES

-

-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should 

-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a 

-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.

-

-EXCLUDE                = 

-

-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or 

-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded 

-# from the input.

-

-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO

-

-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the 

-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude 

-# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched 

-# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories 

-# for example use the pattern */test/*

-

-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       = */LowLevel/USBMode.h

-

-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names 

-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the 

-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the 

-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, 

-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test

-

-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __*

-

-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or 

-# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see 

-# the \include command).

-

-EXAMPLE_PATH           = 

-

-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the 

-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp 

-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left 

-# blank all files are included.

-

-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *

-

-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be 

-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude 

-# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. 

-# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.

-

-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO

-

-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or 

-# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see 

-# the \image command).

-

-IMAGE_PATH             = 

-

-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should 

-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program 

-# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter> 

-# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an 

-# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes 

-# to standard output.  If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be 

-# ignored.

-

-INPUT_FILTER           = 

-

-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern 

-# basis.  Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the 

-# filter if there is a match.  The filters are a list of the form: 

-# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further 

-# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER 

-# is applied to all files.

-

-FILTER_PATTERNS        = 

-

-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using 

-# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source 

-# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).

-

-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to source browsing

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will 

-# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. 

-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also 

-# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.

-

-SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO

-

-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body 

-# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.

-

-INLINE_SOURCES         = NO

-

-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct 

-# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code 

-# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.

-

-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES

-

-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES 

-# then for each documented function all documented 

-# functions referencing it will be listed.

-

-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO

-

-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES 

-# then for each documented function all documented entities 

-# called/used by that function will be listed.

-

-REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO

-

-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)

-# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from

-# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will

-# link to the source code.  Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.

-

-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO

-

-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code 

-# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen 

-# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source 

-# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You 

-# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.

-

-USE_HTAGS              = NO

-

-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen 

-# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for 

-# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.

-

-VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index 

-# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project 

-# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.

-

-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES

-

-# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then 

-# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns 

-# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])

-

-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5

-

-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all 

-# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. 

-# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that 

-# should be ignored while generating the index headers.

-

-IGNORE_PREFIX          = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the HTML output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate HTML output.

-

-GENERATE_HTML          = YES

-

-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.

-

-HTML_OUTPUT            = html

-

-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for 

-# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank 

-# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.

-

-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html

-

-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for 

-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a 

-# standard header.

-

-HTML_HEADER            = 

-

-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for 

-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a 

-# standard footer.

-

-HTML_FOOTER            = 

-

-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading 

-# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to 

-# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen 

-# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy 

-# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own 

-# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!

-

-HTML_STYLESHEET        = 

-

-# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes, 

-# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to 

-# NO a bullet list will be used.

-

-HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS     = YES

-

-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML 

-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the 

-# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports 

-# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox 

-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).

-

-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES

-

-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files 

-# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 

-# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard). 

-# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the 

-# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that 

-# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in 

-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find 

-# it at startup. 

-# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.

-

-GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO

-

-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the 

-# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple 

-# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite) 

-# can be grouped.

-

-DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"

-

-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that 

-# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a 

-# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen 

-# will append .docset to the name.

-

-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files 

-# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the 

-# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm) 

-# of the generated HTML documentation.

-

-GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can 

-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You 

-# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be 

-# written to the html output directory.

-

-CHM_FILE               = 

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can 

-# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of 

-# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run 

-# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.

-

-HHC_LOCATION           = 

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag 

-# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that 

-# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).

-

-GENERATE_CHI           = NO

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING

-# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file

-# content.

-

-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     = 

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag 

-# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a 

-# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.

-

-BINARY_TOC             = NO

-

-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members 

-# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.

-

-TOC_EXPAND             = YES

-

-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER 

-# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for 

-# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated 

-# HTML documentation.

-

-GENERATE_QHP           = NO

-

-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can 

-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file. 

-# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.

-

-QCH_FILE               = 

-

-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating 

-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see 

-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.

-

-QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project

-

-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating 

-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see 

-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.

-

-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc

-

-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can 

-# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator. 

-# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated 

-# .qhp file .

-

-QHG_LOCATION           = 

-

-# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at 

-# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and 

-# the value YES disables it.

-

-DISABLE_INDEX          = NO

-

-# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20]) 

-# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.

-

-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1

-

-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index

-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.

-# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated

-# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that 

-# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports 

-# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, 

-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are 

-# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values 

-# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,

-# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;

-# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which

-# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous

-# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE

-# respectively.

-

-GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES

-

-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be 

-# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree 

-# is shown.

-

-TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250

-

-# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included 

-# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that 

-# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need 

-# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory 

-# to force them to be regenerated.

-

-FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the LaTeX output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate Latex output.

-

-GENERATE_LATEX         = NO

-

-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.

-

-LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex

-

-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be 

-# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.

-

-LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex

-

-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to 

-# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the 

-# default command name.

-

-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex

-

-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact 

-# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to 

-# save some trees in general.

-

-COMPACT_LATEX          = NO

-

-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used 

-# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and 

-# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.

-

-PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide

-

-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX 

-# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.

-

-EXTRA_PACKAGES         = 

-

-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for 

-# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until 

-# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a 

-# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!

-

-LATEX_HEADER           = 

-

-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated 

-# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will 

-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references 

-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.

-

-PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES

-

-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of 

-# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a 

-# higher quality PDF documentation.

-

-USE_PDFLATEX           = YES

-

-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. 

-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep 

-# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. 

-# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.

-

-LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO

-

-# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not 

-# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) 

-# in the output.

-

-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the RTF output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output 

-# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with 

-# other RTF readers or editors.

-

-GENERATE_RTF           = NO

-

-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.

-

-RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf

-

-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact 

-# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to 

-# save some trees in general.

-

-COMPACT_RTF            = NO

-

-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated 

-# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will 

-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. 

-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other 

-# programs which support those fields. 

-# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.

-

-RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO

-

-# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's 

-# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide 

-# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.

-

-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    = 

-

-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. 

-# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.

-

-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the man page output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate man pages

-

-GENERATE_MAN           = NO

-

-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.

-

-MAN_OUTPUT             = man

-

-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to 

-# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)

-

-MAN_EXTENSION          = .3

-

-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, 

-# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity 

-# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files 

-# only source the real man page, but without them the man command 

-# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.

-

-MAN_LINKS              = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the XML output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will 

-# generate an XML file that captures the structure of 

-# the code including all documentation.

-

-GENERATE_XML           = NO

-

-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.

-

-XML_OUTPUT             = xml

-

-# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema, 

-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the 

-# syntax of the XML files.

-

-XML_SCHEMA             = 

-

-# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD, 

-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the 

-# syntax of the XML files.

-

-XML_DTD                = 

-

-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will 

-# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting 

-# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that 

-# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.

-

-XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will 

-# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file 

-# that captures the structure of the code including all 

-# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental 

-# and incomplete at the moment.

-

-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the Perl module output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will 

-# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of 

-# the code including all documentation. Note that this 

-# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the 

-# moment.

-

-GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO

-

-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate 

-# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able 

-# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.

-

-PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO

-

-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be 

-# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader.  This is useful 

-# if you want to understand what is going on.  On the other hand, if this 

-# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller 

-# and Perl will parse it just the same.

-

-PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES

-

-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file 

-# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. 

-# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same 

-# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.

-

-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor   

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include 

-# files.

-

-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES

-

-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro 

-# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional 

-# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled 

-# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.

-

-MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES

-

-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES 

-# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the 

-# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.

-

-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES

-

-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files 

-# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.

-

-SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES

-

-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that 

-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by 

-# the preprocessor.

-

-INCLUDE_PATH           = 

-

-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard 

-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the 

-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will 

-# be used.

-

-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  = 

-

-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that 

-# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of 

-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name 

-# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are 

-# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being 

-# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator 

-# instead of the = operator.

-

-PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__

-

-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then 

-# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. 

-# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. 

-# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.

-

-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      = BUTTLOADTAG

-

-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then 

-# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone 

-# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such 

-# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse 

-# the parser if not removed.

-

-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration::additions related to external references   

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. 

-# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation 

-# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without 

-# this location is as follows: 

-#   TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... 

-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: 

-#   TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... 

-# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or 

-# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool 

-# does not have to be run to correct the links.

-# Note that each tag file must have a unique name

-# (where the name does NOT include the path)

-# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen 

-# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.

-

-TAGFILES               = 

-

-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create 

-# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.

-

-GENERATE_TAGFILE       = 

-

-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed 

-# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes 

-# will be listed.

-

-ALLEXTERNALS           = NO

-

-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed 

-# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will 

-# be listed.

-

-EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES

-

-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script 

-# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').

-

-PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration options related to the dot tool   

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base 

-# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that 

-# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a 

-# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more 

-# powerful graphs.

-

-CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO

-

-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc 

-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see 

-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the 

-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where 

-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the 

-# default search path.

-

-MSCGEN_PATH            = 

-

-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide 

-# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented 

-# or is not a class.

-

-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES

-

-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is 

-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization 

-# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section 

-# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)

-

-HAVE_DOT               = NO

-

-# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output 

-# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This 

-# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need 

-# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name 

-# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font, 

-# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the 

-# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory 

-# containing the font.

-

-DOT_FONTNAME           = FreeSans

-

-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs. 

-# The default size is 10pt.

-

-DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10

-

-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the 

-# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a 

-# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot 

-# can find it using this tag.

-

-DOT_FONTPATH           = 

-

-# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 

-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and 

-# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the 

-# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.

-

-CLASS_GRAPH            = NO

-

-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 

-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and 

-# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and 

-# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.

-

-COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO

-

-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 

-# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies

-

-GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO

-

-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and 

-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling 

-# Language.

-

-UML_LOOK               = NO

-

-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the 

-# relations between templates and their instances.

-

-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO

-

-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT 

-# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented 

-# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with 

-# other documented files.

-

-INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO

-

-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and 

-# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each 

-# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or 

-# indirectly include this file.

-

-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO

-

-# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then 

-# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function 

-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase 

-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs 

-# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.

-

-CALL_GRAPH             = NO

-

-# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then 

-# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function 

-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase 

-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller 

-# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.

-

-CALLER_GRAPH           = NO

-

-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 

-# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.

-

-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO

-

-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES 

-# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories 

-# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include

-# relations between the files in the directories.

-

-DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO

-

-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images 

-# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif

-# If left blank png will be used.

-

-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png

-

-# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be 

-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.

-

-DOT_PATH               = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin"

-

-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that 

-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the 

-# \dotfile command).

-

-DOTFILE_DIRS           = 

-

-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of 

-# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph 

-# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is 

-# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the 

-# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than 

-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note 

-# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.

-

-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15

-

-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the 

-# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable 

-# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes 

-# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this 

-# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large 

-# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by 

-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.

-

-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2

-

-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent 

-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not 

-# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used, 

-# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of 

-# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).

-

-DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES

-

-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output 

-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This 

-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) 

-# support this, this feature is disabled by default.

-

-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO

-

-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and 

-# arrows in the dot generated graphs.

-

-GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES

-

-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate 

-# the various graphs.

-

-DOT_CLEANUP            = YES

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration::additions related to the search engine   

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be 

-# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.

-

-SEARCHENGINE           = NO

diff --git a/Demos/Host/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.c b/Demos/Host/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f47e9f5ed..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,685 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  Mass Storage Device commands, to issue MSD commands to the device for

- *  reading device status, capacity, and other characteristics. This file

- *  also contains block read and write functions, so that device blocks

- *  can be read and written. In general, these functions would be chained

- *  to a FAT library to give file-level access to an attached device's contents.

- *

- *  \note Many Mass Storage devices on the market are non-compliant to the

- *        specifications and thus can prove difficult to interface with. It

- *        may be necessary to retry the functions in the module several times

- *        after they have returned and error to successfully send the command

- *        to the device. Some devices may also need to have the stream function

- *        timeout period extended beyond 100ms (some badly designed devices exceeding

- *        1.5 seconds occasionally) by defining USB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS to a

- *        larger value in the project makefile and passing it to the compiler

- *        via the -D switch.

- */

- 

-#define  INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORE_COMMANDS_C

-#include "MassStoreCommands.h"

-

-/* Globals: */

-/** Current CBW to send to the device. This is automatically filled by the routines

- *  in this file and is not externally accessible.

- */

-static CommandBlockWrapper_t  SCSICommandBlock;

-

-/** Current CSW received from the device. This is automatically filled by the routines

- *  in this file and is externally accessible so that the return codes may be checked.

- */

-CommandStatusWrapper_t        SCSICommandStatus;

-

-/** Current Tag value used in issued CBWs to the device. This is automatically incremented

- *  by the routines in this file, and is not externally accessible.

- */

-static uint32_t               MassStore_Tag = 1;

-

-

-/** Routine to send the current CBW to the device, and increment the Tag value as needed.

- *

- *  \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum

- */

-static uint8_t MassStore_SendCommand(void)

-{

-	uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;

-

-	/* Each transmission should have a unique tag value, excluding values 0 and 0xFFFFFFFF */

-	if (++MassStore_Tag == 0xFFFFFFFF)

-	  MassStore_Tag = 1;

-

-	/* Select the OUT data pipe for CBW transmission */

-	Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);

-	Pipe_Unfreeze();

-

-	/* Write the CBW command to the OUT pipe */

-	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(&SCSICommandBlock, sizeof(CommandBlockWrapper_t))) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)

-	  return ErrorCode;

-

-	/* Send the data in the OUT pipe to the attached device */

-	Pipe_ClearOUT();

-	

-	while(!(Pipe_IsOUTReady()));

-

-	/* Freeze pipe after use */

-	Pipe_Freeze();

-	

-	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;

-}

-

-/** Waits until the attached device is ready to accept data following a CBW, checking

- *  to ensure that the device has not stalled the transaction.

- *

- *  \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum

- */

-static uint8_t MassStore_WaitForDataReceived(void)

-{

-	uint16_t TimeoutMSRem = COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS;

-

-	/* Unfreeze the OUT pipe so that it can be checked */

-	Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);

-	Pipe_Unfreeze();

-

-	/* Select the IN data pipe for data reception */

-	Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);

-	Pipe_Unfreeze();

-

-	/* Wait until data received in the IN pipe */

-	while (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))

-	{

-		/* Check to see if a new frame has been issued (1ms elapsed) */

-		if (FrameElapsed)

-		{

-			/* Clear the flag and decrement the timeout period counter */

-			FrameElapsed = false;

-			TimeoutMSRem--;

-

-			/* Check to see if the timeout period for the command has elapsed */

-			if (!(TimeoutMSRem))

-			  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_Timeout;

-		}

-	

-		Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);

-

-		/* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */

-		if (Pipe_IsStalled())

-		{

-			/* Clear the stall condition on the OUT pipe */

-			MassStore_ClearPipeStall(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);

-

-			return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;

-		}

-

-		Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);

-

-		/* Check if pipe stalled (command failed by device) */

-		if (Pipe_IsStalled())

-		{

-			/* Clear the stall condition on the IN pipe */

-			MassStore_ClearPipeStall(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);

-

-			return PIPE_RWSTREAM_PipeStalled;

-		}

-		  

-		/* Check to see if the device was disconnected, if so exit function */

-		if (!(USB_IsConnected))

-		  return PIPE_RWSTREAM_DeviceDisconnected;

-	};

-

-	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;

-}

-

-/** Sends or receives the transaction's data stage to or from the attached device, reading or

- *  writing to the nominated buffer.

- *

- *  \param  BufferPtr  Pointer to the data buffer to read from or write to

- *

- *  \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum

- */

-static uint8_t MassStore_SendReceiveData(void* BufferPtr)

-{

-	uint8_t  ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;

-	uint16_t BytesRem  = SCSICommandBlock.Header.DataTransferLength;

-

-	/* Check the direction of the SCSI command data stage */

-	if (SCSICommandBlock.Header.Flags & COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN)

-	{

-		/* Select the IN data pipe for data reception */

-		Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);

-		Pipe_Unfreeze();

-		

-		/* Read in the block data from the pipe */

-		if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(BufferPtr, BytesRem)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)

-		  return ErrorCode;

-

-		/* Acknowledge the packet */

-		Pipe_ClearIN();

-	}

-	else

-	{

-		/* Select the OUT data pipe for data transmission */

-		Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);

-		Pipe_Unfreeze();

-

-		/* Write the block data to the pipe */

-		if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Write_Stream_LE(BufferPtr, BytesRem)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)

-		  return ErrorCode;

-

-		/* Acknowledge the packet */

-		Pipe_ClearOUT();

-		

-		while (!(Pipe_IsOUTReady()));

-	}

-	

-	/* Freeze used pipe after use */

-	Pipe_Freeze();

-

-	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;

-}

-

-/** Routine to receive the current CSW from the device.

- *

- *  \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum

- */

-static uint8_t MassStore_GetReturnedStatus(void)

-{

-	uint8_t ErrorCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;

-

-	/* If an error in the command ocurred, abort */

-	if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_WaitForDataReceived()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)

-	  return ErrorCode;

-

-	/* Select the IN data pipe for data reception */

-	Pipe_SelectPipe(MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE);

-	Pipe_Unfreeze();

-	

-	/* Load in the CSW from the attached device */

-	if ((ErrorCode = Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&SCSICommandStatus, sizeof(CommandStatusWrapper_t))) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)

-	  return ErrorCode;

-	  

-	/* Clear the data ready for next reception */

-	Pipe_ClearIN();

-	

-	/* Freeze the IN pipe after use */

-	Pipe_Freeze();

-	

-	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;

-}

-

-/** Clears the stall condition in the attached device on the nominated endpoint number.

- *

- *  \param EndpointNum  Endpoint number in the attached device whose stall condition is to be cleared

- *

- *  \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum

- */

-uint8_t MassStore_ClearPipeStall(const uint8_t EndpointNum)

-{

-	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)

-		{

-			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_ENDPOINT),

-			.bRequest      = REQ_ClearFeature,

-			.wValue        = FEATURE_ENDPOINT_HALT,

-			.wIndex        = EndpointNum,

-			.wLength       = 0,

-		};

-	

-	/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */

-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);

-

-	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);

-}

-

-/** Issues a Mass Storage class specific request to reset the attached device's Mass Storage interface,

- *  readying the device for the next CBW.

- *

- *  \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum

- */

-uint8_t MassStore_MassStorageReset(void)

-{

-	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)

-		{

-			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),

-			.bRequest      = REQ_MassStorageReset,

-			.wValue        = 0,

-			.wIndex        = 0,

-			.wLength       = 0,

-		};

-	

-	/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */

-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);

-

-	return USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL);

-}

-

-/** Issues a Mass Storage class specific request to determine the index of the highest numbered Logical

- *  Unit in the attached device.

- *

- *  \param MaxLUNIndex  Pointer to the location that the maximum LUN index value should be stored

- *

- *  \return A value from the USB_Host_SendControlErrorCodes_t enum

- */

-uint8_t MassStore_GetMaxLUN(uint8_t* const MaxLUNIndex)

-{

-	uint8_t ErrorCode;

-

-	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)

-		{

-			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),

-			.bRequest      = REQ_GetMaxLUN,

-			.wValue        = 0,

-			.wIndex        = 0,

-			.wLength       = 1,

-		};

-		

-	/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */

-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);

-

-	if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(MaxLUNIndex)) == HOST_SENDCONTROL_SetupStalled)

-	{

-		/* Clear the pipe stall */

-		Pipe_ClearStall();

-	

-		/* Some faulty Mass Storage devices don't implement the GET_MAX_LUN request, so assume a single LUN */

-		*MaxLUNIndex = 0;	

-	}

-	

-	return ErrorCode;

-}

-

-/** Issues a SCSI Request Sense command to the attached device, to determine the current SCSI sense information. This

- *  gives error codes for the last issued SCSI command to the device.

- *

- *  \param LUNIndex  Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to

- *  \param SensePtr  Pointer to the sense data structure where the sense data from the device is to be stored

- *

- *  \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum

- */

-uint8_t MassStore_RequestSense(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t* const SensePtr)

-{

-	uint8_t ReturnCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;

-

-	/* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue REQUEST SENSE command */

-	SCSICommandBlock = (CommandBlockWrapper_t)

-		{

-			.Header =

-				{

-					.Signature          = CBW_SIGNATURE,

-					.Tag                = MassStore_Tag,

-					.DataTransferLength = sizeof(SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t),

-					.Flags              = COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN,

-					.LUN                = LUNIndex,

-					.SCSICommandLength  = 6

-				},

-					

-			.SCSICommandData =

-				{

-					SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE,

-					0x00,                   // Reserved

-					0x00,                   // Reserved

-					0x00,                   // Reserved

-					sizeof(SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t), // Allocation Length

-					0x00                    // Unused (control)

-				}

-		};

-	

-	/* Send SCSI command to the attached device */

-	MassStore_SendCommand();

-

-	/* Wait until data received from the device */

-	if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_WaitForDataReceived()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)

-	{

-		Pipe_Freeze();

-		return ReturnCode;

-	}

-

-	/* Read the returned sense data into the buffer */

-	if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_SendReceiveData((uint8_t*)SensePtr)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)

-	{

-		Pipe_Freeze();

-		return ReturnCode;

-	}	

-	

-	/* Read in the returned CSW from the device */

-	if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)

-	{

-		Pipe_Freeze();

-		return ReturnCode;

-	}

-	

-	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;

-}

-

-/** Issues a SCSI Device Block Read command to the attached device, to read in one or more data blocks from the

- *  storage medium into a buffer.

- *

- *  \param LUNIndex      Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to

- *  \param BlockAddress  Start block address to read from

- *  \param Blocks        Number of blocks to read from the device

- *  \param BlockSize     Size in bytes of each block to read

- *  \param BufferPtr     Pointer to the buffer where the read data is to be written to

- *

- *  \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum

- */

-uint8_t MassStore_ReadDeviceBlock(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const uint32_t BlockAddress,

-                                  const uint8_t Blocks, const uint16_t BlockSize, void* BufferPtr)

-{

-	uint8_t ReturnCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;

-

-	/* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to read in the given blocks from the device */

-	SCSICommandBlock = (CommandBlockWrapper_t)

-		{

-			.Header =

-				{

-					.Signature          = CBW_SIGNATURE,

-					.Tag                = MassStore_Tag,

-					.DataTransferLength = ((uint32_t)Blocks * BlockSize),

-					.Flags              = COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN,

-					.LUN                = LUNIndex,

-					.SCSICommandLength  = 10

-				},

-					

-			.SCSICommandData =

-				{

-					SCSI_CMD_READ_10,

-					0x00,                   // Unused (control bits, all off)

-					(BlockAddress >> 24),   // MSB of Block Address

-					(BlockAddress >> 16),

-					(BlockAddress >> 8),

-					(BlockAddress & 0xFF),  // LSB of Block Address

-					0x00,                   // Unused (reserved)

-					0x00,                   // MSB of Total Blocks to Read

-					Blocks,                 // LSB of Total Blocks to Read

-					0x00                    // Unused (control)

-				}

-		};

-	

-	/* Send SCSI command to the attached device */

-	MassStore_SendCommand();

-

-	/* Wait until data received from the device */

-	if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_WaitForDataReceived()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)

-	{

-		Pipe_Freeze();

-		return ReturnCode;

-	}

-

-	/* Read the returned block data into the buffer */

-	if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_SendReceiveData(BufferPtr)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)

-	{

-		Pipe_Freeze();

-		return ReturnCode;

-	}	

-	

-	/* Read in the returned CSW from the device */

-	if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)

-	{

-		Pipe_Freeze();

-		return ReturnCode;

-	}

-	

-	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;

-}

-

-/** Issues a SCSI Device Block Write command to the attached device, to write one or more data blocks to the

- *  storage medium from a buffer.

- *

- *  \param LUNIndex      Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to

- *  \param BlockAddress  Start block address to write to

- *  \param Blocks        Number of blocks to write to in the device

- *  \param BlockSize     Size in bytes of each block to write

- *  \param BufferPtr     Pointer to the buffer where the write data is to be sourced from

- *

- *  \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum

- */

-uint8_t MassStore_WriteDeviceBlock(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const uint32_t BlockAddress,

-                                   const uint8_t Blocks, const uint16_t BlockSize, void* BufferPtr)

-{

-	uint8_t ReturnCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;

-

-	/* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to write the given blocks to the device */

-	SCSICommandBlock = (CommandBlockWrapper_t)

-		{

-			.Header =

-				{

-					.Signature          = CBW_SIGNATURE,

-					.Tag                = MassStore_Tag,

-					.DataTransferLength = ((uint32_t)Blocks * BlockSize),

-					.Flags              = COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_OUT,

-					.LUN                = LUNIndex,

-					.SCSICommandLength  = 10

-				},

-					

-			.SCSICommandData =

-				{

-					SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10,

-					0x00,                   // Unused (control bits, all off)

-					(BlockAddress >> 24),   // MSB of Block Address

-					(BlockAddress >> 16),

-					(BlockAddress >> 8),

-					(BlockAddress & 0xFF),  // LSB of Block Address

-					0x00,                   // Unused (reserved)

-					0x00,                   // MSB of Total Blocks to Write

-					Blocks,                 // LSB of Total Blocks to Write

-					0x00                    // Unused (control)

-				}

-		};

-	

-	/* Send SCSI command to the attached device */

-	MassStore_SendCommand();

-

-	/* Write the data to the device from the buffer */

-	if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_SendReceiveData(BufferPtr)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)

-	{

-		Pipe_Freeze();

-		return ReturnCode;

-	}	

-	

-	/* Read in the returned CSW from the device */

-	if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)

-	{

-		Pipe_Freeze();

-		return ReturnCode;

-	}

-	

-	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;

-}

-

-/** Issues a SCSI Device Test Unit Ready command to the attached device, to determine if the device is ready to accept

- *  other commands.

- *

- *  \param LUNIndex      Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to

- *

- *  \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum

- */

-uint8_t MassStore_TestUnitReady(const uint8_t LUNIndex)

-{

-	uint8_t ReturnCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;	

-

-	/* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue TEST UNIT READY command */

-	SCSICommandBlock = (CommandBlockWrapper_t)

-		{

-			.Header =

-				{

-					.Signature          = CBW_SIGNATURE,

-					.Tag                = MassStore_Tag,

-					.DataTransferLength = 0,

-					.Flags              = COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN,

-					.LUN                = LUNIndex,

-					.SCSICommandLength  = 6

-				},

-					

-			.SCSICommandData =

-				{

-					SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY,

-					0x00,                   // Reserved

-					0x00,                   // Reserved

-					0x00,                   // Reserved

-					0x00,                   // Reserved

-					0x00                    // Unused (control)

-				}

-		};

-	

-	/* Send SCSI command to the attached device */

-	MassStore_SendCommand();

-

-	/* Read in the returned CSW from the device */

-	if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)

-	{

-		Pipe_Freeze();

-		return ReturnCode;

-	}

-	

-	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;

-}

-

-/** Issues a SCSI Device Read Capacity command to the attached device, to determine the capacity of the

- *  given Logical Unit within the device.

- *

- *  \param LUNIndex     Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to

- *  \param CapacityPtr  Device capacity structure where the capacity data is to be stored

- *

- *  \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum

- */

-uint8_t MassStore_ReadCapacity(const uint8_t LUNIndex, SCSI_Capacity_t* const CapacityPtr)

-{

-	uint8_t ReturnCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;

-

-	/* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue READ CAPACITY command */

-	SCSICommandBlock = (CommandBlockWrapper_t)

-		{

-			.Header =

-				{

-					.Signature          = CBW_SIGNATURE,

-					.Tag                = MassStore_Tag,

-					.DataTransferLength = sizeof(SCSI_Capacity_t),

-					.Flags              = COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN,

-					.LUN                = LUNIndex,

-					.SCSICommandLength  = 10

-				},

-					

-			.SCSICommandData =

-				{

-					SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10,

-					0x00,                   // Reserved

-					0x00,                   // MSB of Logical block address

-					0x00,

-					0x00,

-					0x00,                   // LSB of Logical block address

-					0x00,                   // Reserved

-					0x00,                   // Reserved

-					0x00,                   // Partial Medium Indicator

-					0x00                    // Unused (control)

-				}

-		};

-	

-	/* Send SCSI command to the attached device */

-	MassStore_SendCommand();

-

-	/* Wait until data received from the device */

-	if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_WaitForDataReceived()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)

-	{

-		Pipe_Freeze();

-		return ReturnCode;

-	}

-

-	/* Read the returned capacity data into the buffer */

-	if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_SendReceiveData(CapacityPtr)) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)

-	{

-		Pipe_Freeze();

-		return ReturnCode;

-	}

-	  

-	/* Endian-correct the read data */

-	CapacityPtr->Blocks    = SwapEndian_32(CapacityPtr->Blocks);

-	CapacityPtr->BlockSize = SwapEndian_32(CapacityPtr->BlockSize);

-	

-	/* Read in the returned CSW from the device */

-	if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)

-	{

-		Pipe_Freeze();

-		return ReturnCode;

-	}

-	

-	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;

-}

-

-/** Issues a SCSI Device Prevent/Allow Medium Removal command to the attached device, to lock the physical media from

- *  being removed. This is a legacy command for SCSI disks with removable storage (such as ZIP disks), but should still

- *  be issued before the first read or write command is sent.

- *

- *  \param LUNIndex        Index of the LUN inside the device the command is being addressed to

- *  \param PreventRemoval  Whether or not the LUN media should be locked to prevent removal or not

- *

- *  \return A value from the Pipe_Stream_RW_ErrorCodes_t enum

- */

-uint8_t MassStore_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const bool PreventRemoval)

-{

-	uint8_t ReturnCode = PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;

-

-	/* Create a CBW with a SCSI command to issue PREVENT ALLOW MEDIUM REMOVAL command */

-	SCSICommandBlock = (CommandBlockWrapper_t)

-		{

-			.Header =

-				{

-					.Signature          = CBW_SIGNATURE,

-					.Tag                = MassStore_Tag,

-					.DataTransferLength = 0,

-					.Flags              = COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_OUT,

-					.LUN                = LUNIndex,

-					.SCSICommandLength  = 6

-				},

-					

-			.SCSICommandData =

-				{

-					SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL,

-					0x00,                   // Reserved

-					0x00,                   // Reserved

-					PreventRemoval,         // Prevent flag

-					0x00,                   // Reserved

-					0x00                    // Unused (control)

-				}

-		};

-	

-	/* Send SCSI command to the attached device */

-	MassStore_SendCommand();

-

-	/* Read in the returned CSW from the device */

-	if ((ReturnCode = MassStore_GetReturnedStatus()))

-	{

-		Pipe_Freeze();

-		return ReturnCode;

-	}

-	

-	return PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError;

-}

diff --git a/Demos/Host/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.h b/Demos/Host/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 28f6a1561..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/MassStorageHost/Lib/MassStoreCommands.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,175 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  Header file for MassStoreCommands.c.

- */

- 

-#ifndef _MASS_STORE_COMMANDS_H_

-#define _MASS_STORE_COMMANDS_H_

-

-	/* Includes: */

-		#include <avr/io.h>

-

-		#include "MassStorageHost.h"

-		#include "SCSI_Codes.h"

-

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>                    // USB Functionality

-

-	/* Macros: */

-		/** Class specific request to reset the Mass Storage interface of the attached device */

-		#define REQ_MassStorageReset             0xFF

-

-		/** Class specific request to retrieve the maximum Logical Unit Number (LUN) index of the attached device */

-		#define REQ_GetMaxLUN                    0xFE

-

-		/** Command Block Wrapper signature byte, for verification of valid CBW blocks */

-		#define CBW_SIGNATURE                    0x43425355UL

-

-		/** Command Static Wrapper signature byte, for verification of valid CSW blocks */

-		#define CSW_SIGNATURE                    0x53425355UL

-		

-		/** Data direction mask for the Flags field of a CBW, indicating Host-to-Device transfer direction */

-		#define COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_OUT       (0 << 7)

-

-		/** Data direction mask for the Flags field of a CBW, indicating Device-to-Host transfer direction */

-		#define COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_IN        (1 << 7)

-		

-		/** Timeout period between the issuing of a CBW to a device, and the reception of the first packet */

-		#define COMMAND_DATA_TIMEOUT_MS          500

-

-		/** Pipe number of the Mass Storage data IN pipe */

-		#define MASS_STORE_DATA_IN_PIPE          1

-

-		/** Pipe number of the Mass Storage data OUT pipe */

-		#define MASS_STORE_DATA_OUT_PIPE         2

-

-	/* Type defines: */

-		/** Type define for a Mass Storage class Command Block Wrapper, used to wrap SCSI

-		 *  commands for transport over the USB bulk endpoints to the device.

-		 */

-		typedef struct

-		{

-			struct

-			{

-				uint32_t Signature; /**< Command block signature, always equal to CBW_SIGNATURE */

-				uint32_t Tag; /**< Current CBW tag, to positively associate a CBW with a CSW */

-				uint32_t DataTransferLength; /**< Length of data to transfer, following the CBW */

-				uint8_t  Flags; /**< Block flags, equal to one of the COMMAND_DIRECTION_DATA_* macros */

-				uint8_t  LUN; /**< Logical Unit Number the CBW is addressed to in the device */

-				uint8_t  SCSICommandLength; /**< Length of the SCSI command in the CBW */

-			} Header;

-			

-			uint8_t SCSICommandData[16]; /**< SCSI command to issue to the device */

-		} CommandBlockWrapper_t;

-		

-		/** Type define for a Mass Storage class Command Status Wrapper, used to wrap SCSI

-		 *  responses for transport over the USB bulk endpoints from the device.

-		 */

-		typedef struct

-		{

-			uint32_t Signature; /**< Command status signature, always equal to CSW_SIGNATURE */

-			uint32_t Tag; /**< Current CBW tag, to positively associate a CBW with a CSW */

-			uint32_t DataTransferResidue; /**< Length of data not transferred */

-			uint8_t  Status; /**< Command status, a value from the MassStorageHost_CommandStatusCodes_t enum */

-		} CommandStatusWrapper_t;

-		

-		/** Type define for a SCSI Sense structure. Structures of this type are filled out by the

-		 *  device via the MassStore_RequestSense() function, indicating the current sense data of the

-		 *  device (giving explicit error codes for the last issued command). For details of the

-		 *  structure contents, refer to the SCSI specifications.

-		 */

-		typedef struct

-		{

-			uint8_t       ReponseCode;

-

-			uint8_t       SegmentNumber;

-			

-			unsigned char SenseKey            : 4;

-			unsigned char _RESERVED1          : 1;

-			unsigned char ILI                 : 1;

-			unsigned char EOM                 : 1;

-			unsigned char FileMark            : 1;

-			

-			uint8_t      Information[4];

-			uint8_t      AdditionalLength;

-			uint8_t      CmdSpecificInformation[4];

-			uint8_t      AdditionalSenseCode;

-			uint8_t      AdditionalSenseQualifier;

-			uint8_t      FieldReplaceableUnitCode;

-			uint8_t      SenseKeySpecific[3];

-		} SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t;

-

-		/** SCSI capacity structure, to hold the total capacity of the device in both the number

-		 *  of blocks in the current LUN, and the size of each block. This structure is filled by

-		 *  the device when the MassStore_ReadCapacity() function is called.

-		 */

-		typedef struct

-		{

-			uint32_t Blocks; /**< Number of blocks in the addressed LUN of the device */

-			uint32_t BlockSize; /**< Number of bytes in each block in the addressed LUN */

-		} SCSI_Capacity_t;

-

-	/* Enums: */

-		/** CSW status return codes, indicating the overall status of the issued CBW */

-		enum MassStorageHost_CommandStatusCodes_t

-		{

-			Command_Pass = 0, /**< Command completed successfully */

-			Command_Fail = 1, /**< Command failed to complete successfully */

-			Phase_Error  = 2 /**< Phase error while processing the issued command */

-		};

-		

-	/* External Variables: */

-		extern CommandStatusWrapper_t SCSICommandStatus;

-		

-	/* Function Prototypes: */

-		#if defined(INCLUDE_FROM_MASSSTORE_COMMANDS_C)

-			static uint8_t MassStore_SendCommand(void);

-			static uint8_t MassStore_WaitForDataReceived(void);

-			static uint8_t MassStore_SendReceiveData(void* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(1);

-			static uint8_t MassStore_GetReturnedStatus(void);

-		#endif

-		

-		uint8_t MassStore_ClearPipeStall(const uint8_t EndpointNum);

-		uint8_t MassStore_MassStorageReset(void);

-		uint8_t MassStore_GetMaxLUN(uint8_t* const MaxLUNIndex);

-		uint8_t MassStore_RequestSense(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t* const SensePtr)

-		                               ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);

-		uint8_t MassStore_ReadDeviceBlock(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const uint32_t BlockAddress,

-		                                  const uint8_t Blocks, const uint16_t BlockSize, void* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(5);

-		uint8_t MassStore_WriteDeviceBlock(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const uint32_t BlockAddress,

-                                           const uint8_t Blocks, const uint16_t BlockSize, void* BufferPtr) ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(5);

-		uint8_t MassStore_ReadCapacity(const uint8_t LUNIndex, SCSI_Capacity_t* const CapacityPtr)

-		                               ATTR_NON_NULL_PTR_ARG(2);

-		uint8_t MassStore_TestUnitReady(const uint8_t LUNIndex);

-		uint8_t MassStore_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(const uint8_t LUNIndex, const bool PreventRemoval);

-

-#endif

diff --git a/Demos/Host/MassStorageHost/Lib/SCSI_Codes.h b/Demos/Host/MassStorageHost/Lib/SCSI_Codes.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2b2213de2..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/MassStorageHost/Lib/SCSI_Codes.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  Header containing macros for possible SCSI commands and SENSE data. Refer to

- *  the SCSI standard documentation for more information on each SCSI command and

- *  the SENSE data.

- */

- 

-#ifndef _SCSI_CODES_H_

-#define _SCSI_CODES_H_

-

-	/* Macros: */

-		#define SCSI_CMD_INQUIRY                               0x12

-		#define SCSI_CMD_REQUEST_SENSE                         0x03

-		#define SCSI_CMD_TEST_UNIT_READY                       0x00

-		#define SCSI_CMD_READ_CAPACITY_10                      0x25

-		#define SCSI_CMD_SEND_DIAGNOSTIC                       0x1D

-		#define SCSI_CMD_PREVENT_ALLOW_MEDIUM_REMOVAL          0x1E

-		#define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_10                              0x2A

-		#define SCSI_CMD_READ_10                               0x28

-		#define SCSI_CMD_WRITE_6                               0x0A

-		#define SCSI_CMD_READ_6                                0x08

-		#define SCSI_CMD_VERIFY_10                             0x2F

-		#define SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_6                          0x1A

-		#define SCSI_CMD_MODE_SENSE_10                         0x5A

-

-		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_GOOD                            0x00

-		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_RECOVERED_ERROR                 0x01

-		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_NOT_READY                       0x02

-		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_MEDIUM_ERROR                    0x03

-		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_HARDWARE_ERROR                  0x04

-		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ILLEGAL_REQUEST                 0x05

-		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_UNIT_ATTENTION                  0x06

-		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_DATA_PROTECT                    0x07

-		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_BLANK_CHECK                     0x08

-		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_VENDOR_SPECIFIC                 0x09

-		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_COPY_ABORTED                    0x0A

-		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_ABORTED_COMMAND                 0x0B

-		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_VOLUME_OVERFLOW                 0x0D

-		#define SCSI_SENSE_KEY_MISCOMPARE                      0x0E

-

-		#define SCSI_ASENSE_NO_ADDITIONAL_INFORMATION          0x00

-		#define SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_UNIT_NOT_READY             0x04

-		#define SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_FIELD_IN_CDB               0x24

-		#define SCSI_ASENSE_WRITE_PROTECTED                    0x27

-		#define SCSI_ASENSE_FORMAT_ERROR                       0x31

-		#define SCSI_ASENSE_INVALID_COMMAND                    0x20

-		#define SCSI_ASENSE_LOGICAL_BLOCK_ADDRESS_OUT_OF_RANGE 0x21

-		#define SCSI_ASENSE_MEDIUM_NOT_PRESENT                 0x3A

-

-		#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_NO_QUALIFIER                      0x00

-		#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_FORMAT_COMMAND_FAILED             0x01

-		#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_INITIALIZING_COMMAND_REQUIRED     0x02

-		#define SCSI_ASENSEQ_OPERATION_IN_PROGRESS             0x07

-

-#endif

diff --git a/Demos/Host/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c b/Demos/Host/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c
deleted file mode 100644
index a2e6631e2..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,431 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  Main source file for the MassStorageHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of

- *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.

- */

-

-#include "MassStorageHost.h"

-

-/* Scheduler Task List */

-TASK_LIST

-{

-	{ .Task = USB_USBTask          , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },

-	{ .Task = USB_MassStore_Host   , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },

-};

-

-/* Globals */

-/** Index of the highest available LUN (Logical Unit) in the attached Mass Storage Device */

-uint8_t MassStore_MaxLUNIndex;

-

-

-/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then

- *  starts the scheduler to run the application tasks.

- */

-int main(void)

-{

-	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */

-	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);

-	wdt_disable();

-

-	/* Disable clock division */

-	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);

-

-	/* Hardware Initialization */

-	SerialStream_Init(9600, false);

-	LEDs_Init();

-	Buttons_Init();

-	

-	/* Indicate USB not ready */

-	UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);

-

-	/* Start-up message */

-	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY

-	       "MassStore Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF));

-		   

-	/* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */

-	Scheduler_Init();

-

-	/* Initialize USB Subsystem */

-	USB_Init();

-	

-	/* Scheduling routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */

-	Scheduler_Start();

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and

- *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.

- */

-void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void)

-{

-	puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));

-	UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating);

-	

-	/* Start USB management task to enumerate the device */

-	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN);

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and

- *  stops the library USB task management process.

- */

-void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void)

-{

-	/* Stop USB management and Mass Storage tasks */

-	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP);

-	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_MassStore_Host, TASK_STOP);

-

-	puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));

-	UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully

- *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.

- */

-void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)

-{

-	/* Once device is fully enumerated, start the Mass Storage Host task */

-	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_MassStore_Host, TASK_RUN);

-	

-	/* Indicate device enumeration complete */

-	UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */

-void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)

-{

-	USB_ShutDown();

-

-	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"));

-	printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-

-	UpdateStatus(Status_HardwareError);

-	for(;;);

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while

- *  enumerating an attached USB device.

- */

-void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)

-{

-	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"));

-	printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-	printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode);

-	printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState);

-	

-	UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);

-}

-

-/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read in blocks from

- *  the device and print them to the serial port.

- */

-TASK(USB_MassStore_Host)

-{

-	uint8_t ErrorCode;

-

-	switch (USB_HostState)

-	{

-		case HOST_STATE_Addressed:

-			/* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */

-			USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)

-				{

-					.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),

-					.bRequest      = REQ_SetConfiguration,

-					.wValue        = 1,

-					.wIndex        = 0,

-					.wLength       = 0,

-				};

-				

-			/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */

-			Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);

-

-			/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */

-			if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)

-			{

-				puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"));

-				printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-

-				/* Indicate error via status LEDs */

-				UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);

-

-				/* Wait until USB device disconnected */

-				while (USB_IsConnected);

-				break;

-			}

-				

-			USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;

-			break;

-		case HOST_STATE_Configured:

-			puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));

-		

-			/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */

-			if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)

-			{

-				if (ErrorCode == ControlError)

-				  puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));

-				else

-				  puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n"));

-

-				printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-				

-				/* Indicate error via status LEDs */

-				UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);

-

-				/* Wait until USB device disconnected */

-				while (USB_IsConnected);

-				break;

-			}

-

-			puts_P(PSTR("Mass Storage Disk Enumerated.\r\n"));

-				

-			USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready;

-			break;

-		case HOST_STATE_Ready:

-			/* Indicate device busy via the status LEDs */

-			UpdateStatus(Status_Busy);

-			

-			/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */

-			if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_GetMaxLUN(&MassStore_MaxLUNIndex)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)

-			{	

-				ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Get Max LUN"), false, ErrorCode);

-				break;

-			}

-			

-			/* Print number of LUNs detected in the attached device */

-			printf_P(PSTR("Total LUNs: %d.\r\n"), (MassStore_MaxLUNIndex + 1));

-			

-			/* Reset the Mass Storage device interface, ready for use */

-			if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_MassStorageReset()) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)

-			{

-				ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Mass Storage Reset"), false, ErrorCode);

-				break;

-			}

-			

-			/* Get sense data from the device - many devices will not accept any other commands until the sense data

-			 * is read - both on start-up and after a failed command */

-			SCSI_Request_Sense_Response_t SenseData;

-			if (((ErrorCode = MassStore_RequestSense(0, &SenseData)) != 0) || (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass))

-			{

-				ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Request Sense"), (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass), ErrorCode);

-				break;

-			}

-			

-			/* Set the prevent removal flag for the device, allowing it to be accessed */

-			if (((ErrorCode = MassStore_PreventAllowMediumRemoval(0, true)) != 0) || (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass))

-			{

-				ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Prevent/Allow Medium Removal"), (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass), ErrorCode);

-				break;

-			}

-

-			puts_P(PSTR("Waiting until ready.."));

-			

-			/* Wait until disk ready */

-			do

-			{

-				Serial_TxByte('.');

-				

-				if ((ErrorCode = MassStore_TestUnitReady(0)) != 0)

-				{

-					ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Test Unit Ready"), false, ErrorCode);

-					break;				

-				}

-			}

-			while ((SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass) && USB_IsConnected);

-			

-			/* Abort if device removed */

-			if (!(USB_IsConnected))

-			  break;

-

-			puts_P(PSTR("\r\nRetrieving Capacity... "));

-

-			/* Create new structure for the disk's capacity in blocks and block size */

-			SCSI_Capacity_t DiskCapacity;

-

-			/* Retrieve disk capacity */

-			if (((ErrorCode = MassStore_ReadCapacity(0, &DiskCapacity)) != 0) || (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass))

-			{

-				ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Read Capacity"), (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass), ErrorCode);

-				break;

-			}

-			

-			/* Display the disk capacity in blocks * block size bytes */

-			printf_P(PSTR("%lu blocks of %lu bytes.\r\n"), DiskCapacity.Blocks, DiskCapacity.BlockSize);

-

-			/* Create a new buffer capabable of holding a single block from the device */

-			uint8_t BlockBuffer[DiskCapacity.BlockSize];

-

-			/* Read in the first 512 byte block from the device */

-			if (((ErrorCode = MassStore_ReadDeviceBlock(0, 0x00000000, 1, DiskCapacity.BlockSize, BlockBuffer)) != 0) ||

-			    (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass))

-			{

-				ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Read Device Block"), (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass), ErrorCode);

-				break;

-			}

-			

-			puts_P(PSTR("\r\nContents of first block:\r\n"));

-

-			/* Print out the first block in both HEX and ASCII, 16 bytes per line */

-			for (uint16_t Chunk = 0; Chunk < (DiskCapacity.BlockSize >> 4); Chunk++)

-			{

-				/* Pointer to the start of the current 16-byte chunk in the read block of data */

-				uint8_t* ChunkPtr = &BlockBuffer[Chunk << 4];

-				

-				/* Print out the 16 bytes of the chunk in HEX format */

-				for (uint8_t ByteOffset = 0; ByteOffset < (1 << 4); ByteOffset++)

-				{

-					char CurrByte = *(ChunkPtr + ByteOffset);

-				

-					printf_P(PSTR("%.2X "), CurrByte);

-				}

-				

-				puts_P(PSTR("    "));

-

-				/* Print out the 16 bytes of the chunk in ASCII format */

-				for (uint8_t ByteOffset = 0; ByteOffset < (1 << 4); ByteOffset++)

-				{

-					char CurrByte = *(ChunkPtr + ByteOffset);

-				

-					putchar(isprint(CurrByte) ? CurrByte : '.');

-				}

-				

-				puts_P(PSTR("\r\n"));

-			}

-			

-			puts_P(PSTR("\r\n\r\nPress board button to read entire ASCII contents of disk...\r\n\r\n"));

-			

-			/* Wait for the board button to be pressed */

-			while (!(Buttons_GetStatus() & BUTTONS_BUTTON1))

-			{

-				/* Abort if device removed */

-				if (!(USB_IsConnected))

-				  break;

-			}

-			

-			/* Print out the entire disk contents in ASCII format */

-			for (uint32_t CurrBlock = 0; CurrBlock < DiskCapacity.Blocks; CurrBlock++)

-			{

-				/* Read in the next block of data from the device */

-				if (((ErrorCode = MassStore_ReadDeviceBlock(0, CurrBlock, 1, DiskCapacity.BlockSize, BlockBuffer)) != 0) ||

-				    (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass))

-				{

-					ShowDiskReadError(PSTR("Read Device Block"), (SCSICommandStatus.Status != Command_Pass), ErrorCode);

-					break;

-				}

-

-				/* Send the ASCII data in the read in block to the serial port */

-				for (uint16_t Byte = 0; Byte < DiskCapacity.BlockSize; Byte++)

-				{

-					char CurrByte = BlockBuffer[Byte];

-					

-					putchar(isprint(CurrByte) ? CurrByte : '.');

-				}

-

-				/* Abort if device removed */

-				if (!(USB_IsConnected))

-				  break;

-			}

-			

-			/* Indicate device no longer busy */

-			UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);

-			

-			/* Wait until USB device disconnected */

-			while (USB_IsConnected);

-			

-			break;

-	}

-}

-

-/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to

- *  log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates.

- *

- *  \param CurrentStatus  Current status of the system, from the MassStorageHost_StatusCodes_t enum

- */

-void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus)

-{

-	uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;

-	

-	/* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */

-	switch (CurrentStatus)

-	{

-		case Status_USBNotReady:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);

-			break;

-		case Status_USBEnumerating:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);

-			break;

-		case Status_USBReady:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2);

-			break;

-		case Status_EnumerationError:

-		case Status_HardwareError:

-		case Status_SCSICommandError:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3);

-			break;

-		case Status_Busy:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED4);

-			break;

-	}

-	

-	/* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */

-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);

-}

-

-/** Indicates that a communication error has occurred with the attached Mass Storage Device,

- *  printing error codes to the serial port and waiting until the device is removed before

- *  continuing.

- *

- *  \param CommandString  ASCII string located in PROGMEM space indicating what operation failed

- *  \param FailedAtSCSILayer  Indicates if the command failed at the (logical) SCSI layer or at the physical USB layer

- *  \param ErrorCode      Error code of the function which failed to complete successfully

- */

-void ShowDiskReadError(char* CommandString, bool FailedAtSCSILayer, uint8_t ErrorCode)

-{

-	if (FailedAtSCSILayer)

-	{

-		/* Display the error code */

-		printf_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "SCSI command error (%S).\r\n"), CommandString);

-		printf_P(PSTR("  -- Status Code: %d"), ErrorCode);

-	}

-	else

-	{

-		/* Display the error code */

-		printf_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Command error (%S).\r\n"), CommandString);

-		printf_P(PSTR("  -- Error Code: %d"), ErrorCode);	

-	}

-

-	Pipe_Freeze();

-

-	/* Indicate device error via the status LEDs */

-	UpdateStatus(Status_SCSICommandError);

-

-	/* Wait until USB device disconnected */

-	while (USB_IsConnected);

-}

diff --git a/Demos/Host/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h b/Demos/Host/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 6e1e5cd9e..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,85 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  Header file for MassStoreHost.c.

- */

- 

-#ifndef _MASS_STORE_HOST_H_

-#define _MASS_STORE_HOST_H_

-

-	/* Includes: */

-		#include <avr/io.h>

-		#include <avr/wdt.h>

-		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>

-		#include <avr/power.h>

-		#include <stdio.h>

-		#include <ctype.h>

-

-		#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"

-

-		#include "Lib/MassStoreCommands.h"

-

-		#include <LUFA/Version.h>                                // Library Version Information

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>             // ANSI Terminal Escape Codes

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>                        // USB Functionality

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h>        // Serial stream driver

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>                     // LEDs driver

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/Buttons.h>                  // Board Buttons driver

-		#include <LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.h>                    // Simple scheduler for task management

-

-	/* Enums: */

-		/** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */

-		enum MassStorageHost_StatusCodes_t

-		{

-			Status_USBNotReady      = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB device) */

-			Status_USBEnumerating   = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */

-			Status_USBReady         = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */

-			Status_EnumerationError = 3, /**< Software error while enumerating the attached USB device */

-			Status_HardwareError    = 4, /**< Hardware error while enumerating the attached USB device */

-			Status_Busy             = 5, /**< Busy reading or writing to the attached Mass Storage device */

-			Status_SCSICommandError = 6, /**< Error sending or receiving a command to or from the attached SCSI device */

-		};

-

-	/* Task Definitions: */

-		TASK(USB_MassStore_Host);

-				

-	/* Function Prototypes: */

-		void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);

-		void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void);

-		void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void);

-		void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode);

-		void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);

-

-		void ShowDiskReadError(char* CommandString, bool FailedAtSCSILayer, uint8_t ErrorCode);

-		void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus);		

-

-#endif

diff --git a/Demos/Host/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt b/Demos/Host/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 88b42e937..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/MassStorageHost/MassStorageHost.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,61 +0,0 @@
-/** \file

- *

- *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special

- *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.

- */

- 

-/** \mainpage Mass Storage Host Demo

- *

- *  \section SSec_Info USB Information:

- *

- *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.

- *

- *  <table>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>

- *    <td>Host</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>

- *    <td>Mass Storage Device</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr> 

- *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>

- *    <td>Bulk Only</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>

- *    <td>USBIF Mass Storage Standard</td>

- *    <td>USB Bulk-Only Transport Standard</td>

- *    <td>SCSI Primary Commands Specification</td>

- *    <td>SCSI Block Commands Specification</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>

- *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>

- *   </tr>

- *  </table>

- *

- *  \section SSec_Description Project Description: 

- *

- *  Mass Storage host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference

- *  application for implementing a USB Mass Storage host, for USB storage devices

- *  using the standard Mass Storage USB profile.

- *  

- *  The first 512 bytes (boot sector) of an attached disk's memory will be dumped

- *  out of the serial port in HEX and ASCII form when it is attached to the AT90USB1287

- *  AVR. The device will then wait for HWB to be pressed, whereupon the entire ASCII contents

- *  of the disk will be dumped to the serial port.

- *

- *  \section SSec_Options Project Options

- *

- *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.

- *

- *  <table>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td>

- *     None

- *    </td>

- *   </tr>

- *  </table>

- */
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Demos/Host/MassStorageHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/MassStorageHost/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index f50f59887..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/MassStorageHost/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,737 +0,0 @@
-# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-

-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, J�rg Wunsch, et al.

-#  >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<

-#

-# Released to the Public Domain

-#

-# Additional material for this makefile was written by:

-# Peter Fleury

-# Tim Henigan

-# Colin O'Flynn

-# Reiner Patommel

-# Markus Pfaff

-# Sander Pool

-# Frederik Rouleau

-# Carlos Lamas

-# Dean Camera

-# Opendous Inc.

-# Denver Gingerich

-#

-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# On command line:

-#

-# make all = Make software.

-#

-# make clean = Clean out built project files.

-#

-# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.

-#

-# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.

-#

-# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.

-#                Please customize the avrdude settings below first!

-#

-# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must

-#            have dfu-programmer installed).

-#

-# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must

-#             have Atmel FLIP installed).

-#

-# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer

-#               (must have dfu-programmer installed).

-#

-# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP

-#                (must have Atmel FLIP installed).

-#

-# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have

-#                DoxyGen installed)

-#

-# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging, 

-#              with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.

-#

-# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.

-#

-# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting

-#                   bug reports to the GCC project.

-#

-# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".

-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-# MCU name

-MCU = at90usb1287

-

-

-# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring

-# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called 

-# "Board" inside the application directory.

-BOARD  = USBKEY

-

-

-# Processor frequency.

-#     This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the 

-#     processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to 

-#     calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done

-#     automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.

-#     Typical values are:

-#         F_CPU =  1000000

-#         F_CPU =  1843200

-#         F_CPU =  2000000

-#         F_CPU =  3686400

-#         F_CPU =  4000000

-#         F_CPU =  7372800

-#         F_CPU =  8000000

-#         F_CPU = 11059200

-#         F_CPU = 14745600

-#         F_CPU = 16000000

-#         F_CPU = 18432000

-#         F_CPU = 20000000

-F_CPU = 8000000

-

-

-# Input clock frequency.

-#     This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the 

-#     input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may

-#     differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the

-#     raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed

-#     clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'

-#     at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your

-#     source code.

-#

-#     If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the

-#     CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.

-F_CLOCK = 8000000

-

-

-# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)

-FORMAT = ihex

-

-

-# Target file name (without extension).

-TARGET = MassStorageHost

-

-

-# Object files directory

-#     To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make

-#     this an empty or blank macro!

-OBJDIR = .

-

-

-# Path to the LUFA library

-LUFA_PATH = ../../..

-

-

-# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)

-SRC = $(TARGET).c                                                 \

-	  ConfigDescriptor.c                                          \

-	  Lib/MassStoreCommands.c                                     \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c                     \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c         \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c               \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c        \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c           \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c               \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c       \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c           \

- 	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c               \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c            \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c      \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c           \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c  \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDParser.c             \

-

-

-# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)

-CPPSRC = 

-

-

-# List Assembler source files here.

-#     Make them always end in a capital .S.  Files ending in a lowercase .s

-#     will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler

-#     output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!

-#     Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,

-#     it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does

-#     care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.

-ASRC =

-

-

-# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s]. 

-#     0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.

-#     (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)

-OPT = s

-

-

-# Debugging format.

-#     Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.

-#     AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.

-#     AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.

-DEBUG = dwarf-2

-

-

-# List any extra directories to look for include files here.

-#     Each directory must be seperated by a space.

-#     Use forward slashes for directory separators.

-#     For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.

-EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/

-

-

-# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

-#     c89   = "ANSI" C

-#     gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions

-#     c99   = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)

-#     gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions

-CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99

-

-

-# Place -D or -U options here for C sources

-CDEFS  = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)

-CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS -DUSB_HOST_ONLY

-CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"

-CDEFS += -DUSB_STREAM_TIMEOUT_MS=2000

-

-

-# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources

-ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)

-

-

-# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources

-CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL

-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS

-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS

-

-

-

-#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------

-#  -g*:          generate debugging information

-#  -O*:          optimization level

-#  -f...:        tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation

-#  -Wall...:     warning level

-#  -Wa,...:      tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.

-#    -adhlns...: create assembler listing

-CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)

-CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)

-CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)

-CFLAGS += -funsigned-char

-CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields

-CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections

-CFLAGS += -fpack-struct

-CFLAGS += -fshort-enums

-CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20

-CFLAGS += -Wall

-CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes

-CFLAGS += -Wundef

-#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time

-#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code

-#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare

-CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)

-CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))

-CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)

-

-

-#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------

-#  -g*:          generate debugging information

-#  -O*:          optimization level

-#  -f...:        tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation

-#  -Wall...:     warning level

-#  -Wa,...:      tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.

-#    -adhlns...: create assembler listing

-CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)

-CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)

-CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)

-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char

-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields

-CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct

-CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums

-CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions

-CPPFLAGS += -Wall

-CFLAGS += -Wundef

-#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls

-#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time

-#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes

-#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code

-#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare

-CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)

-CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))

-#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)

-

-

-#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------

-#  -Wa,...:   tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.

-#  -adhlns:   create listing

-#  -gstabs:   have the assembler create line number information; note that

-#             for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames

-#             and function names needs to be present in the assembler source

-#             files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]

-#  -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex 

-#       dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.

-ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100

-

-

-#---------------- Library Options ----------------

-# Minimalistic printf version

-PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min

-

-# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)

-PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt

-

-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.

-PRINTF_LIB = 

-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)

-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)

-

-

-# Minimalistic scanf version

-SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min

-

-# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)

-SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt

-

-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.

-SCANF_LIB = 

-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)

-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)

-

-

-MATH_LIB = -lm

-

-

-# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.

-#     Each directory must be seperated by a space.

-#     Use forward slashes for directory separators.

-#     For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.

-EXTRALIBDIRS = 

-

-

-

-#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------

-

-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),

-# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).

-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff

-

-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),

-# only used for heap (malloc()).

-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff

-

-EXTMEMOPTS =

-

-

-

-#---------------- Linker Options ----------------

-#  -Wl,...:     tell GCC to pass this to linker.

-#    -Map:      create map file

-#    --cref:    add cross reference to  map file

-LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref

-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax 

-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections

-LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)

-LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))

-LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)

-#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x

-

-

-

-#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------

-

-# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd 

-# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500

-#

-# Type: avrdude -c ?

-# to get a full listing.

-#

-AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII

-

-# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.

-AVRDUDE_PORT = usb

-

-AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex

-#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep

-

-

-# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.

-# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,

-# see avrdude manual.

-#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y

-

-# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be

-# performed after programming the device.

-#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V

-

-# Increase verbosity level.  Please use this when submitting bug

-# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude> 

-# to submit bug reports.

-#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v

-

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)

-

-

-

-#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------

-

-# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.

-DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)

-

-# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.

-# DEBUG_UI = gdb

-DEBUG_UI = insight

-

-# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.

-DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice

-#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr

-

-# GDB Init Filename.

-GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit

-

-# When using avarice settings for the JTAG

-JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1

-

-# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.

-DEBUG_PORT = 4242

-

-# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally

-#     just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when 

-#     avarice is running on a different computer.

-DEBUG_HOST = localhost

-

-

-

-#============================================================================

-

-

-# Define programs and commands.

-SHELL = sh

-CC = avr-gcc

-OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy

-OBJDUMP = avr-objdump

-SIZE = avr-size

-AR = avr-ar rcs

-NM = avr-nm

-AVRDUDE = avrdude

-REMOVE = rm -f

-REMOVEDIR = rm -rf

-COPY = cp

-WINSHELL = cmd

-

-# Define Messages

-# English

-MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none

-MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------

-MSG_END = --------  end  --------

-MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before: 

-MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:

-MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:

-MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:

-MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:

-MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:

-MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:

-MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:

-MSG_LINKING = Linking:

-MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:

-MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:

-MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:

-MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:

-MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:

-

-

-

-

-# Define all object files.

-OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) 

-

-# Define all listing files.

-LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) 

-

-

-# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.

-GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d

-

-

-# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.

-# Add target processor to flags.

-ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)

-ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)

-ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)

-

-

-

-

-

-# Default target.

-all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end

-

-# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.

-build: elf hex eep lss sym

-#build: lib

-

-

-elf: $(TARGET).elf

-hex: $(TARGET).hex

-eep: $(TARGET).eep

-lss: $(TARGET).lss

-sym: $(TARGET).sym

-LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a

-lib: $(LIBNAME)

-

-

-

-# Eye candy.

-# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on

-# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.

-begin:

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)

-

-end:

-	@echo $(MSG_END)

-	@echo

-

-

-# Display size of file.

-HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex

-ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf

-MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )

-FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )

-

-sizebefore:

-	@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \

-	2>/dev/null; echo; fi

-

-sizeafter:

-	@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \

-	2>/dev/null; echo; fi

-

-checkhooks: build

-	@echo

-	@echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events -------

-	@$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \

-	           cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \

-			   echo "(None)"

-	@echo ------------------------------------

-

-checklibmode:

-	@echo

-	@echo ----------- Library Mode -----------

-	@$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \

-	          | grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \

-	          || echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)."

-	@echo ------------------------------------

-

-checkboard:

-	@echo

-	@echo ---------- Selected Board ----------

-	@echo Selected board model is $(BOARD).

-	@echo ------------------------------------

-	

-# Display compiler version information.

-gccversion : 

-	@$(CC) --version

-

-

-

-# Program the device.  

-program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep

-	$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)

-

-flip: $(TARGET).hex

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0

-

-dfu: $(TARGET).hex

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset

-

-flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep

-	copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0

-

-dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset

-

-

-# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:

-#     define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set 

-#     a breakpoint at main().

-gdb-config: 

-	@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)  >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)

-	@echo load  >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-endif

-	@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-

-debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf

-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)

-	@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \

-	$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c pause

-

-else

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \

-	$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)

-endif

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)

-

-

-

-

-# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.

-COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000

-

-

-

-coff: $(TARGET).elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof

-	$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof

-

-

-extcoff: $(TARGET).elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof

-	$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof

-

-

-

-# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.

-%.hex: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@

-	$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@

-

-%.eep: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@

-	-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \

-	--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0

-

-# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.

-%.lss: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@

-	$(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@

-

-# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.

-%.sym: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@

-	$(NM) -n $< > $@

-

-

-

-# Create library from object files.

-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a

-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)

-%.a: $(OBJ)

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@

-	$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)

-

-

-# Link: create ELF output file from object files.

-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf

-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)

-%.elf: $(OBJ)

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@

-	$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)

-

-

-# Compile: create object files from C source files.

-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<

-	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ 

-

-

-# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.

-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<

-	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ 

-

-

-# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.

-%.s : %.c

-	$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@

-

-

-# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.

-%.s : %.cpp

-	$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@

-

-

-# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.

-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<

-	$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@

-

-

-# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.

-%.i : %.c

-	$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@ 

-	

-

-# Target: clean project.

-clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end

-

-clean_binary:

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex

-	

-clean_list:

-	@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)

-	$(REMOVEDIR) .dep

-

-

-doxygen:

-	@echo Generating Project Documentation...

-	@doxygen Doxygen.conf

-	@echo Documentation Generation Complete.

-

-clean_doxygen:

-	rm -rf Documentation

-

-# Create object files directory

-$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)

-

-

-# Include the dependency files.

--include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)

-

-

-# Listing of phony targets.

-.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard   \

-begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion  \

-build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean      \

-clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config  \

-doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Demos/Host/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 0f6ab59ae..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,155 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations

- *  needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special  computer-readable structures

- *  which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.

- */

-

-#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"

-

-/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This

- *  routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate

- *  with compatible devices.

- *

- *  This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint.

- *

- *  \return An error code from the MouseHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.

- */

-uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)

-{

-	uint8_t* ConfigDescriptorData;

-	uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;

-	

-	/* Get Configuration Descriptor size from the device */

-	if (USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)

-	  return ControlError;

-	

-	/* Ensure that the Configuration Descriptor isn't too large */

-	if (ConfigDescriptorSize > MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE)

-	  return DescriptorTooLarge;

-	  

-	/* Allocate enough memory for the entire config descriptor */

-	ConfigDescriptorData = alloca(ConfigDescriptorSize);

-

-	/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */

-	USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData);

-	

-	/* Validate returned data - ensure first entry is a configuration header descriptor */

-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)

-	  return InvalidConfigDataReturned;

-	

-	/* Get the mouse interface from the configuration descriptor */

-	if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,

-	                              DComp_NextMouseInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)

-	{

-		/* Descriptor not found, error out */

-		return NoHIDInterfaceFound;

-	}

-

-	/* Get the mouse interface's data endpoint descriptor */

-	if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,

-	                              DComp_NextInterfaceMouseDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)

-	{

-		/* Descriptor not found, error out */

-		return NoEndpointFound;

-	}

-	

-	/* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */

-	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);

-

-	/* Configure the mouse data pipe */

-	Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MOUSE_DATAPIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_IN,

-	                   EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE);

-

-	Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();

-			

-	/* Valid data found, return success */

-	return SuccessfulConfigRead;

-}

-

-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's

- *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration

- *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.

- *

- *  This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Mouse HID Class and Protocol values.

- *

- *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum

- */

-uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)

-{

-	/* Determine if the current descriptor is an interface descriptor */

-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)

-	{

-		/* Check the HID descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */

-		if ((DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class    == MOUSE_CLASS) &&

-		    (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Protocol == MOUSE_PROTOCOL))

-		{

-			/* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */

-			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;

-		}

-	}

-	

-	/* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */

-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;

-}

-

-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's

- *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration

- *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.

- *

- *  This comparator searches for the next IN Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor,

- *  aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.

- *

- *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum

- */

-uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceMouseDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)

-{

-	/* Determine the type of the current descriptor */

-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint)

-	{

-		/* Check if the current Endpoint descriptor is of type IN */

-		if (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t).EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN)

-		{

-			/* Indicate that the descriptor being searched for has been found */

-			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;

-		}

-	}

-	else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)

-	{

-		/* Indicate that the search has failed prematurely and should be aborted */

-		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;

-	}

-

-	/* Current descriptor does not match what this comparator is looking for */

-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;

-}

diff --git a/Demos/Host/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
deleted file mode 100644
index cb1ae63ad..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/MouseHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,72 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.

- */

-

-#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_

-#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_

-

-	/* Includes: */

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>                        // USB Functionality

-		

-		#include "MouseHost.h"

-		

-	/* Macros: */

-		/** Interface Class value for the Human Interface Device class */

-		#define MOUSE_CLASS                 0x03

-

-		/** Interface Protocol value for a Boot Protocol Mouse compliant device */

-		#define MOUSE_PROTOCOL              0x02

-

-		/** Maximum size of a device configuration descriptor which can be processed by the host, in bytes */

-		#define MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE  512

-	

-	/* Enums: */

-		/** Enum for the possible return codes of the ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */

-		enum MouseHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t

-		{

-			SuccessfulConfigRead            = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */

-			ControlError                    = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */

-			DescriptorTooLarge              = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */

-			InvalidConfigDataReturned       = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */

-			NoHIDInterfaceFound             = 4, /**< A compatible HID interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */

-			NoEndpointFound                 = 5, /**< A compatible HID IN endpoint was not found in the device's HID interface */

-		};

-

-	/* Function Prototypes: */

-		uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);

-

-		uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);

-		uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceMouseDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);

-

-#endif

diff --git a/Demos/Host/MouseHost/Doxygen.conf b/Demos/Host/MouseHost/Doxygen.conf
deleted file mode 100644
index 5194af375..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/MouseHost/Doxygen.conf
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@
-# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1

-

-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system

-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project

-#

-# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored

-# The format is:

-#       TAG = value [value, ...]

-# For lists items can also be appended using:

-#       TAG += value [value, ...]

-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Project related configuration options

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file 

-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all 

-# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the 

-# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See 

-# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.

-

-DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8

-

-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded 

-# by quotes) that should identify the project.

-

-PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Mouse Host Demo"

-

-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. 

-# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or 

-# if some version control system is used.

-

-PROJECT_NUMBER         = 0.0.0

-

-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) 

-# base path where the generated documentation will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location 

-# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.

-

-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/

-

-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 

-# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output 

-# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories. 

-# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of 

-# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would 

-# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.

-

-CREATE_SUBDIRS         = YES

-

-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all 

-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this 

-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. 

-# The default language is English, other supported languages are: 

-# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional, 

-# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek, 

-# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), 

-# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish, 

-# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene, 

-# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.

-

-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English

-

-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in 

-# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). 

-# Set to NO to disable this.

-

-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES

-

-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend 

-# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. 

-# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the 

-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.

-

-REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES

-

-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator 

-# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string 

-# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be 

-# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is 

-# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. 

-# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically 

-# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget" 

-# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains" 

-# "represents" "a" "an" "the"

-

-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \

-                         "The $name widget" \

-                         "The $name file" \

-                         is \

-                         provides \

-                         specifies \

-                         contains \

-                         represents \

-                         a \

-                         an \

-                         the

-

-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then 

-# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief 

-# description.

-

-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO

-

-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all 

-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those 

-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment 

-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.

-

-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO

-

-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full 

-# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set 

-# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.

-

-FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES

-

-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag 

-# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is 

-# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of 

-# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. 

-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the 

-# path to strip.

-

-STRIP_FROM_PATH        = 

-

-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of 

-# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells 

-# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class. 

-# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class 

-# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that 

-# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.

-

-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    = 

-

-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter 

-# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems 

-# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.

-

-SHORT_NAMES            = YES

-

-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen 

-# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style 

-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc 

-# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments 

-# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)

-

-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO

-

-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will 

-# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style 

-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments 

-# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring 

-# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)

-

-QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO

-

-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen 

-# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// 

-# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour. 

-# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed 

-# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.

-

-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO

-

-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented 

-# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it 

-# re-implements.

-

-INHERIT_DOCS           = YES

-

-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce 

-# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will 

-# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.

-

-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO

-

-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. 

-# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.

-

-TAB_SIZE               = 4

-

-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts 

-# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". 

-# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to 

-# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which 

-# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". 

-# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.

-

-ALIASES                = 

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C 

-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. 

-# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list 

-# of all members will be omitted, etc.

-

-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java 

-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for 

-# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified 

-# scopes will look different, etc.

-

-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran 

-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for 

-# Fortran.

-

-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL 

-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for 

-# VHDL.

-

-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO

-

-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want 

-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should 

-# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and 

-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s. 

-# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration 

-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.

-

-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO

-

-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to

-# enable parsing support.

-

-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO

-

-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only. 

-# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public 

-# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.

-

-SIP_SUPPORT            = NO

-

-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter 

-# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default) 

-# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the 

-# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or 

-# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the 

-# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.

-

-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES

-

-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC 

-# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first 

-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default 

-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.

-

-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO

-

-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of 

-# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a 

-# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to 

-# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using 

-# the \nosubgrouping command.

-

-SUBGROUPING            = YES

-

-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum 

-# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So 

-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct 

-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, 

-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically 

-# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound 

-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.

-

-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO

-

-# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to 

-# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.

-# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.

-# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is 

-# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause 

-# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time 

-# causing a significant performance penality. 

-# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the 

-# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on 

-# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the 

-# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula: 

-# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, 

-# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols

-

-SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE      = 0

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Build related configuration options

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in 

-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. 

-# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless 

-# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES

-

-EXTRACT_ALL            = YES

-

-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class 

-# will be included in the documentation.

-

-EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES

-

-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file 

-# will be included in the documentation.

-

-EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES

-

-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) 

-# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. 

-# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.

-

-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES

-

-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local 

-# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in 

-# the interface are included in the documentation. 

-# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.

-

-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO

-

-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be 

-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called 

-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base 

-# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default 

-# anonymous namespace are hidden.

-

-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all 

-# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. 

-# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the 

-# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. 

-# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.

-

-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all 

-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. 

-# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various 

-# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.

-

-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all 

-# friend (class|struct|union) declarations. 

-# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the 

-# documentation.

-

-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any 

-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. 

-# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the 

-# function's detailed documentation block.

-

-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO

-

-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation 

-# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set 

-# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. 

-# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.

-

-INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO

-

-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate 

-# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also 

-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ 

-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows 

-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.

-

-CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen 

-# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the 

-# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.

-

-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO

-

-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen 

-# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation 

-# of that file.

-

-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES

-

-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] 

-# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.

-

-INLINE_INFO            = YES

-

-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen 

-# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members 

-# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in 

-# declaration order.

-

-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES

-

-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the 

-# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically 

-# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in 

-# declaration order.

-

-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO

-

-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the 

-# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default) 

-# the group names will appear in their defined order.

-

-SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO

-

-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be 

-# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to 

-# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name, 

-# not including the namespace part. 

-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.

-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the 

-# alphabetical list.

-

-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 

-# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo 

-# commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 

-# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test 

-# commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 

-# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug 

-# commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 

-# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting 

-# \deprecated commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES

-

-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional 

-# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.

-

-ENABLED_SECTIONS       = 

-

-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines 

-# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in 

-# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified 

-# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. 

-# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the 

-# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer 

-# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.

-

-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30

-

-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated 

-# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the 

-# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.

-

-SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES

-

-# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories 

-# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy 

-# in the documentation. The default is NO.

-

-SHOW_DIRECTORIES       = YES

-

-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.

-# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the 

-# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.

-

-SHOW_FILES             = YES

-

-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the 

-# Namespaces page.  This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index

-# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.

-

-SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES

-

-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that 

-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from 

-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via 

-# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of 

-# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file 

-# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output 

-# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.

-

-FILE_VERSION_FILTER    = 

-

-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by 

-# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files 

-# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents 

-# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a 

-# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name 

-# of the layout file.

-

-LAYOUT_FILE            = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to warning and progress messages

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated 

-# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.

-

-QUIET                  = YES

-

-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are 

-# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank 

-# NO is used.

-

-WARNINGS               = YES

-

-# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings 

-# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will 

-# automatically be disabled.

-

-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES

-

-# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for 

-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some 

-# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that 

-# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.

-

-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES

-

-# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for 

-# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters 

-# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about 

-# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of 

-# documentation.

-

-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES

-

-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that 

-# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text 

-# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the 

-# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain 

-# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could 

-# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)

-

-WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"

-

-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning 

-# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written 

-# to stderr.

-

-WARN_LOGFILE           = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the input files

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain 

-# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or 

-# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories 

-# with spaces.

-

-INPUT                  = ./

-

-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files 

-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is 

-# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built 

-# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for 

-# the list of possible encodings.

-

-INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8

-

-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the 

-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp 

-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left 

-# blank the following patterns are tested: 

-# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx 

-# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90

-

-FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \

-                         *.c \

-						 *.txt

-

-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories 

-# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. 

-# If left blank NO is used.

-

-RECURSIVE              = YES

-

-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should 

-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a 

-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.

-

-EXCLUDE                = 

-

-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or 

-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded 

-# from the input.

-

-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO

-

-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the 

-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude 

-# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched 

-# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories 

-# for example use the pattern */test/*

-

-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       = */LowLevel/USBMode.h

-

-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names 

-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the 

-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the 

-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, 

-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test

-

-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __*

-

-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or 

-# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see 

-# the \include command).

-

-EXAMPLE_PATH           = 

-

-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the 

-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp 

-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left 

-# blank all files are included.

-

-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *

-

-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be 

-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude 

-# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. 

-# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.

-

-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO

-

-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or 

-# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see 

-# the \image command).

-

-IMAGE_PATH             = 

-

-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should 

-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program 

-# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter> 

-# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an 

-# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes 

-# to standard output.  If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be 

-# ignored.

-

-INPUT_FILTER           = 

-

-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern 

-# basis.  Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the 

-# filter if there is a match.  The filters are a list of the form: 

-# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further 

-# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER 

-# is applied to all files.

-

-FILTER_PATTERNS        = 

-

-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using 

-# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source 

-# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).

-

-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to source browsing

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will 

-# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. 

-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also 

-# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.

-

-SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO

-

-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body 

-# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.

-

-INLINE_SOURCES         = NO

-

-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct 

-# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code 

-# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.

-

-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES

-

-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES 

-# then for each documented function all documented 

-# functions referencing it will be listed.

-

-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO

-

-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES 

-# then for each documented function all documented entities 

-# called/used by that function will be listed.

-

-REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO

-

-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)

-# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from

-# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will

-# link to the source code.  Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.

-

-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO

-

-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code 

-# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen 

-# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source 

-# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You 

-# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.

-

-USE_HTAGS              = NO

-

-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen 

-# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for 

-# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.

-

-VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index 

-# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project 

-# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.

-

-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES

-

-# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then 

-# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns 

-# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])

-

-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5

-

-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all 

-# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. 

-# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that 

-# should be ignored while generating the index headers.

-

-IGNORE_PREFIX          = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the HTML output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate HTML output.

-

-GENERATE_HTML          = YES

-

-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.

-

-HTML_OUTPUT            = html

-

-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for 

-# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank 

-# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.

-

-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html

-

-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for 

-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a 

-# standard header.

-

-HTML_HEADER            = 

-

-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for 

-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a 

-# standard footer.

-

-HTML_FOOTER            = 

-

-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading 

-# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to 

-# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen 

-# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy 

-# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own 

-# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!

-

-HTML_STYLESHEET        = 

-

-# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes, 

-# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to 

-# NO a bullet list will be used.

-

-HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS     = YES

-

-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML 

-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the 

-# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports 

-# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox 

-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).

-

-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES

-

-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files 

-# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 

-# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard). 

-# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the 

-# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that 

-# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in 

-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find 

-# it at startup. 

-# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.

-

-GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO

-

-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the 

-# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple 

-# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite) 

-# can be grouped.

-

-DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"

-

-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that 

-# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a 

-# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen 

-# will append .docset to the name.

-

-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files 

-# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the 

-# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm) 

-# of the generated HTML documentation.

-

-GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can 

-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You 

-# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be 

-# written to the html output directory.

-

-CHM_FILE               = 

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can 

-# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of 

-# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run 

-# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.

-

-HHC_LOCATION           = 

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag 

-# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that 

-# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).

-

-GENERATE_CHI           = NO

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING

-# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file

-# content.

-

-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     = 

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag 

-# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a 

-# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.

-

-BINARY_TOC             = NO

-

-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members 

-# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.

-

-TOC_EXPAND             = YES

-

-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER 

-# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for 

-# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated 

-# HTML documentation.

-

-GENERATE_QHP           = NO

-

-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can 

-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file. 

-# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.

-

-QCH_FILE               = 

-

-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating 

-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see 

-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.

-

-QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project

-

-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating 

-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see 

-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.

-

-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc

-

-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can 

-# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator. 

-# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated 

-# .qhp file .

-

-QHG_LOCATION           = 

-

-# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at 

-# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and 

-# the value YES disables it.

-

-DISABLE_INDEX          = NO

-

-# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20]) 

-# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.

-

-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1

-

-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index

-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.

-# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated

-# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that 

-# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports 

-# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, 

-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are 

-# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values 

-# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,

-# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;

-# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which

-# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous

-# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE

-# respectively.

-

-GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES

-

-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be 

-# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree 

-# is shown.

-

-TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250

-

-# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included 

-# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that 

-# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need 

-# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory 

-# to force them to be regenerated.

-

-FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the LaTeX output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate Latex output.

-

-GENERATE_LATEX         = NO

-

-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.

-

-LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex

-

-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be 

-# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.

-

-LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex

-

-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to 

-# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the 

-# default command name.

-

-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex

-

-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact 

-# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to 

-# save some trees in general.

-

-COMPACT_LATEX          = NO

-

-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used 

-# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and 

-# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.

-

-PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide

-

-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX 

-# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.

-

-EXTRA_PACKAGES         = 

-

-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for 

-# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until 

-# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a 

-# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!

-

-LATEX_HEADER           = 

-

-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated 

-# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will 

-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references 

-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.

-

-PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES

-

-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of 

-# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a 

-# higher quality PDF documentation.

-

-USE_PDFLATEX           = YES

-

-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. 

-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep 

-# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. 

-# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.

-

-LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO

-

-# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not 

-# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) 

-# in the output.

-

-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the RTF output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output 

-# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with 

-# other RTF readers or editors.

-

-GENERATE_RTF           = NO

-

-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.

-

-RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf

-

-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact 

-# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to 

-# save some trees in general.

-

-COMPACT_RTF            = NO

-

-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated 

-# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will 

-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. 

-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other 

-# programs which support those fields. 

-# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.

-

-RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO

-

-# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's 

-# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide 

-# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.

-

-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    = 

-

-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. 

-# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.

-

-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the man page output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate man pages

-

-GENERATE_MAN           = NO

-

-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.

-

-MAN_OUTPUT             = man

-

-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to 

-# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)

-

-MAN_EXTENSION          = .3

-

-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, 

-# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity 

-# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files 

-# only source the real man page, but without them the man command 

-# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.

-

-MAN_LINKS              = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the XML output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will 

-# generate an XML file that captures the structure of 

-# the code including all documentation.

-

-GENERATE_XML           = NO

-

-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.

-

-XML_OUTPUT             = xml

-

-# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema, 

-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the 

-# syntax of the XML files.

-

-XML_SCHEMA             = 

-

-# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD, 

-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the 

-# syntax of the XML files.

-

-XML_DTD                = 

-

-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will 

-# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting 

-# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that 

-# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.

-

-XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will 

-# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file 

-# that captures the structure of the code including all 

-# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental 

-# and incomplete at the moment.

-

-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the Perl module output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will 

-# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of 

-# the code including all documentation. Note that this 

-# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the 

-# moment.

-

-GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO

-

-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate 

-# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able 

-# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.

-

-PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO

-

-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be 

-# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader.  This is useful 

-# if you want to understand what is going on.  On the other hand, if this 

-# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller 

-# and Perl will parse it just the same.

-

-PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES

-

-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file 

-# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. 

-# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same 

-# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.

-

-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor   

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include 

-# files.

-

-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES

-

-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro 

-# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional 

-# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled 

-# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.

-

-MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES

-

-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES 

-# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the 

-# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.

-

-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES

-

-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files 

-# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.

-

-SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES

-

-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that 

-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by 

-# the preprocessor.

-

-INCLUDE_PATH           = 

-

-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard 

-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the 

-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will 

-# be used.

-

-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  = 

-

-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that 

-# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of 

-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name 

-# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are 

-# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being 

-# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator 

-# instead of the = operator.

-

-PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__

-

-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then 

-# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. 

-# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. 

-# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.

-

-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      = BUTTLOADTAG

-

-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then 

-# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone 

-# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such 

-# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse 

-# the parser if not removed.

-

-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration::additions related to external references   

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. 

-# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation 

-# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without 

-# this location is as follows: 

-#   TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... 

-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: 

-#   TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... 

-# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or 

-# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool 

-# does not have to be run to correct the links.

-# Note that each tag file must have a unique name

-# (where the name does NOT include the path)

-# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen 

-# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.

-

-TAGFILES               = 

-

-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create 

-# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.

-

-GENERATE_TAGFILE       = 

-

-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed 

-# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes 

-# will be listed.

-

-ALLEXTERNALS           = NO

-

-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed 

-# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will 

-# be listed.

-

-EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES

-

-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script 

-# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').

-

-PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration options related to the dot tool   

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base 

-# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that 

-# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a 

-# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more 

-# powerful graphs.

-

-CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO

-

-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc 

-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see 

-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the 

-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where 

-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the 

-# default search path.

-

-MSCGEN_PATH            = 

-

-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide 

-# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented 

-# or is not a class.

-

-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES

-

-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is 

-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization 

-# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section 

-# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)

-

-HAVE_DOT               = NO

-

-# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output 

-# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This 

-# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need 

-# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name 

-# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font, 

-# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the 

-# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory 

-# containing the font.

-

-DOT_FONTNAME           = FreeSans

-

-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs. 

-# The default size is 10pt.

-

-DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10

-

-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the 

-# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a 

-# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot 

-# can find it using this tag.

-

-DOT_FONTPATH           = 

-

-# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 

-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and 

-# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the 

-# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.

-

-CLASS_GRAPH            = NO

-

-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 

-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and 

-# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and 

-# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.

-

-COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO

-

-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 

-# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies

-

-GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO

-

-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and 

-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling 

-# Language.

-

-UML_LOOK               = NO

-

-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the 

-# relations between templates and their instances.

-

-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO

-

-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT 

-# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented 

-# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with 

-# other documented files.

-

-INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO

-

-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and 

-# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each 

-# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or 

-# indirectly include this file.

-

-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO

-

-# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then 

-# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function 

-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase 

-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs 

-# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.

-

-CALL_GRAPH             = NO

-

-# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then 

-# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function 

-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase 

-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller 

-# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.

-

-CALLER_GRAPH           = NO

-

-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 

-# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.

-

-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO

-

-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES 

-# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories 

-# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include

-# relations between the files in the directories.

-

-DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO

-

-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images 

-# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif

-# If left blank png will be used.

-

-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png

-

-# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be 

-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.

-

-DOT_PATH               = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin"

-

-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that 

-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the 

-# \dotfile command).

-

-DOTFILE_DIRS           = 

-

-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of 

-# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph 

-# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is 

-# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the 

-# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than 

-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note 

-# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.

-

-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15

-

-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the 

-# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable 

-# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes 

-# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this 

-# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large 

-# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by 

-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.

-

-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2

-

-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent 

-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not 

-# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used, 

-# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of 

-# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).

-

-DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES

-

-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output 

-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This 

-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) 

-# support this, this feature is disabled by default.

-

-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO

-

-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and 

-# arrows in the dot generated graphs.

-

-GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES

-

-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate 

-# the various graphs.

-

-DOT_CLEANUP            = YES

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration::additions related to the search engine   

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be 

-# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.

-

-SEARCHENGINE           = NO

diff --git a/Demos/Host/MouseHost/MouseHost.c b/Demos/Host/MouseHost/MouseHost.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 7db95808a..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/MouseHost/MouseHost.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,331 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  Main source file for the MouseHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of

- *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.

- */

- 

-#include "MouseHost.h"

-

-/* Scheduler Task List */

-TASK_LIST

-{

-	{ .Task = USB_USBTask          , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },

-	{ .Task = USB_Mouse_Host       , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },

-};

-

-

-/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then

- *  starts the scheduler to run the application tasks.

- */

-int main(void)

-{

-	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */

-	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);

-	wdt_disable();

-

-	/* Disable clock division */

-	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);

-	

-	/* Hardware Initialization */

-	SerialStream_Init(9600, false);

-	LEDs_Init();

-	

-	/* Indicate USB not ready */

-	UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);

-	

-	/* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */

-	Scheduler_Init();

-

-	/* Initialize USB Subsystem */

-	USB_Init();

-

-	/* Start-up message */

-	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY

-	       "Mouse Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF));

-		   

-	/* Scheduling - routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */

-	Scheduler_Start();

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and

- *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.

- */

-void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void)

-{

-	puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));

-	UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating);

-

-	/* Start USB management task to enumerate the device */

-	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN);

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and

- *  stops the library USB task management process.

- */

-void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void)

-{

-	/* Stop mouse and USB management task */

-	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP);

-	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Mouse_Host, TASK_STOP);

-

-	puts_P(PSTR("Device Unattached.\r\n"));

-	UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully

- *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.

- */

-void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)

-{

-	/* Start Mouse Host task */

-	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Mouse_Host, TASK_RUN);

-

-	/* Indicate device enumeration complete */

-	UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */

-void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)

-{

-	USB_ShutDown();

-

-	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"));

-	printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-

-	UpdateStatus(Status_HardwareError);

-	for(;;);

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while

- *  enumerating an attached USB device.

- */

-void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)

-{

-	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"));

-	printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-	printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode);

-	printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState);

-

-	UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);

-}

-

-/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to

- *  log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates.

- *

- *  \param CurrentStatus  Current status of the system, from the MouseHost_StatusCodes_t enum

- */

-void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus)

-{

-	uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;

-	

-	/* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */

-	switch (CurrentStatus)

-	{

-		case Status_USBNotReady:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);

-			break;

-		case Status_USBEnumerating:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);

-			break;

-		case Status_USBReady:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2);

-			break;

-		case Status_EnumerationError:

-		case Status_HardwareError:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3);

-			break;

-	}

-	

-	/* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */

-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);

-}

-

-/** Reads in and processes the next report from the attached device, displaying the report

- *  contents on the board LEDs and via the serial port.

- */

-void ReadNextReport(void)

-{

-	USB_MouseReport_Data_t MouseReport;

-	uint8_t                LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;

-

-	/* Select mouse data pipe */

-	Pipe_SelectPipe(MOUSE_DATAPIPE);	

-

-	/* Unfreeze keyboard data pipe */

-	Pipe_Unfreeze();

-

-	/* Check to see if a packet has been received */

-	if (!(Pipe_IsINReceived()))

-	{

-		/* Refreeze HID data IN pipe */

-		Pipe_Freeze();

-			

-		return;

-	}

-

-	/* Ensure pipe contains data before trying to read from it */

-	if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())

-	{

-		/* Read in mouse report data */

-		Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(&MouseReport, sizeof(MouseReport));				

-

-		/* Alter status LEDs according to mouse X movement */

-		if (MouseReport.X > 0)

-		  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED1;

-		else if (MouseReport.X < 0)

-		  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED2;

-			

-		/* Alter status LEDs according to mouse Y movement */

-		if (MouseReport.Y > 0)

-		  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED3;

-		else if (MouseReport.Y < 0)

-		  LEDMask |= LEDS_LED4;

-

-		/* Alter status LEDs according to mouse button position */

-		if (MouseReport.Button)

-		  LEDMask  = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;

-		

-		LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);

-		

-		/* Print mouse report data through the serial port */

-		printf_P(PSTR("dX:%2d dY:%2d Button:%d\r\n"), MouseReport.X,

-													  MouseReport.Y,

-													  MouseReport.Button);

-	}

-

-	/* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */

-	Pipe_ClearIN();

-

-	/* Refreeze mouse data pipe */

-	Pipe_Freeze();

-}

-

-/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read and process

- *  HID reports from the device and display the results onto the board LEDs.

- */

-TASK(USB_Mouse_Host)

-{

-	uint8_t ErrorCode;

-

-	/* Switch to determine what user-application handled host state the host state machine is in */

-	switch (USB_HostState)

-	{

-		case HOST_STATE_Addressed:

-			/* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */

-			USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)

-				{

-					.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),

-					.bRequest      = REQ_SetConfiguration,

-					.wValue        = 1,

-					.wIndex        = 0,

-					.wLength       = 0,

-				};

-

-			/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */

-			Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);

-

-			/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */

-			if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)

-			{

-				puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"));

-				printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-

-				/* Indicate error status */

-				UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);

-				

-				/* Wait until USB device disconnected */

-				while (USB_IsConnected);

-				break;

-			}

-			

-			USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;

-			break;

-		case HOST_STATE_Configured:

-			puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));

-		

-			/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */

-			if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)

-			{

-				if (ErrorCode == ControlError)

-				  puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));

-				else

-				  puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n"));

-

-				printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-				

-				/* Indicate error status */

-				UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);

-

-				/* Wait until USB device disconnected */

-				while (USB_IsConnected);

-				break;

-			}

-		

-			/* HID class request to set the mouse protocol to the Boot Protocol */

-			USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)

-				{

-					.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_CLASS | REQREC_INTERFACE),

-					.bRequest      = REQ_SetProtocol,

-					.wValue        = 0,

-					.wIndex        = 0,

-					.wLength       = 0,

-				};

-

-			/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */

-			Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);

-

-			/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */

-			if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)

-			{

-				puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Protocol).\r\n"));

-				printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-

-				/* Indicate error status */

-				UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);

-				

-				/* Wait until USB device disconnected */

-				while (USB_IsConnected);

-				break;

-			}

-

-			puts_P(PSTR("Mouse Enumerated.\r\n"));

-			

-			USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready;

-			break;

-		case HOST_STATE_Ready:

-			/* If a report has been received, read and process it */

-			ReadNextReport();

-

-			break;

-	}

-}

diff --git a/Demos/Host/MouseHost/MouseHost.h b/Demos/Host/MouseHost/MouseHost.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 7111218ba..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/MouseHost/MouseHost.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,96 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  Header file for MouseHost.c.

- */

-

-#ifndef _MOUSE_HOST_H_

-#define _MOUSE_HOST_H_

-

-	/* Includes: */

-		#include <avr/io.h>

-		#include <avr/wdt.h>

-		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>

-		#include <avr/interrupt.h>

-		#include <avr/power.h>

-		#include <stdio.h>

-

-		#include <LUFA/Version.h>                                // Library Version Information

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>             // ANSI Terminal Escape Codes

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>                        // USB Functionality

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h>        // Serial stream driver

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>                     // LEDs driver

-		#include <LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.h>                    // Simple scheduler for task management

-		

-		#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"

-		

-	/* Macros: */

-		/** Pipe number for the mouse data IN pipe */

-		#define MOUSE_DATAPIPE              1

-		

-		/** HID Class Specific request to set the report protocol mode */

-		#define REQ_SetProtocol             0x0B

-

-	/* Type Defines: */

-		/** Type define for a standard Boot Protocol Mouse report */

-		typedef struct

-		{

-			uint8_t Button; /**< Button mask for currently pressed buttons in the mouse */

-			int8_t  X; /**< Current delta X movement of the mouse */

-			int8_t  Y; /**< Current delta Y movement on the mouse */

-		} USB_MouseReport_Data_t;

-

-	/* Task Definitions: */

-		TASK(USB_Mouse_Host);

-

-	/* Enums: */

-		/** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */

-		enum MouseHost_StatusCodes_t

-		{

-			Status_USBNotReady      = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB device) */

-			Status_USBEnumerating   = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */

-			Status_USBReady         = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */

-			Status_EnumerationError = 3, /**< Software error while enumerating the attached USB device */

-			Status_HardwareError    = 4, /**< Hardware error while enumerating the attached USB device */

-		};

-		

-	/* Function Prototypes: */

-		void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);

-		void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void);

-		void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void);

-		void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode);

-		void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);

-

-		void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus);

-		void ReadNextReport(void);

-		

-#endif

diff --git a/Demos/Host/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt b/Demos/Host/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 3838a7011..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/MouseHost/MouseHost.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,65 +0,0 @@
-/** \file

- *

- *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special

- *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.

- */

- 

-/** \mainpage Mouse Host Demo

- *

- *  \section SSec_Info USB Information:

- *

- *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.

- *

- *  <table>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>

- *    <td>Host</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>

- *    <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr> 

- *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>

- *    <td>N/A</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>

- *    <td>USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>

- *    <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td>

- *   </tr>

- *  </table>

- *

- *  \section SSec_Description Project Description: 

- *

- *  Mouse host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference

- *  application for implementing a USB Mouse host, for USB mice using

- *  the standard mouse HID profile.

- *  

- *  Mouse movement and button presses are displayed on the board LEDs,

- *  as well as printed out the serial terminal as formatted dY, dY and

- *  button status information.

- *  

- *  This uses a naive method where the mouse is set to Boot Protocol mode, so

- *  that the report structure is fixed and known. A better implementation

- *  uses the HID report parser for correct report data processing across

- *  all compatible mice with advanced characteristics, as shown in the

- *  MouseHostWithParser demo application.

- *  

- *  Currently only single interface mice are supported.	

- *

- *  \section SSec_Options Project Options

- *

- *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.

- *

- *  <table>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td>

- *     None

- *    </td>

- *   </tr>

- *  </table>

- */

diff --git a/Demos/Host/MouseHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/MouseHost/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index b7bad9400..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/MouseHost/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,734 +0,0 @@
-# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-

-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, J�rg Wunsch, et al.

-#  >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<

-#

-# Released to the Public Domain

-#

-# Additional material for this makefile was written by:

-# Peter Fleury

-# Tim Henigan

-# Colin O'Flynn

-# Reiner Patommel

-# Markus Pfaff

-# Sander Pool

-# Frederik Rouleau

-# Carlos Lamas

-# Dean Camera

-# Opendous Inc.

-# Denver Gingerich

-#

-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# On command line:

-#

-# make all = Make software.

-#

-# make clean = Clean out built project files.

-#

-# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.

-#

-# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.

-#

-# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.

-#                Please customize the avrdude settings below first!

-#

-# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must

-#            have dfu-programmer installed).

-#

-# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must

-#             have Atmel FLIP installed).

-#

-# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer

-#               (must have dfu-programmer installed).

-#

-# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP

-#                (must have Atmel FLIP installed).

-#

-# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have

-#                DoxyGen installed)

-#

-# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging, 

-#              with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.

-#

-# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.

-#

-# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting

-#                   bug reports to the GCC project.

-#

-# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".

-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-# MCU name

-MCU = at90usb1287

-

-

-# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring

-# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called 

-# "Board" inside the application directory.

-BOARD  = USBKEY

-

-

-# Processor frequency.

-#     This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the 

-#     processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to 

-#     calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done

-#     automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.

-#     Typical values are:

-#         F_CPU =  1000000

-#         F_CPU =  1843200

-#         F_CPU =  2000000

-#         F_CPU =  3686400

-#         F_CPU =  4000000

-#         F_CPU =  7372800

-#         F_CPU =  8000000

-#         F_CPU = 11059200

-#         F_CPU = 14745600

-#         F_CPU = 16000000

-#         F_CPU = 18432000

-#         F_CPU = 20000000

-F_CPU = 8000000

-

-

-# Input clock frequency.

-#     This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the 

-#     input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may

-#     differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the

-#     raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed

-#     clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'

-#     at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your

-#     source code.

-#

-#     If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the

-#     CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.

-F_CLOCK = 8000000

-

-

-# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)

-FORMAT = ihex

-

-

-# Target file name (without extension).

-TARGET = MouseHost

-

-

-# Object files directory

-#     To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make

-#     this an empty or blank macro!

-OBJDIR = .

-

-

-# Path to the LUFA library

-LUFA_PATH = ../../..

-

-

-# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)

-SRC = $(TARGET).c                                                 \

-	  ConfigDescriptor.c                                          \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c                     \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c         \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c               \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c        \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c           \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c               \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c       \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c           \

- 	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c               \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c            \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c      \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c           \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c  \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDParser.c             \

-

-

-# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)

-CPPSRC = 

-

-

-# List Assembler source files here.

-#     Make them always end in a capital .S.  Files ending in a lowercase .s

-#     will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler

-#     output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!

-#     Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,

-#     it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does

-#     care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.

-ASRC =

-

-

-# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s]. 

-#     0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.

-#     (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)

-OPT = s

-

-

-# Debugging format.

-#     Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.

-#     AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.

-#     AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.

-DEBUG = dwarf-2

-

-

-# List any extra directories to look for include files here.

-#     Each directory must be seperated by a space.

-#     Use forward slashes for directory separators.

-#     For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.

-EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/

-

-

-# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

-#     c89   = "ANSI" C

-#     gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions

-#     c99   = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)

-#     gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions

-CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99

-

-

-# Place -D or -U options here for C sources

-CDEFS  = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)

-CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS -DUSB_HOST_ONLY

-CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"

-

-# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources

-ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)

-

-

-# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources

-CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL

-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS

-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS

-

-

-

-#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------

-#  -g*:          generate debugging information

-#  -O*:          optimization level

-#  -f...:        tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation

-#  -Wall...:     warning level

-#  -Wa,...:      tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.

-#    -adhlns...: create assembler listing

-CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)

-CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)

-CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)

-CFLAGS += -funsigned-char

-CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields

-CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections

-CFLAGS += -fpack-struct

-CFLAGS += -fshort-enums

-CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20

-CFLAGS += -Wall

-CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes

-CFLAGS += -Wundef

-#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time

-#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code

-#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare

-CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)

-CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))

-CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)

-

-

-#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------

-#  -g*:          generate debugging information

-#  -O*:          optimization level

-#  -f...:        tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation

-#  -Wall...:     warning level

-#  -Wa,...:      tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.

-#    -adhlns...: create assembler listing

-CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)

-CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)

-CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)

-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char

-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields

-CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct

-CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums

-CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions

-CPPFLAGS += -Wall

-CFLAGS += -Wundef

-#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls

-#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time

-#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes

-#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code

-#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare

-CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)

-CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))

-#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)

-

-

-#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------

-#  -Wa,...:   tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.

-#  -adhlns:   create listing

-#  -gstabs:   have the assembler create line number information; note that

-#             for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames

-#             and function names needs to be present in the assembler source

-#             files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]

-#  -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex 

-#       dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.

-ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100

-

-

-#---------------- Library Options ----------------

-# Minimalistic printf version

-PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min

-

-# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)

-PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt

-

-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.

-PRINTF_LIB = 

-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)

-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)

-

-

-# Minimalistic scanf version

-SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min

-

-# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)

-SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt

-

-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.

-SCANF_LIB = 

-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)

-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)

-

-

-MATH_LIB = -lm

-

-

-# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.

-#     Each directory must be seperated by a space.

-#     Use forward slashes for directory separators.

-#     For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.

-EXTRALIBDIRS = 

-

-

-

-#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------

-

-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),

-# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).

-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff

-

-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),

-# only used for heap (malloc()).

-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff

-

-EXTMEMOPTS =

-

-

-

-#---------------- Linker Options ----------------

-#  -Wl,...:     tell GCC to pass this to linker.

-#    -Map:      create map file

-#    --cref:    add cross reference to  map file

-LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref

-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax 

-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections

-LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)

-LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))

-LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)

-#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x

-

-

-

-#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------

-

-# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd 

-# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500

-#

-# Type: avrdude -c ?

-# to get a full listing.

-#

-AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII

-

-# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.

-AVRDUDE_PORT = usb

-

-AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex

-#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep

-

-

-# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.

-# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,

-# see avrdude manual.

-#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y

-

-# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be

-# performed after programming the device.

-#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V

-

-# Increase verbosity level.  Please use this when submitting bug

-# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude> 

-# to submit bug reports.

-#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v

-

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)

-

-

-

-#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------

-

-# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.

-DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)

-

-# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.

-# DEBUG_UI = gdb

-DEBUG_UI = insight

-

-# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.

-DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice

-#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr

-

-# GDB Init Filename.

-GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit

-

-# When using avarice settings for the JTAG

-JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1

-

-# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.

-DEBUG_PORT = 4242

-

-# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally

-#     just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when 

-#     avarice is running on a different computer.

-DEBUG_HOST = localhost

-

-

-

-#============================================================================

-

-

-# Define programs and commands.

-SHELL = sh

-CC = avr-gcc

-OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy

-OBJDUMP = avr-objdump

-SIZE = avr-size

-AR = avr-ar rcs

-NM = avr-nm

-AVRDUDE = avrdude

-REMOVE = rm -f

-REMOVEDIR = rm -rf

-COPY = cp

-WINSHELL = cmd

-

-# Define Messages

-# English

-MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none

-MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------

-MSG_END = --------  end  --------

-MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before: 

-MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:

-MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:

-MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:

-MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:

-MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:

-MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:

-MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:

-MSG_LINKING = Linking:

-MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:

-MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:

-MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:

-MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:

-MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:

-

-

-

-

-# Define all object files.

-OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) 

-

-# Define all listing files.

-LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) 

-

-

-# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.

-GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d

-

-

-# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.

-# Add target processor to flags.

-ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)

-ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)

-ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)

-

-

-

-

-

-# Default target.

-all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end

-

-# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.

-build: elf hex eep lss sym

-#build: lib

-

-

-elf: $(TARGET).elf

-hex: $(TARGET).hex

-eep: $(TARGET).eep

-lss: $(TARGET).lss

-sym: $(TARGET).sym

-LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a

-lib: $(LIBNAME)

-

-

-

-# Eye candy.

-# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on

-# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.

-begin:

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)

-

-end:

-	@echo $(MSG_END)

-	@echo

-

-

-# Display size of file.

-HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex

-ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf

-MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )

-FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )

-

-sizebefore:

-	@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \

-	2>/dev/null; echo; fi

-

-sizeafter:

-	@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \

-	2>/dev/null; echo; fi

-

-checkhooks: build

-	@echo

-	@echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events -------

-	@$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \

-	           cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \

-			   echo "(None)"

-	@echo ------------------------------------

-

-checklibmode:

-	@echo

-	@echo ----------- Library Mode -----------

-	@$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \

-	          | grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \

-	          || echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)."

-	@echo ------------------------------------

-

-checkboard:

-	@echo

-	@echo ---------- Selected Board ----------

-	@echo Selected board model is $(BOARD).

-	@echo ------------------------------------

-	

-# Display compiler version information.

-gccversion : 

-	@$(CC) --version

-

-

-

-# Program the device.  

-program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep

-	$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)

-

-flip: $(TARGET).hex

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0

-

-dfu: $(TARGET).hex

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset

-

-flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep

-	copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0

-

-dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset

-

-

-# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:

-#     define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set 

-#     a breakpoint at main().

-gdb-config: 

-	@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)  >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)

-	@echo load  >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-endif

-	@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-

-debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf

-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)

-	@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \

-	$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c pause

-

-else

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \

-	$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)

-endif

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)

-

-

-

-

-# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.

-COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000

-

-

-

-coff: $(TARGET).elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof

-	$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof

-

-

-extcoff: $(TARGET).elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof

-	$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof

-

-

-

-# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.

-%.hex: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@

-	$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@

-

-%.eep: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@

-	-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \

-	--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0

-

-# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.

-%.lss: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@

-	$(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@

-

-# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.

-%.sym: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@

-	$(NM) -n $< > $@

-

-

-

-# Create library from object files.

-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a

-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)

-%.a: $(OBJ)

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@

-	$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)

-

-

-# Link: create ELF output file from object files.

-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf

-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)

-%.elf: $(OBJ)

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@

-	$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)

-

-

-# Compile: create object files from C source files.

-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<

-	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ 

-

-

-# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.

-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<

-	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ 

-

-

-# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.

-%.s : %.c

-	$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@

-

-

-# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.

-%.s : %.cpp

-	$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@

-

-

-# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.

-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<

-	$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@

-

-

-# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.

-%.i : %.c

-	$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@ 

-	

-

-# Target: clean project.

-clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end

-

-clean_binary:

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex

-	

-clean_list:

-	@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)

-	$(REMOVEDIR) .dep

-

-

-doxygen:

-	@echo Generating Project Documentation...

-	@doxygen Doxygen.conf

-	@echo Documentation Generation Complete.

-

-clean_doxygen:

-	rm -rf Documentation

-

-# Create object files directory

-$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)

-

-

-# Include the dependency files.

--include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)

-

-

-# Listing of phony targets.

-.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard   \

-begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion  \

-build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean      \

-clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config  \

-doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Demos/Host/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5d9d3f04e..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,172 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations

- *  needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special  computer-readable structures

- *  which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.

- */

-

-#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"

-

-/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This

- *  routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate

- *  with compatible devices.

- *

- *  This routine searches for a HID interface descriptor containing at least one Interrupt type IN endpoint and HID descriptor.

- *

- *  \return An error code from the MouseHostWithParser_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.

- */

-uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)

-{

-	uint8_t* ConfigDescriptorData;

-	uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;

-	

-	/* Get Configuration Descriptor size from the device */

-	if (USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)

-	  return ControlError;

-	

-	/* Ensure that the Configuration Descriptor isn't too large */

-	if (ConfigDescriptorSize > MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE)

-	  return DescriptorTooLarge;

-	  

-	/* Allocate enough memory for the entire config descriptor */

-	ConfigDescriptorData = alloca(ConfigDescriptorSize);

-

-	/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */

-	USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData);

-	

-	/* Validate returned data - ensure first entry is a configuration header descriptor */

-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)

-	  return InvalidConfigDataReturned;

-	

-	/* Get the mouse interface from the configuration descriptor */

-	if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,

-	                              DComp_NextMouseInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)

-	{

-		/* Descriptor not found, error out */

-		return NoHIDInterfaceFound;

-	}

-	

-	/* Get the mouse interface's HID descriptor */

-	if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,

-	                              DComp_NextHID) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)

-	{

-		/* Descriptor not found, error out */

-		return NoHIDDescriptorFound;

-	}

-

-	/* Save the HID report size for later use */

-	HIDReportSize = DESCRIPTOR_CAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_HID_t).HIDReportLength;

-

-	/* Get the mouse interface's data endpoint descriptor */

-	if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,

-	                              DComp_NextInterfaceMouseDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)

-	{

-		/* Descriptor not found, error out */

-		return NoEndpointFound;

-	}

-	

-	/* Retrieve the endpoint address from the endpoint descriptor */

-	USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);

-

-	/* Configure the mouse data pipe */

-	Pipe_ConfigurePipe(MOUSE_DATAPIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_IN,

-	                   EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize, PIPE_BANK_SINGLE);

-

-	Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();

-			

-	/* Valid data found, return success */

-	return SuccessfulConfigRead;

-}

-

-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's

- *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration

- *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.

- *

- *  This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Mouse HID Class and Protocol values.

- *

- *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum

- */

-uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)

-{

-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)

-	{

-		/* Check the HID descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */

-		if ((DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class    == MOUSE_CLASS) &&

-		    (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Protocol == MOUSE_PROTOCOL))

-		{

-			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;

-		}

-	}

-	

-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;

-}

-

-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's

- *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration

- *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.

- *

- *  This comparator searches for the next IN Endpoint descriptor inside the current interface descriptor,

- *  aborting the search if another interface descriptor is found before the required endpoint.

- *

- *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum

- */

-uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceMouseDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)

-{

-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint)

-	{

-		if (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t).EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN)

-		  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;

-	}

-	else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)

-	{

-		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;

-	}

-

-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;

-}

-

-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's

- *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration

- *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.

- *

- *  This comparator searches for the next HID descriptor within the current HID interface descriptor.

- *

- *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum

- */

-uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor)

-{

-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_HID)

-	  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;

-	else

-	  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;	  

-}

diff --git a/Demos/Host/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 08400c50f..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/MouseHostWithParser/ConfigDescriptor.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.

- */

-

-#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_

-#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_

-

-	/* Includes: */

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>                        // USB Functionality

-		

-		#include "HIDReport.h"

-		

-	/* Macros: */

-		/** Interface Class value for the Human Interface Device class */

-		#define MOUSE_CLASS                 0x03

-

-		/** Interface Protocol value for a Boot Protocol Mouse compliant device */

-		#define MOUSE_PROTOCOL              0x02

-

-		/** Maximum size of a device configuration descriptor which can be processed by the host, in bytes */

-		#define MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE  512

-

-		/** Descriptor header type constant for a HID descriptor */

-		#define DTYPE_HID                   0x21

-

-		/** Descriptor header type constant for a HID report descriptor */

-		#define DTYPE_Report                0x22

-	

-	/* Enums: */

-		/** Enum for the possible return codes of the ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */

-		enum CDCHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t

-		{

-			SuccessfulConfigRead            = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */

-			ControlError                    = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */

-			DescriptorTooLarge              = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */

-			InvalidConfigDataReturned       = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */

-			NoHIDInterfaceFound             = 4, /**< A compatible HID interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */

-			NoHIDDescriptorFound            = 5, /**< A compatible HID descriptor was not found in the device's HID interface */

-			NoEndpointFound                 = 5, /**< A compatible HID IN endpoint was not found in the device's HID interface */

-		};

-

-	/* Function Prototypes: */

-		uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);

-

-		uint8_t DComp_NextMouseInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);

-		uint8_t DComp_NextInterfaceMouseDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);

-		uint8_t DComp_NextHID(void* CurrentDescriptor);

-

-#endif

diff --git a/Demos/Host/MouseHostWithParser/Doxygen.conf b/Demos/Host/MouseHostWithParser/Doxygen.conf
deleted file mode 100644
index f3f45e313..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/MouseHostWithParser/Doxygen.conf
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@
-# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1

-

-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system

-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project

-#

-# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored

-# The format is:

-#       TAG = value [value, ...]

-# For lists items can also be appended using:

-#       TAG += value [value, ...]

-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Project related configuration options

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file 

-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all 

-# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the 

-# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See 

-# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.

-

-DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8

-

-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded 

-# by quotes) that should identify the project.

-

-PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Mouse Host (Using Mouse Descriptor Parser)"

-

-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. 

-# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or 

-# if some version control system is used.

-

-PROJECT_NUMBER         = 0.0.0

-

-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) 

-# base path where the generated documentation will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location 

-# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.

-

-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/

-

-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 

-# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output 

-# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories. 

-# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of 

-# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would 

-# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.

-

-CREATE_SUBDIRS         = YES

-

-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all 

-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this 

-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. 

-# The default language is English, other supported languages are: 

-# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional, 

-# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek, 

-# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), 

-# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish, 

-# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene, 

-# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.

-

-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English

-

-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in 

-# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). 

-# Set to NO to disable this.

-

-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES

-

-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend 

-# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. 

-# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the 

-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.

-

-REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES

-

-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator 

-# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string 

-# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be 

-# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is 

-# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. 

-# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically 

-# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget" 

-# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains" 

-# "represents" "a" "an" "the"

-

-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \

-                         "The $name widget" \

-                         "The $name file" \

-                         is \

-                         provides \

-                         specifies \

-                         contains \

-                         represents \

-                         a \

-                         an \

-                         the

-

-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then 

-# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief 

-# description.

-

-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO

-

-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all 

-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those 

-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment 

-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.

-

-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO

-

-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full 

-# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set 

-# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.

-

-FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES

-

-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag 

-# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is 

-# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of 

-# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. 

-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the 

-# path to strip.

-

-STRIP_FROM_PATH        = 

-

-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of 

-# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells 

-# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class. 

-# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class 

-# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that 

-# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.

-

-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    = 

-

-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter 

-# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems 

-# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.

-

-SHORT_NAMES            = YES

-

-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen 

-# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style 

-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc 

-# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments 

-# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)

-

-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO

-

-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will 

-# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style 

-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments 

-# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring 

-# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)

-

-QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO

-

-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen 

-# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// 

-# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour. 

-# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed 

-# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.

-

-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO

-

-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented 

-# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it 

-# re-implements.

-

-INHERIT_DOCS           = YES

-

-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce 

-# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will 

-# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.

-

-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO

-

-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. 

-# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.

-

-TAB_SIZE               = 4

-

-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts 

-# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". 

-# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to 

-# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which 

-# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". 

-# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.

-

-ALIASES                = 

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C 

-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. 

-# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list 

-# of all members will be omitted, etc.

-

-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java 

-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for 

-# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified 

-# scopes will look different, etc.

-

-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran 

-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for 

-# Fortran.

-

-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL 

-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for 

-# VHDL.

-

-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO

-

-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want 

-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should 

-# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and 

-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s. 

-# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration 

-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.

-

-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO

-

-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to

-# enable parsing support.

-

-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO

-

-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only. 

-# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public 

-# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.

-

-SIP_SUPPORT            = NO

-

-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter 

-# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default) 

-# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the 

-# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or 

-# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the 

-# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.

-

-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES

-

-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC 

-# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first 

-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default 

-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.

-

-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO

-

-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of 

-# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a 

-# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to 

-# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using 

-# the \nosubgrouping command.

-

-SUBGROUPING            = YES

-

-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum 

-# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So 

-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct 

-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, 

-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically 

-# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound 

-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.

-

-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO

-

-# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to 

-# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.

-# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.

-# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is 

-# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause 

-# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time 

-# causing a significant performance penality. 

-# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the 

-# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on 

-# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the 

-# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula: 

-# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, 

-# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols

-

-SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE      = 0

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Build related configuration options

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in 

-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. 

-# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless 

-# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES

-

-EXTRACT_ALL            = YES

-

-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class 

-# will be included in the documentation.

-

-EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES

-

-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file 

-# will be included in the documentation.

-

-EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES

-

-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) 

-# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. 

-# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.

-

-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES

-

-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local 

-# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in 

-# the interface are included in the documentation. 

-# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.

-

-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO

-

-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be 

-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called 

-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base 

-# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default 

-# anonymous namespace are hidden.

-

-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all 

-# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. 

-# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the 

-# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. 

-# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.

-

-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all 

-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. 

-# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various 

-# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.

-

-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all 

-# friend (class|struct|union) declarations. 

-# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the 

-# documentation.

-

-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any 

-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. 

-# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the 

-# function's detailed documentation block.

-

-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO

-

-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation 

-# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set 

-# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. 

-# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.

-

-INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO

-

-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate 

-# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also 

-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ 

-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows 

-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.

-

-CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen 

-# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the 

-# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.

-

-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO

-

-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen 

-# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation 

-# of that file.

-

-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES

-

-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] 

-# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.

-

-INLINE_INFO            = YES

-

-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen 

-# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members 

-# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in 

-# declaration order.

-

-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES

-

-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the 

-# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically 

-# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in 

-# declaration order.

-

-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO

-

-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the 

-# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default) 

-# the group names will appear in their defined order.

-

-SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO

-

-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be 

-# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to 

-# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name, 

-# not including the namespace part. 

-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.

-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the 

-# alphabetical list.

-

-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 

-# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo 

-# commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 

-# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test 

-# commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 

-# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug 

-# commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 

-# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting 

-# \deprecated commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES

-

-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional 

-# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.

-

-ENABLED_SECTIONS       = 

-

-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines 

-# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in 

-# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified 

-# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. 

-# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the 

-# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer 

-# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.

-

-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30

-

-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated 

-# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the 

-# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.

-

-SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES

-

-# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories 

-# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy 

-# in the documentation. The default is NO.

-

-SHOW_DIRECTORIES       = YES

-

-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.

-# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the 

-# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.

-

-SHOW_FILES             = YES

-

-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the 

-# Namespaces page.  This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index

-# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.

-

-SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES

-

-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that 

-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from 

-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via 

-# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of 

-# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file 

-# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output 

-# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.

-

-FILE_VERSION_FILTER    = 

-

-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by 

-# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files 

-# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents 

-# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a 

-# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name 

-# of the layout file.

-

-LAYOUT_FILE            = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to warning and progress messages

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated 

-# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.

-

-QUIET                  = YES

-

-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are 

-# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank 

-# NO is used.

-

-WARNINGS               = YES

-

-# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings 

-# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will 

-# automatically be disabled.

-

-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES

-

-# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for 

-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some 

-# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that 

-# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.

-

-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES

-

-# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for 

-# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters 

-# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about 

-# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of 

-# documentation.

-

-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES

-

-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that 

-# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text 

-# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the 

-# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain 

-# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could 

-# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)

-

-WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"

-

-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning 

-# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written 

-# to stderr.

-

-WARN_LOGFILE           = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the input files

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain 

-# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or 

-# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories 

-# with spaces.

-

-INPUT                  = ./

-

-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files 

-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is 

-# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built 

-# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for 

-# the list of possible encodings.

-

-INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8

-

-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the 

-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp 

-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left 

-# blank the following patterns are tested: 

-# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx 

-# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90

-

-FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \

-                         *.c \

-						 *.txt

-

-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories 

-# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. 

-# If left blank NO is used.

-

-RECURSIVE              = YES

-

-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should 

-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a 

-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.

-

-EXCLUDE                = 

-

-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or 

-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded 

-# from the input.

-

-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO

-

-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the 

-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude 

-# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched 

-# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories 

-# for example use the pattern */test/*

-

-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       = */LowLevel/USBMode.h

-

-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names 

-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the 

-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the 

-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, 

-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test

-

-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __*

-

-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or 

-# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see 

-# the \include command).

-

-EXAMPLE_PATH           = 

-

-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the 

-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp 

-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left 

-# blank all files are included.

-

-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *

-

-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be 

-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude 

-# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. 

-# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.

-

-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO

-

-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or 

-# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see 

-# the \image command).

-

-IMAGE_PATH             = 

-

-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should 

-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program 

-# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter> 

-# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an 

-# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes 

-# to standard output.  If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be 

-# ignored.

-

-INPUT_FILTER           = 

-

-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern 

-# basis.  Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the 

-# filter if there is a match.  The filters are a list of the form: 

-# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further 

-# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER 

-# is applied to all files.

-

-FILTER_PATTERNS        = 

-

-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using 

-# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source 

-# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).

-

-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to source browsing

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will 

-# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. 

-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also 

-# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.

-

-SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO

-

-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body 

-# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.

-

-INLINE_SOURCES         = NO

-

-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct 

-# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code 

-# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.

-

-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES

-

-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES 

-# then for each documented function all documented 

-# functions referencing it will be listed.

-

-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO

-

-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES 

-# then for each documented function all documented entities 

-# called/used by that function will be listed.

-

-REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO

-

-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)

-# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from

-# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will

-# link to the source code.  Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.

-

-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO

-

-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code 

-# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen 

-# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source 

-# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You 

-# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.

-

-USE_HTAGS              = NO

-

-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen 

-# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for 

-# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.

-

-VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index 

-# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project 

-# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.

-

-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES

-

-# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then 

-# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns 

-# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])

-

-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5

-

-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all 

-# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. 

-# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that 

-# should be ignored while generating the index headers.

-

-IGNORE_PREFIX          = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the HTML output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate HTML output.

-

-GENERATE_HTML          = YES

-

-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.

-

-HTML_OUTPUT            = html

-

-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for 

-# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank 

-# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.

-

-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html

-

-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for 

-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a 

-# standard header.

-

-HTML_HEADER            = 

-

-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for 

-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a 

-# standard footer.

-

-HTML_FOOTER            = 

-

-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading 

-# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to 

-# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen 

-# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy 

-# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own 

-# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!

-

-HTML_STYLESHEET        = 

-

-# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes, 

-# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to 

-# NO a bullet list will be used.

-

-HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS     = YES

-

-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML 

-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the 

-# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports 

-# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox 

-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).

-

-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES

-

-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files 

-# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 

-# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard). 

-# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the 

-# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that 

-# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in 

-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find 

-# it at startup. 

-# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.

-

-GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO

-

-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the 

-# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple 

-# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite) 

-# can be grouped.

-

-DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"

-

-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that 

-# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a 

-# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen 

-# will append .docset to the name.

-

-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files 

-# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the 

-# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm) 

-# of the generated HTML documentation.

-

-GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can 

-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You 

-# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be 

-# written to the html output directory.

-

-CHM_FILE               = 

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can 

-# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of 

-# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run 

-# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.

-

-HHC_LOCATION           = 

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag 

-# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that 

-# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).

-

-GENERATE_CHI           = NO

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING

-# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file

-# content.

-

-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     = 

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag 

-# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a 

-# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.

-

-BINARY_TOC             = NO

-

-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members 

-# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.

-

-TOC_EXPAND             = YES

-

-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER 

-# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for 

-# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated 

-# HTML documentation.

-

-GENERATE_QHP           = NO

-

-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can 

-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file. 

-# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.

-

-QCH_FILE               = 

-

-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating 

-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see 

-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.

-

-QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project

-

-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating 

-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see 

-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.

-

-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc

-

-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can 

-# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator. 

-# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated 

-# .qhp file .

-

-QHG_LOCATION           = 

-

-# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at 

-# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and 

-# the value YES disables it.

-

-DISABLE_INDEX          = NO

-

-# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20]) 

-# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.

-

-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1

-

-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index

-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.

-# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated

-# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that 

-# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports 

-# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, 

-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are 

-# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values 

-# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,

-# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;

-# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which

-# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous

-# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE

-# respectively.

-

-GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES

-

-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be 

-# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree 

-# is shown.

-

-TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250

-

-# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included 

-# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that 

-# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need 

-# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory 

-# to force them to be regenerated.

-

-FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the LaTeX output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate Latex output.

-

-GENERATE_LATEX         = NO

-

-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.

-

-LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex

-

-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be 

-# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.

-

-LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex

-

-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to 

-# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the 

-# default command name.

-

-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex

-

-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact 

-# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to 

-# save some trees in general.

-

-COMPACT_LATEX          = NO

-

-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used 

-# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and 

-# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.

-

-PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide

-

-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX 

-# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.

-

-EXTRA_PACKAGES         = 

-

-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for 

-# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until 

-# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a 

-# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!

-

-LATEX_HEADER           = 

-

-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated 

-# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will 

-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references 

-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.

-

-PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES

-

-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of 

-# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a 

-# higher quality PDF documentation.

-

-USE_PDFLATEX           = YES

-

-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. 

-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep 

-# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. 

-# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.

-

-LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO

-

-# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not 

-# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) 

-# in the output.

-

-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the RTF output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output 

-# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with 

-# other RTF readers or editors.

-

-GENERATE_RTF           = NO

-

-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.

-

-RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf

-

-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact 

-# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to 

-# save some trees in general.

-

-COMPACT_RTF            = NO

-

-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated 

-# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will 

-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. 

-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other 

-# programs which support those fields. 

-# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.

-

-RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO

-

-# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's 

-# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide 

-# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.

-

-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    = 

-

-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. 

-# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.

-

-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the man page output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate man pages

-

-GENERATE_MAN           = NO

-

-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.

-

-MAN_OUTPUT             = man

-

-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to 

-# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)

-

-MAN_EXTENSION          = .3

-

-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, 

-# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity 

-# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files 

-# only source the real man page, but without them the man command 

-# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.

-

-MAN_LINKS              = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the XML output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will 

-# generate an XML file that captures the structure of 

-# the code including all documentation.

-

-GENERATE_XML           = NO

-

-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.

-

-XML_OUTPUT             = xml

-

-# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema, 

-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the 

-# syntax of the XML files.

-

-XML_SCHEMA             = 

-

-# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD, 

-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the 

-# syntax of the XML files.

-

-XML_DTD                = 

-

-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will 

-# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting 

-# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that 

-# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.

-

-XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will 

-# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file 

-# that captures the structure of the code including all 

-# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental 

-# and incomplete at the moment.

-

-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the Perl module output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will 

-# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of 

-# the code including all documentation. Note that this 

-# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the 

-# moment.

-

-GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO

-

-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate 

-# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able 

-# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.

-

-PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO

-

-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be 

-# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader.  This is useful 

-# if you want to understand what is going on.  On the other hand, if this 

-# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller 

-# and Perl will parse it just the same.

-

-PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES

-

-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file 

-# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. 

-# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same 

-# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.

-

-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor   

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include 

-# files.

-

-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES

-

-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro 

-# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional 

-# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled 

-# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.

-

-MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES

-

-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES 

-# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the 

-# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.

-

-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES

-

-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files 

-# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.

-

-SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES

-

-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that 

-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by 

-# the preprocessor.

-

-INCLUDE_PATH           = 

-

-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard 

-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the 

-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will 

-# be used.

-

-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  = 

-

-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that 

-# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of 

-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name 

-# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are 

-# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being 

-# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator 

-# instead of the = operator.

-

-PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__

-

-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then 

-# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. 

-# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. 

-# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.

-

-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      = BUTTLOADTAG

-

-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then 

-# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone 

-# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such 

-# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse 

-# the parser if not removed.

-

-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration::additions related to external references   

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. 

-# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation 

-# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without 

-# this location is as follows: 

-#   TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... 

-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: 

-#   TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... 

-# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or 

-# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool 

-# does not have to be run to correct the links.

-# Note that each tag file must have a unique name

-# (where the name does NOT include the path)

-# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen 

-# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.

-

-TAGFILES               = 

-

-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create 

-# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.

-

-GENERATE_TAGFILE       = 

-

-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed 

-# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes 

-# will be listed.

-

-ALLEXTERNALS           = NO

-

-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed 

-# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will 

-# be listed.

-

-EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES

-

-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script 

-# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').

-

-PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration options related to the dot tool   

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base 

-# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that 

-# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a 

-# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more 

-# powerful graphs.

-

-CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO

-

-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc 

-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see 

-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the 

-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where 

-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the 

-# default search path.

-

-MSCGEN_PATH            = 

-

-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide 

-# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented 

-# or is not a class.

-

-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES

-

-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is 

-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization 

-# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section 

-# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)

-

-HAVE_DOT               = NO

-

-# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output 

-# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This 

-# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need 

-# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name 

-# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font, 

-# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the 

-# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory 

-# containing the font.

-

-DOT_FONTNAME           = FreeSans

-

-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs. 

-# The default size is 10pt.

-

-DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10

-

-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the 

-# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a 

-# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot 

-# can find it using this tag.

-

-DOT_FONTPATH           = 

-

-# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 

-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and 

-# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the 

-# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.

-

-CLASS_GRAPH            = NO

-

-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 

-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and 

-# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and 

-# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.

-

-COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO

-

-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 

-# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies

-

-GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO

-

-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and 

-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling 

-# Language.

-

-UML_LOOK               = NO

-

-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the 

-# relations between templates and their instances.

-

-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO

-

-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT 

-# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented 

-# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with 

-# other documented files.

-

-INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO

-

-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and 

-# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each 

-# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or 

-# indirectly include this file.

-

-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO

-

-# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then 

-# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function 

-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase 

-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs 

-# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.

-

-CALL_GRAPH             = NO

-

-# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then 

-# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function 

-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase 

-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller 

-# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.

-

-CALLER_GRAPH           = NO

-

-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 

-# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.

-

-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO

-

-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES 

-# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories 

-# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include

-# relations between the files in the directories.

-

-DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO

-

-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images 

-# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif

-# If left blank png will be used.

-

-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png

-

-# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be 

-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.

-

-DOT_PATH               = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin"

-

-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that 

-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the 

-# \dotfile command).

-

-DOTFILE_DIRS           = 

-

-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of 

-# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph 

-# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is 

-# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the 

-# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than 

-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note 

-# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.

-

-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15

-

-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the 

-# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable 

-# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes 

-# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this 

-# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large 

-# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by 

-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.

-

-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2

-

-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent 

-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not 

-# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used, 

-# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of 

-# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).

-

-DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES

-

-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output 

-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This 

-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) 

-# support this, this feature is disabled by default.

-

-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO

-

-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and 

-# arrows in the dot generated graphs.

-

-GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES

-

-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate 

-# the various graphs.

-

-DOT_CLEANUP            = YES

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration::additions related to the search engine   

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be 

-# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.

-

-SEARCHENGINE           = NO

diff --git a/Demos/Host/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.c b/Demos/Host/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 4d895908e..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,71 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-#include "HIDReport.h"

-

-/** Size in bytes of the attached device's HID report descriptor */

-uint16_t         HIDReportSize;

-

-/** Processed HID report descriptor items structure, containing information on each HID report element */

-HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;

-

-

-/** Function to read in the HID report descriptor from the attached device, and process it into easy-to-read

- *  structures via the HID parser routines in the LUFA library.

- *

- *  \return  A value from the MouseHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t enum

- */

-uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void)

-{

-	/* Create a buffer big enough to hold the entire returned HID report */

-	uint8_t HIDReportData[HIDReportSize];

-	

-	USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)

-		{

-			.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_DEVICETOHOST | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_INTERFACE),

-			.bRequest      = REQ_GetDescriptor,

-			.wValue        = (DTYPE_Report << 8),

-			.wIndex        = 0,

-			.wLength       = HIDReportSize,

-		};

-

-	/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */

-	Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);

-

-	/* Send control request to retrieve the HID report from the attached device */

-	if (USB_Host_SendControlRequest(HIDReportData) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)

-	  return ParseControlError;

-

-	/* Send the HID report to the parser for processing */

-	if (USB_ProcessHIDReport(HIDReportData, HIDReportSize, &HIDReportInfo) != HID_PARSE_Successful)

-	  return ParseError;

-	

-	return ParseSuccessful;

-}

diff --git a/Demos/Host/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.h b/Demos/Host/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b24885544..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/MouseHostWithParser/HIDReport.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,88 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  Header file for HIDReport.c.

- */

-

-#ifndef _HID_REPORT_H_

-#define _HID_REPORT_H_

-

-	/* Includes: */

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>            // USB Functionality

-		

-		#include "MouseHostWithParser.h"

-

-	/* Macros: */

-		/** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a toggle button */

-		#define USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON           0x09

-

-		/** HID Report Descriptor Usage Page value for a Generic Desktop Control */

-		#define USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL    0x01

-

-		/** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a X axis movement */

-		#define USAGE_X                     0x30

-

-		/** HID Report Descriptor Usage value for a Y axis movement */

-		#define USAGE_Y                     0x31

-

-	/* Enums: */

-		/** Enum for the possible return codes of the GetHIDReportData() function. */

-		enum MouseHostWithParser_GetHIDReportDataCodes_t

-		{

-			ParseSuccessful         = 0, /**< HID report descriptor parsed successfully */

-			ParseError              = 1, /**< Failed to fully process the HID report descriptor */

-			ParseControlError       = 2, /**< Control error occurred while trying to read the device HID descriptor */

-		};

-		

-	/* Type Defines: */

-		/** Type define for a HID descriptor. */

-		typedef struct

-		{

-			USB_Descriptor_Header_t  Header; /**< Regular descriptor header containing the descriptor's type and length */

-				

-			uint16_t                 HIDSpec; /**< Implemented HID class specification, in BCD encoded format */

-			uint8_t                  CountryCode; /**< Country code value for localized hardware */

-		

-			uint8_t                  TotalHIDDescriptors; /**< Total number of HID report descriptors in the current interface */

-

-			uint8_t                  HIDReportType; /**< HID report type of the first HID report descriptor */

-			uint16_t                 HIDReportLength; /**< Total size in bytes of the first HID report descriptor */

-		} USB_Descriptor_HID_t;

-

-	/* External Variables: */

-		extern uint16_t         HIDReportSize;

-		extern HID_ReportInfo_t HIDReportInfo;

-

-	/* Function Prototypes: */

-		uint8_t GetHIDReportData(void);

-		

-#endif

diff --git a/Demos/Host/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c b/Demos/Host/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c
deleted file mode 100644
index f26e9e2a6..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,362 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  Main source file for the MouseHostWithParser demo. This file contains the main tasks of

- *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.

- */

- 

-#include "MouseHostWithParser.h"

-

-/* Scheduler Task List */

-TASK_LIST

-{

-	{ .Task = USB_USBTask          , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },

-	{ .Task = USB_Mouse_Host       , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },

-};

-

-

-/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then

- *  starts the scheduler to run the application tasks.

- */

-int main(void)

-{

-	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */

-	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);

-	wdt_disable();

-

-	/* Disable clock division */

-	clock_prescale_set(clock_div_1);

-	

-	/* Hardware Initialization */

-	SerialStream_Init(9600, false);

-	LEDs_Init();

-	

-	/* Indicate USB not ready */

-	UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);

-	

-	/* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */

-	Scheduler_Init();

-

-	/* Initialize USB Subsystem */

-	USB_Init();

-

-	/* Start-up message */

-	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY

-	       "Mouse Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF));

-		   

-	/* Scheduling - routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */

-	Scheduler_Start();

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and

- *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.

- */

-void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void)

-{

-	puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));

-	UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating);

-

-	/* Start USB management task to enumerate the device */

-	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN);

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and

- *  stops the library USB task management process.

- */

-void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void)

-{

-	/* Stop mouse and USB management task */

-	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP);

-	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Mouse_Host, TASK_STOP);

-

-	puts_P(PSTR("Device Unattached.\r\n"));

-	UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully

- *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.

- */

-void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)

-{

-	/* Start Mouse Host task */

-	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_Mouse_Host, TASK_RUN);

-	

-	/* Indicate device enumeration complete */

-	UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */

-void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)

-{

-	USB_ShutDown();

-

-	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"));

-	printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-

-	UpdateStatus(Status_HardwareError);

-	for(;;);

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while

- *  enumerating an attached USB device.

- */

-void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)

-{

-	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"));

-	printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-	printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode);

-	printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState);

-	

-	UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);

-}

-

-/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to

- *  log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates.

- *

- *  \param CurrentStatus  Current status of the system, from the MouseHostWithParser_StatusCodes_t enum

- */

-void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus)

-{

-	uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;

-	

-	/* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */

-	switch (CurrentStatus)

-	{

-		case Status_USBNotReady:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);

-			break;

-		case Status_USBEnumerating:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);

-			break;

-		case Status_USBReady:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2);

-			break;

-		case Status_EnumerationError:

-		case Status_HardwareError:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3);

-			break;

-		case Status_Busy:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED4);

-			break;

-	}

-	

-	/* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */

-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);

-}

-

-/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to read and process

- *  the HID report descriptor and HID reports from the device and display the results onto the board LEDs.

- */

-TASK(USB_Mouse_Host)

-{

-	uint8_t ErrorCode;

-

-	/* Switch to determine what user-application handled host state the host state machine is in */

-	switch (USB_HostState)

-	{

-		case HOST_STATE_Addressed:	

-			/* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */

-			USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)

-				{

-					.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),

-					.bRequest      = REQ_SetConfiguration,

-					.wValue        = 1,

-					.wIndex        = 0,

-					.wLength       = 0,

-				};

-

-			/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */

-			Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);

-

-			/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */

-			if ((ErrorCode = USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL)) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)

-			{

-				puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Set Configuration).\r\n"));

-				printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-

-				/* Indicate error via status LEDs */

-				UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);

-

-				/* Wait until USB device disconnected */

-				while (USB_IsConnected);

-				break;

-			}

-			

-			USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;

-			break;

-		case HOST_STATE_Configured:

-			puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));

-		

-			/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */

-			if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)

-			{

-				if (ErrorCode == ControlError)

-				  puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));

-				else

-				  puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n"));

-

-				printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-				

-				/* Indicate error via status LEDs */

-				UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);

-

-				/* Wait until USB device disconnected */

-				while (USB_IsConnected);

-				break;

-			}

-		

-			puts_P(PSTR("Processing HID Report.\r\n"));

-

-			/* LEDs one and two on to indicate busy processing */

-			UpdateStatus(Status_Busy);

-

-			/* Get and process the device's first HID report descriptor */

-			if ((ErrorCode = GetHIDReportData()) != ParseSuccessful)

-			{

-				puts_P(PSTR("Report Parse Error.\r\n"));

-				printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-			

-				/* Indicate error via status LEDs */

-				UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);

-				

-				/* Wait until USB device disconnected */

-				while (USB_IsConnected);

-				break;			

-			}

-			

-			/* All LEDs off - ready to indicate key presses */

-			UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);

-

-			puts_P(PSTR("Mouse Enumerated.\r\n"));

-				

-			USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready;

-			break;

-		case HOST_STATE_Ready:

-			/* Select and unfreeze mouse data pipe */

-			Pipe_SelectPipe(MOUSE_DATAPIPE);	

-			Pipe_Unfreeze();

-

-			/* Check to see if a packet has been received */

-			if (Pipe_IsINReceived())

-			{

-				/* Check if data has been received from the attached mouse */

-				if (Pipe_IsReadWriteAllowed())

-				{

-					/* Create buffer big enough for the report */

-					uint8_t MouseReport[Pipe_BytesInPipe()];

-

-					/* Load in the mouse report */

-					Pipe_Read_Stream_LE(MouseReport, Pipe_BytesInPipe());

-				

-					/* Process the read in mouse report from the device */

-					ProcessMouseReport(MouseReport);

-				}

-				

-				/* Clear the IN endpoint, ready for next data packet */

-				Pipe_ClearIN();

-			}

-

-			/* Freeze mouse data pipe */

-			Pipe_Freeze();

-			break;

-	}

-}

-

-/** Processes a read HID report from an attached mouse, extracting out elements via the HID parser results

- *  as required and displays movement and button presses on the board LEDs.

- *

- *  \param MouseReport  Pointer to a HID report from an attached mouse device

- */

-void ProcessMouseReport(uint8_t* MouseReport)

-{

-	uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;

-

-	/* Check each HID report item in turn, looking for mouse X/Y/button reports */

-	for (uint8_t ReportNumber = 0; ReportNumber < HIDReportInfo.TotalReportItems; ReportNumber++)

-	{

-		/* Create a temporary item pointer to the next report item */

-		HID_ReportItem_t* ReportItem = &HIDReportInfo.ReportItems[ReportNumber];

-		

-		bool FoundData;

-

-		if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page       == USAGE_PAGE_BUTTON) &&

-			(ReportItem->ItemType                    == REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In))

-		{

-			/* Get the mouse button value */

-			FoundData = USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(MouseReport, ReportItem);

-			

-			/* For multi-report devices - if the requested data was not in the issued report, continue */

-			if (!(FoundData))

-			  continue;

-

-			/* If button is pressed, all LEDs are turned on */

-			if (ReportItem->Value)

-			  LEDMask = LEDS_ALL_LEDS;

-		}

-		else if ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Page   == USAGE_PAGE_GENERIC_DCTRL) &&

-				 ((ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X)                  ||

-				  (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_Y))                 &&

-				 (ReportItem->ItemType                == REPORT_ITEM_TYPE_In))

-		{

-			/* Get the mouse relative position value */

-			FoundData = USB_GetHIDReportItemInfo(MouseReport, ReportItem);

-			

-			/* For multi-report devices - if the requested data was not in the issued report, continue */

-			if (!(FoundData))

-			  continue;

-			  

-			int16_t DeltaMovement;

-			

-			if (ReportItem->Attributes.BitSize > 8)

-			  DeltaMovement = (int16_t)ReportItem->Value;

-			else

-			  DeltaMovement = (int8_t)ReportItem->Value;

-			

-			/* Determine if the report is for the X or Y delta movement */

-			if (ReportItem->Attributes.Usage.Usage == USAGE_X)

-			{

-				/* Turn on the appropriate LED according to direction if the delta is non-zero */

-				if (DeltaMovement)

-				  LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED1 : LEDS_LED2);

-			}

-			else

-			{

-				/* Turn on the appropriate LED according to direction if the delta is non-zero */

-				if (DeltaMovement)

-				  LEDMask |= ((DeltaMovement > 0) ? LEDS_LED3 : LEDS_LED4);

-			}

-		}

-	}

-	

-	/* Display the button information on the board LEDs */

-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);

-}
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Demos/Host/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h b/Demos/Host/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h
deleted file mode 100644
index f2cc2fd00..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,80 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-#ifndef _MOUSE_HOST_H_

-#define _MOUSE_HOST_H_

-

-	/* Includes: */

-		#include <avr/io.h>

-		#include <avr/wdt.h>

-		#include <avr/pgmspace.h>

-		#include <avr/power.h>

-		#include <stdio.h>

-

-		#include <LUFA/Version.h>                                // Library Version Information

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>             // ANSI Terminal Escape Codes

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>                        // USB Functionality

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h>        // Serial stream driver

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>                     // LEDs driver

-		#include <LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.h>                    // Simple scheduler for task management

-		

-		#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"

-		#include "HIDReport.h"

-

-	/* Macros: */

-		/** Pipe number for the mouse report data pipe */

-		#define MOUSE_DATAPIPE              1

-

-	/* Enums: */

-		/** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */

-		enum MouseHostWithParser_StatusCodes_t

-		{

-			Status_USBNotReady      = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB device) */

-			Status_USBEnumerating   = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */

-			Status_USBReady         = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */

-			Status_EnumerationError = 3, /**< Software error while enumerating the attached USB device */

-			Status_HardwareError    = 4, /**< Hardware error while enumerating the attached USB device */

-			Status_Busy             = 5, /**< Busy dumping HID report items to the serial port */

-		};

-

-	/* Task Definitions: */

-		TASK(USB_Mouse_Host);

-

-	/* Function Prototypes: */

-		void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);

-		void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void);

-		void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void);

-		void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode);

-		void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);

-

-		void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus);

-		void ProcessMouseReport(uint8_t* MouseReport);

-

-#endif

diff --git a/Demos/Host/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt b/Demos/Host/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 3c83341a2..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/MouseHostWithParser/MouseHostWithParser.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,62 +0,0 @@
-/** \file

- *

- *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special

- *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.

- */

- 

-/** \mainpage Mouse Host With HID Descriptor Parser Demo

- *

- *  \section SSec_Info USB Information:

- *

- *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.

- *

- *  <table>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>

- *    <td>Host</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>

- *    <td>Human Interface Device (HID)</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr> 

- *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>

- *    <td>N/A</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>

- *    <td>USBIF HID Specification, USBIF HID Usage Tables</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>

- *    <td>Low Speed Mode, Full Speed Mode</td>

- *   </tr>

- *  </table>

- *

- *  \section SSec_Description Project Description: 

- *

- *  Mouse host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference

- *  application for implementing a USB Mouse host, for USB mice using

- *  the standard mouse HID profile. It uses a HID parser for the HID

- *  reports, allowing for correct operation across all USB mice. This

- *  demo supports mice with a single HID report.

- *  

- *  Mouse movement and button presses are displayed on the board LEDs.

- *  On connection to a USB mouse, the report items will be processed and

- *  printed as a formatted list through the USART before the mouse is

- *  fully enumerated.

- *  

- *  Currently only single interface mice are supported.

- *

- *  \section SSec_Options Project Options

- *

- *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.

- *

- *  <table>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td>

- *     None

- *    </td>

- *   </tr>

- *  </table>

- */
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Demos/Host/MouseHostWithParser/makefile b/Demos/Host/MouseHostWithParser/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index a6aeb6dc7..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/MouseHostWithParser/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,736 +0,0 @@
-# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-

-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, J�rg Wunsch, et al.

-#  >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<

-#

-# Released to the Public Domain

-#

-# Additional material for this makefile was written by:

-# Peter Fleury

-# Tim Henigan

-# Colin O'Flynn

-# Reiner Patommel

-# Markus Pfaff

-# Sander Pool

-# Frederik Rouleau

-# Carlos Lamas

-# Dean Camera

-# Opendous Inc.

-# Denver Gingerich

-#

-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# On command line:

-#

-# make all = Make software.

-#

-# make clean = Clean out built project files.

-#

-# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.

-#

-# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.

-#

-# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.

-#                Please customize the avrdude settings below first!

-#

-# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must

-#            have dfu-programmer installed).

-#

-# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must

-#             have Atmel FLIP installed).

-#

-# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer

-#               (must have dfu-programmer installed).

-#

-# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP

-#                (must have Atmel FLIP installed).

-#

-# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have

-#                DoxyGen installed)

-#

-# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging, 

-#              with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.

-#

-# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.

-#

-# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting

-#                   bug reports to the GCC project.

-#

-# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".

-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-

-# MCU name

-MCU = at90usb1287

-

-

-# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring

-# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called 

-# "Board" inside the application directory.

-BOARD  = USBKEY

-

-

-# Processor frequency.

-#     This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the 

-#     processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to 

-#     calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done

-#     automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.

-#     Typical values are:

-#         F_CPU =  1000000

-#         F_CPU =  1843200

-#         F_CPU =  2000000

-#         F_CPU =  3686400

-#         F_CPU =  4000000

-#         F_CPU =  7372800

-#         F_CPU =  8000000

-#         F_CPU = 11059200

-#         F_CPU = 14745600

-#         F_CPU = 16000000

-#         F_CPU = 18432000

-#         F_CPU = 20000000

-F_CPU = 8000000

-

-

-# Input clock frequency.

-#     This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the 

-#     input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may

-#     differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the

-#     raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed

-#     clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'

-#     at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your

-#     source code.

-#

-#     If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the

-#     CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.

-F_CLOCK = 8000000

-

-

-# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)

-FORMAT = ihex

-

-

-# Target file name (without extension).

-TARGET = MouseHostWithParser

-

-

-# Object files directory

-#     To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make

-#     this an empty or blank macro!

-OBJDIR = .

-

-

-# Path to the LUFA library

-LUFA_PATH = ../../..

-

-

-# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)

-SRC = $(TARGET).c                                                 \

-	  ConfigDescriptor.c                                          \

-	  HIDReport.c                                                 \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c                     \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c         \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c               \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c        \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c           \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c               \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c       \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c           \

- 	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c               \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c            \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c      \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c           \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c  \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDParser.c             \

-

-

-# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)

-CPPSRC = 

-

-

-# List Assembler source files here.

-#     Make them always end in a capital .S.  Files ending in a lowercase .s

-#     will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler

-#     output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!

-#     Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,

-#     it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does

-#     care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.

-ASRC =

-

-

-# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s]. 

-#     0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.

-#     (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)

-OPT = s

-

-

-# Debugging format.

-#     Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.

-#     AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.

-#     AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.

-DEBUG = dwarf-2

-

-

-# List any extra directories to look for include files here.

-#     Each directory must be seperated by a space.

-#     Use forward slashes for directory separators.

-#     For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.

-EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/

-

-

-# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

-#     c89   = "ANSI" C

-#     gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions

-#     c99   = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)

-#     gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions

-CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99

-

-

-# Place -D or -U options here for C sources

-CDEFS  = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)

-CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS -DUSB_HOST_ONLY

-CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"

-

-

-# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources

-ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)

-

-

-# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources

-CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL

-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS

-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS

-

-

-

-#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------

-#  -g*:          generate debugging information

-#  -O*:          optimization level

-#  -f...:        tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation

-#  -Wall...:     warning level

-#  -Wa,...:      tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.

-#    -adhlns...: create assembler listing

-CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)

-CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)

-CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)

-CFLAGS += -funsigned-char

-CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields

-CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections

-CFLAGS += -fpack-struct

-CFLAGS += -fshort-enums

-CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20

-CFLAGS += -Wall

-CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes

-CFLAGS += -Wundef

-#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time

-#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code

-#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare

-CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)

-CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))

-CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)

-

-

-#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------

-#  -g*:          generate debugging information

-#  -O*:          optimization level

-#  -f...:        tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation

-#  -Wall...:     warning level

-#  -Wa,...:      tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.

-#    -adhlns...: create assembler listing

-CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)

-CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)

-CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)

-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char

-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields

-CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct

-CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums

-CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions

-CPPFLAGS += -Wall

-CFLAGS += -Wundef

-#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls

-#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time

-#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes

-#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code

-#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare

-CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)

-CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))

-#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)

-

-

-#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------

-#  -Wa,...:   tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.

-#  -adhlns:   create listing

-#  -gstabs:   have the assembler create line number information; note that

-#             for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames

-#             and function names needs to be present in the assembler source

-#             files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]

-#  -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex 

-#       dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.

-ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100

-

-

-#---------------- Library Options ----------------

-# Minimalistic printf version

-PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min

-

-# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)

-PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt

-

-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.

-PRINTF_LIB = 

-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)

-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)

-

-

-# Minimalistic scanf version

-SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min

-

-# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)

-SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt

-

-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.

-SCANF_LIB = 

-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)

-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)

-

-

-MATH_LIB = -lm

-

-

-# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.

-#     Each directory must be seperated by a space.

-#     Use forward slashes for directory separators.

-#     For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.

-EXTRALIBDIRS = 

-

-

-

-#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------

-

-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),

-# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).

-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff

-

-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),

-# only used for heap (malloc()).

-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff

-

-EXTMEMOPTS =

-

-

-

-#---------------- Linker Options ----------------

-#  -Wl,...:     tell GCC to pass this to linker.

-#    -Map:      create map file

-#    --cref:    add cross reference to  map file

-LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref

-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax 

-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections

-LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)

-LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))

-LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)

-#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x

-

-

-

-#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------

-

-# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd 

-# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500

-#

-# Type: avrdude -c ?

-# to get a full listing.

-#

-AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII

-

-# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.

-AVRDUDE_PORT = usb

-

-AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex

-#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep

-

-

-# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.

-# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,

-# see avrdude manual.

-#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y

-

-# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be

-# performed after programming the device.

-#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V

-

-# Increase verbosity level.  Please use this when submitting bug

-# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude> 

-# to submit bug reports.

-#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v

-

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)

-

-

-

-#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------

-

-# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.

-DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)

-

-# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.

-# DEBUG_UI = gdb

-DEBUG_UI = insight

-

-# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.

-DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice

-#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr

-

-# GDB Init Filename.

-GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit

-

-# When using avarice settings for the JTAG

-JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1

-

-# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.

-DEBUG_PORT = 4242

-

-# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally

-#     just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when 

-#     avarice is running on a different computer.

-DEBUG_HOST = localhost

-

-

-

-#============================================================================

-

-

-# Define programs and commands.

-SHELL = sh

-CC = avr-gcc

-OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy

-OBJDUMP = avr-objdump

-SIZE = avr-size

-AR = avr-ar rcs

-NM = avr-nm

-AVRDUDE = avrdude

-REMOVE = rm -f

-REMOVEDIR = rm -rf

-COPY = cp

-WINSHELL = cmd

-

-# Define Messages

-# English

-MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none

-MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------

-MSG_END = --------  end  --------

-MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before: 

-MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:

-MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:

-MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:

-MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:

-MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:

-MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:

-MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:

-MSG_LINKING = Linking:

-MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:

-MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:

-MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:

-MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:

-MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:

-

-

-

-

-# Define all object files.

-OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) 

-

-# Define all listing files.

-LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) 

-

-

-# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.

-GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d

-

-

-# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.

-# Add target processor to flags.

-ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)

-ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)

-ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)

-

-

-

-

-

-# Default target.

-all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end

-

-# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.

-build: elf hex eep lss sym

-#build: lib

-

-

-elf: $(TARGET).elf

-hex: $(TARGET).hex

-eep: $(TARGET).eep

-lss: $(TARGET).lss

-sym: $(TARGET).sym

-LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a

-lib: $(LIBNAME)

-

-

-

-# Eye candy.

-# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on

-# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.

-begin:

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)

-

-end:

-	@echo $(MSG_END)

-	@echo

-

-

-# Display size of file.

-HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex

-ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf

-MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )

-FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )

-

-sizebefore:

-	@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \

-	2>/dev/null; echo; fi

-

-sizeafter:

-	@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \

-	2>/dev/null; echo; fi

-

-checkhooks: build

-	@echo

-	@echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events -------

-	@$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \

-	           cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \

-			   echo "(None)"

-	@echo ------------------------------------

-

-checklibmode:

-	@echo

-	@echo ----------- Library Mode -----------

-	@$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \

-	          | grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \

-	          || echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)."

-	@echo ------------------------------------

-

-checkboard:

-	@echo

-	@echo ---------- Selected Board ----------

-	@echo Selected board model is $(BOARD).

-	@echo ------------------------------------

-	

-# Display compiler version information.

-gccversion : 

-	@$(CC) --version

-

-

-

-# Program the device.  

-program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep

-	$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)

-

-flip: $(TARGET).hex

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0

-

-dfu: $(TARGET).hex

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset

-

-flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep

-	copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0

-

-dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset

-

-

-# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:

-#     define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set 

-#     a breakpoint at main().

-gdb-config: 

-	@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)  >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)

-	@echo load  >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-endif

-	@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-

-debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf

-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)

-	@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \

-	$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c pause

-

-else

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \

-	$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)

-endif

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)

-

-

-

-

-# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.

-COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000

-

-

-

-coff: $(TARGET).elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof

-	$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof

-

-

-extcoff: $(TARGET).elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof

-	$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof

-

-

-

-# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.

-%.hex: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@

-	$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@

-

-%.eep: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@

-	-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \

-	--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0

-

-# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.

-%.lss: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@

-	$(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@

-

-# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.

-%.sym: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@

-	$(NM) -n $< > $@

-

-

-

-# Create library from object files.

-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a

-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)

-%.a: $(OBJ)

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@

-	$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)

-

-

-# Link: create ELF output file from object files.

-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf

-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)

-%.elf: $(OBJ)

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@

-	$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)

-

-

-# Compile: create object files from C source files.

-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<

-	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ 

-

-

-# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.

-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<

-	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ 

-

-

-# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.

-%.s : %.c

-	$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@

-

-

-# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.

-%.s : %.cpp

-	$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@

-

-

-# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.

-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<

-	$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@

-

-

-# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.

-%.i : %.c

-	$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@ 

-	

-

-# Target: clean project.

-clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end

-

-clean_binary:

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex

-	

-clean_list:

-	@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)

-	$(REMOVEDIR) .dep

-

-

-doxygen:

-	@echo Generating Project Documentation...

-	@doxygen Doxygen.conf

-	@echo Documentation Generation Complete.

-

-clean_doxygen:

-	rm -rf Documentation

-

-# Create object files directory

-$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)

-

-

-# Include the dependency files.

--include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)

-

-

-# Listing of phony targets.

-.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard   \

-begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion  \

-build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean      \

-clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config  \

-doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Demos/Host/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c b/Demos/Host/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 108496964..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,192 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  USB Device Configuration Descriptor processing routines, to determine the correct pipe configurations

- *  needed to communication with an attached USB device. Descriptors are special  computer-readable structures

- *  which the host requests upon device enumeration, to determine the device's capabilities and functions.

- */

-

-#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"

-

-/** Reads and processes an attached device's descriptors, to determine compatibility and pipe configurations. This

- *  routine will read in the entire configuration descriptor, and configure the hosts pipes to correctly communicate

- *  with compatible devices.

- *

- *  This routine searches for a SI interface descriptor containing bulk IN and OUT data endpoints.

- *

- *  \return An error code from the StillImageHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t enum.

- */

-uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void)

-{

-	uint8_t* ConfigDescriptorData;

-	uint16_t ConfigDescriptorSize;

-	uint8_t  FoundEndpoints = 0;

-	

-	/* Get Configuration Descriptor size from the device */

-	if (USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)

-	  return ControlError;

-	

-	/* Ensure that the Configuration Descriptor isn't too large */

-	if (ConfigDescriptorSize > MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE)

-	  return DescriptorTooLarge;

-	  

-	/* Allocate enough memory for the entire config descriptor */

-	ConfigDescriptorData = alloca(ConfigDescriptorSize);

-

-	/* Retrieve the entire configuration descriptor into the allocated buffer */

-	USB_GetDeviceConfigDescriptor(&ConfigDescriptorSize, ConfigDescriptorData);

-	

-	/* Validate returned data - ensure first entry is a configuration header descriptor */

-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(ConfigDescriptorData) != DTYPE_Configuration)

-	  return InvalidConfigDataReturned;

-	

-	/* Get the Still Image interface from the configuration descriptor */

-	if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,

-	                              DComp_NextStillImageInterface) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)

-	{

-		/* Descriptor not found, error out */

-		return NoInterfaceFound;

-	}

-

-	/* Get the IN and OUT data and event endpoints for the Still Image interface */

-	while (FoundEndpoints != ((1 << SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE) | (1 << SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE) | (1 << SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE)))

-	{

-		/* Fetch the next endpoint from the current Still Image interface */

-		if (USB_GetNextDescriptorComp(&ConfigDescriptorSize, &ConfigDescriptorData,

-		                              DComp_NextSImageInterfaceDataEndpoint) != DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_COMP_Found)

-		{

-			/* Descriptor not found, error out */

-			return NoEndpointFound;

-		}

-		

-		USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t* EndpointData = DESCRIPTOR_PCAST(ConfigDescriptorData, USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t);

-

-		/* Check if the found endpoint is a interrupt or bulk type descriptor */

-		if ((EndpointData->Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK) == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT)

-		{

-			/* If the endpoint is a IN type interrupt endpoint */

-			if (EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN)

-			{

-				/* Configure the events pipe */

-				Pipe_ConfigurePipe(SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE, EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT, PIPE_TOKEN_IN,

-								   EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize,

-								   PIPE_BANK_DOUBLE);			

-

-				Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();

-				Pipe_SetInterruptPeriod(EndpointData->PollingIntervalMS);

-				

-				/* Set the flag indicating that the events pipe has been found */

-				FoundEndpoints |= (1 << SIMAGE_EVENTS_PIPE);

-			}

-		}

-		else

-		{

-			/* Check if the endpoint is a bulk IN or bulk OUT endpoint */

-			if (EndpointData->EndpointAddress & ENDPOINT_DESCRIPTOR_DIR_IN)

-			{

-				/* Configure the data IN pipe */

-				Pipe_ConfigurePipe(SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, PIPE_TOKEN_IN,

-								   EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize,

-								   PIPE_BANK_DOUBLE);

-

-				Pipe_SetInfiniteINRequests();

-

-				/* Set the flag indicating that the data IN pipe has been found */

-				FoundEndpoints |= (1 << SIMAGE_DATA_IN_PIPE);

-			}

-			else

-			{

-				/* Configure the data OUT pipe */

-				Pipe_ConfigurePipe(SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE, EP_TYPE_BULK, PIPE_TOKEN_OUT,

-								   EndpointData->EndpointAddress, EndpointData->EndpointSize,

-								   PIPE_BANK_DOUBLE);

-

-				/* Set the flag indicating that the data OUT pipe has been found */

-				FoundEndpoints |= (1 << SIMAGE_DATA_OUT_PIPE);

-			}

-		}

-	}

-

-	/* Valid data found, return success */

-	return SuccessfulConfigRead;

-}

-

-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's

- *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration

- *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.

- *

- *  This comparator searches for the next Interface descriptor of the correct Still Image Class, Subclass and Protocol values.

- *

- *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum

- */

-uint8_t DComp_NextStillImageInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor)

-{

-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)

-	{

-		/* Check the descriptor class and protocol, break out if correct class/protocol interface found */

-		if ((DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Class    == SIMAGE_CLASS)    &&

-		    (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).SubClass == SIMAGE_SUBCLASS) &&

-		    (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor, USB_Descriptor_Interface_t).Protocol == SIMAGE_PROTOCOL))

-		{

-			return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;

-		}

-	}

-	

-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;

-}

-

-/** Descriptor comparator function. This comparator function is can be called while processing an attached USB device's

- *  configuration descriptor, to search for a specific sub descriptor. It can also be used to abort the configuration

- *  descriptor processing if an incompatible descriptor configuration is found.

- *

- *  This comparator searches for the next Interrupt or Bulk Endpoint descriptor of the current SI interface, aborting the

- *  search if another interface descriptor is found before the next endpoint.

- *

- *  \return A value from the DSEARCH_Return_ErrorCodes_t enum

- */

-uint8_t DComp_NextSImageInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor)

-{

-	if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Endpoint)

-	{

-		uint8_t EndpointType = (DESCRIPTOR_CAST(CurrentDescriptor,

-		                                        USB_Descriptor_Endpoint_t).Attributes & EP_TYPE_MASK);

-	

-		if ((EndpointType == EP_TYPE_BULK) || (EndpointType == EP_TYPE_INTERRUPT))

-		  return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Found;

-	}

-	else if (DESCRIPTOR_TYPE(CurrentDescriptor) == DTYPE_Interface)

-	{

-		return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_Fail;

-	}

-

-	return DESCRIPTOR_SEARCH_NotFound;

-}

diff --git a/Demos/Host/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h b/Demos/Host/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 29df30c0c..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/StillImageHost/ConfigDescriptor.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,75 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  Header file for ConfigDescriptor.c.

- */

-

-#ifndef _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_

-#define _CONFIGDESCRIPTOR_H_

-

-	/* Includes: */

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>                        // USB Functionality

-		

-		#include "StillImageHost.h"

-		

-	/* Macros: */

-		/** Interface Class value for the Still Image Device class */

-		#define SIMAGE_CLASS                   0x06

-

-		/** Interface Class value for the Still Image Device subclass */

-		#define SIMAGE_SUBCLASS                0x01

-

-		/** Interface Class value for the Still Image Device protocol */

-		#define SIMAGE_PROTOCOL                0x01

-

-		/** Maximum size of a device configuration descriptor which can be processed by the host, in bytes */

-		#define MAX_CONFIG_DESCRIPTOR_SIZE     512

-	

-	/* Enums: */

-		/** Enum for the possible return codes of the ProcessConfigurationDescriptor() function. */

-		enum MassStorageHost_GetConfigDescriptorDataCodes_t

-		{

-			SuccessfulConfigRead            = 0, /**< Configuration Descriptor was processed successfully */

-			ControlError                    = 1, /**< A control request to the device failed to complete successfully */

-			DescriptorTooLarge              = 2, /**< The device's Configuration Descriptor is too large to process */

-			InvalidConfigDataReturned       = 3, /**< The device returned an invalid Configuration Descriptor */

-			NoInterfaceFound                = 4, /**< A compatible SI interface was not found in the device's Configuration Descriptor */

-			NoEndpointFound                 = 5, /**< The correct SI endpoint descriptors were not found in the device's SI interface */

-		};

-	

-	/* Function Prototypes: */

-		uint8_t ProcessConfigurationDescriptor(void);

-

-		uint8_t DComp_NextStillImageInterface(void* CurrentDescriptor);

-		uint8_t DComp_NextSImageInterfaceDataEndpoint(void* CurrentDescriptor);

-

-#endif

diff --git a/Demos/Host/StillImageHost/Doxygen.conf b/Demos/Host/StillImageHost/Doxygen.conf
deleted file mode 100644
index d3a494a5f..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/StillImageHost/Doxygen.conf
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1485 +0,0 @@
-# Doxyfile 1.5.7.1

-

-# This file describes the settings to be used by the documentation system

-# doxygen (www.doxygen.org) for a project

-#

-# All text after a hash (#) is considered a comment and will be ignored

-# The format is:

-#       TAG = value [value, ...]

-# For lists items can also be appended using:

-#       TAG += value [value, ...]

-# Values that contain spaces should be placed between quotes (" ")

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Project related configuration options

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# This tag specifies the encoding used for all characters in the config file 

-# that follow. The default is UTF-8 which is also the encoding used for all 

-# text before the first occurrence of this tag. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the 

-# iconv built into libc) for the transcoding. See 

-# http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for the list of possible encodings.

-

-DOXYFILE_ENCODING      = UTF-8

-

-# The PROJECT_NAME tag is a single word (or a sequence of words surrounded 

-# by quotes) that should identify the project.

-

-PROJECT_NAME           = "LUFA Library - Still Image Host Demo"

-

-# The PROJECT_NUMBER tag can be used to enter a project or revision number. 

-# This could be handy for archiving the generated documentation or 

-# if some version control system is used.

-

-PROJECT_NUMBER         = 0.0.0

-

-# The OUTPUT_DIRECTORY tag is used to specify the (relative or absolute) 

-# base path where the generated documentation will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered, it will be relative to the location 

-# where doxygen was started. If left blank the current directory will be used.

-

-OUTPUT_DIRECTORY       = ./Documentation/

-

-# If the CREATE_SUBDIRS tag is set to YES, then doxygen will create 

-# 4096 sub-directories (in 2 levels) under the output directory of each output 

-# format and will distribute the generated files over these directories. 

-# Enabling this option can be useful when feeding doxygen a huge amount of 

-# source files, where putting all generated files in the same directory would 

-# otherwise cause performance problems for the file system.

-

-CREATE_SUBDIRS         = YES

-

-# The OUTPUT_LANGUAGE tag is used to specify the language in which all 

-# documentation generated by doxygen is written. Doxygen will use this 

-# information to generate all constant output in the proper language. 

-# The default language is English, other supported languages are: 

-# Afrikaans, Arabic, Brazilian, Catalan, Chinese, Chinese-Traditional, 

-# Croatian, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Farsi, Finnish, French, German, Greek, 

-# Hungarian, Italian, Japanese, Japanese-en (Japanese with English messages), 

-# Korean, Korean-en, Lithuanian, Norwegian, Macedonian, Persian, Polish, 

-# Portuguese, Romanian, Russian, Serbian, Serbian-Cyrilic, Slovak, Slovene, 

-# Spanish, Swedish, and Ukrainian.

-

-OUTPUT_LANGUAGE        = English

-

-# If the BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# include brief member descriptions after the members that are listed in 

-# the file and class documentation (similar to JavaDoc). 

-# Set to NO to disable this.

-

-BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC      = YES

-

-# If the REPEAT_BRIEF tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will prepend 

-# the brief description of a member or function before the detailed description. 

-# Note: if both HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS and BRIEF_MEMBER_DESC are set to NO, the 

-# brief descriptions will be completely suppressed.

-

-REPEAT_BRIEF           = YES

-

-# This tag implements a quasi-intelligent brief description abbreviator 

-# that is used to form the text in various listings. Each string 

-# in this list, if found as the leading text of the brief description, will be 

-# stripped from the text and the result after processing the whole list, is 

-# used as the annotated text. Otherwise, the brief description is used as-is. 

-# If left blank, the following values are used ("$name" is automatically 

-# replaced with the name of the entity): "The $name class" "The $name widget" 

-# "The $name file" "is" "provides" "specifies" "contains" 

-# "represents" "a" "an" "the"

-

-ABBREVIATE_BRIEF       = "The $name class" \

-                         "The $name widget" \

-                         "The $name file" \

-                         is \

-                         provides \

-                         specifies \

-                         contains \

-                         represents \

-                         a \

-                         an \

-                         the

-

-# If the ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC and REPEAT_BRIEF tags are both set to YES then 

-# Doxygen will generate a detailed section even if there is only a brief 

-# description.

-

-ALWAYS_DETAILED_SEC    = NO

-

-# If the INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB tag is set to YES, doxygen will show all 

-# inherited members of a class in the documentation of that class as if those 

-# members were ordinary class members. Constructors, destructors and assignment 

-# operators of the base classes will not be shown.

-

-INLINE_INHERITED_MEMB  = NO

-

-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then Doxygen will prepend the full 

-# path before files name in the file list and in the header files. If set 

-# to NO the shortest path that makes the file name unique will be used.

-

-FULL_PATH_NAMES        = YES

-

-# If the FULL_PATH_NAMES tag is set to YES then the STRIP_FROM_PATH tag 

-# can be used to strip a user-defined part of the path. Stripping is 

-# only done if one of the specified strings matches the left-hand part of 

-# the path. The tag can be used to show relative paths in the file list. 

-# If left blank the directory from which doxygen is run is used as the 

-# path to strip.

-

-STRIP_FROM_PATH        = 

-

-# The STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH tag can be used to strip a user-defined part of 

-# the path mentioned in the documentation of a class, which tells 

-# the reader which header file to include in order to use a class. 

-# If left blank only the name of the header file containing the class 

-# definition is used. Otherwise one should specify the include paths that 

-# are normally passed to the compiler using the -I flag.

-

-STRIP_FROM_INC_PATH    = 

-

-# If the SHORT_NAMES tag is set to YES, doxygen will generate much shorter 

-# (but less readable) file names. This can be useful is your file systems 

-# doesn't support long names like on DOS, Mac, or CD-ROM.

-

-SHORT_NAMES            = YES

-

-# If the JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen 

-# will interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a JavaDoc-style 

-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the JavaDoc 

-# comments will behave just like regular Qt-style comments 

-# (thus requiring an explicit @brief command for a brief description.)

-

-JAVADOC_AUTOBRIEF      = NO

-

-# If the QT_AUTOBRIEF tag is set to YES then Doxygen will 

-# interpret the first line (until the first dot) of a Qt-style 

-# comment as the brief description. If set to NO, the comments 

-# will behave just like regular Qt-style comments (thus requiring 

-# an explicit \brief command for a brief description.)

-

-QT_AUTOBRIEF           = NO

-

-# The MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF tag can be set to YES to make Doxygen 

-# treat a multi-line C++ special comment block (i.e. a block of //! or /// 

-# comments) as a brief description. This used to be the default behaviour. 

-# The new default is to treat a multi-line C++ comment block as a detailed 

-# description. Set this tag to YES if you prefer the old behaviour instead.

-

-MULTILINE_CPP_IS_BRIEF = NO

-

-# If the INHERIT_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then an undocumented 

-# member inherits the documentation from any documented member that it 

-# re-implements.

-

-INHERIT_DOCS           = YES

-

-# If the SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES tag is set to YES, then doxygen will produce 

-# a new page for each member. If set to NO, the documentation of a member will 

-# be part of the file/class/namespace that contains it.

-

-SEPARATE_MEMBER_PAGES  = NO

-

-# The TAB_SIZE tag can be used to set the number of spaces in a tab. 

-# Doxygen uses this value to replace tabs by spaces in code fragments.

-

-TAB_SIZE               = 4

-

-# This tag can be used to specify a number of aliases that acts 

-# as commands in the documentation. An alias has the form "name=value". 

-# For example adding "sideeffect=\par Side Effects:\n" will allow you to 

-# put the command \sideeffect (or @sideeffect) in the documentation, which 

-# will result in a user-defined paragraph with heading "Side Effects:". 

-# You can put \n's in the value part of an alias to insert newlines.

-

-ALIASES                = 

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C tag to YES if your project consists of C 

-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for C. 

-# For instance, some of the names that are used will be different. The list 

-# of all members will be omitted, etc.

-

-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_FOR_C  = YES

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA tag to YES if your project consists of Java 

-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for 

-# Java. For instance, namespaces will be presented as packages, qualified 

-# scopes will look different, etc.

-

-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_JAVA   = NO

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN tag to YES if your project consists of Fortran 

-# sources only. Doxygen will then generate output that is more tailored for 

-# Fortran.

-

-OPTIMIZE_FOR_FORTRAN   = NO

-

-# Set the OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL tag to YES if your project consists of VHDL 

-# sources. Doxygen will then generate output that is tailored for 

-# VHDL.

-

-OPTIMIZE_OUTPUT_VHDL   = NO

-

-# If you use STL classes (i.e. std::string, std::vector, etc.) but do not want 

-# to include (a tag file for) the STL sources as input, then you should 

-# set this tag to YES in order to let doxygen match functions declarations and 

-# definitions whose arguments contain STL classes (e.g. func(std::string); v.s. 

-# func(std::string) {}). This also make the inheritance and collaboration 

-# diagrams that involve STL classes more complete and accurate.

-

-BUILTIN_STL_SUPPORT    = NO

-

-# If you use Microsoft's C++/CLI language, you should set this option to YES to

-# enable parsing support.

-

-CPP_CLI_SUPPORT        = NO

-

-# Set the SIP_SUPPORT tag to YES if your project consists of sip sources only. 

-# Doxygen will parse them like normal C++ but will assume all classes use public 

-# instead of private inheritance when no explicit protection keyword is present.

-

-SIP_SUPPORT            = NO

-

-# For Microsoft's IDL there are propget and propput attributes to indicate getter 

-# and setter methods for a property. Setting this option to YES (the default) 

-# will make doxygen to replace the get and set methods by a property in the 

-# documentation. This will only work if the methods are indeed getting or 

-# setting a simple type. If this is not the case, or you want to show the 

-# methods anyway, you should set this option to NO.

-

-IDL_PROPERTY_SUPPORT   = YES

-

-# If member grouping is used in the documentation and the DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC 

-# tag is set to YES, then doxygen will reuse the documentation of the first 

-# member in the group (if any) for the other members of the group. By default 

-# all members of a group must be documented explicitly.

-

-DISTRIBUTE_GROUP_DOC   = NO

-

-# Set the SUBGROUPING tag to YES (the default) to allow class member groups of 

-# the same type (for instance a group of public functions) to be put as a 

-# subgroup of that type (e.g. under the Public Functions section). Set it to 

-# NO to prevent subgrouping. Alternatively, this can be done per class using 

-# the \nosubgrouping command.

-

-SUBGROUPING            = YES

-

-# When TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT is enabled, a typedef of a struct, union, or enum 

-# is documented as struct, union, or enum with the name of the typedef. So 

-# typedef struct TypeS {} TypeT, will appear in the documentation as a struct 

-# with name TypeT. When disabled the typedef will appear as a member of a file, 

-# namespace, or class. And the struct will be named TypeS. This can typically 

-# be useful for C code in case the coding convention dictates that all compound 

-# types are typedef'ed and only the typedef is referenced, never the tag name.

-

-TYPEDEF_HIDES_STRUCT   = NO

-

-# The SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE determines the size of the internal cache use to 

-# determine which symbols to keep in memory and which to flush to disk.

-# When the cache is full, less often used symbols will be written to disk.

-# For small to medium size projects (<1000 input files) the default value is 

-# probably good enough. For larger projects a too small cache size can cause 

-# doxygen to be busy swapping symbols to and from disk most of the time 

-# causing a significant performance penality. 

-# If the system has enough physical memory increasing the cache will improve the 

-# performance by keeping more symbols in memory. Note that the value works on 

-# a logarithmic scale so increasing the size by one will rougly double the 

-# memory usage. The cache size is given by this formula: 

-# 2^(16+SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE). The valid range is 0..9, the default is 0, 

-# corresponding to a cache size of 2^16 = 65536 symbols

-

-SYMBOL_CACHE_SIZE      = 0

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Build related configuration options

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the EXTRACT_ALL tag is set to YES doxygen will assume all entities in 

-# documentation are documented, even if no documentation was available. 

-# Private class members and static file members will be hidden unless 

-# the EXTRACT_PRIVATE and EXTRACT_STATIC tags are set to YES

-

-EXTRACT_ALL            = YES

-

-# If the EXTRACT_PRIVATE tag is set to YES all private members of a class 

-# will be included in the documentation.

-

-EXTRACT_PRIVATE        = YES

-

-# If the EXTRACT_STATIC tag is set to YES all static members of a file 

-# will be included in the documentation.

-

-EXTRACT_STATIC         = YES

-

-# If the EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES tag is set to YES classes (and structs) 

-# defined locally in source files will be included in the documentation. 

-# If set to NO only classes defined in header files are included.

-

-EXTRACT_LOCAL_CLASSES  = YES

-

-# This flag is only useful for Objective-C code. When set to YES local 

-# methods, which are defined in the implementation section but not in 

-# the interface are included in the documentation. 

-# If set to NO (the default) only methods in the interface are included.

-

-EXTRACT_LOCAL_METHODS  = NO

-

-# If this flag is set to YES, the members of anonymous namespaces will be 

-# extracted and appear in the documentation as a namespace called 

-# 'anonymous_namespace{file}', where file will be replaced with the base 

-# name of the file that contains the anonymous namespace. By default 

-# anonymous namespace are hidden.

-

-EXTRACT_ANON_NSPACES   = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all 

-# undocumented members of documented classes, files or namespaces. 

-# If set to NO (the default) these members will be included in the 

-# various overviews, but no documentation section is generated. 

-# This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.

-

-HIDE_UNDOC_MEMBERS     = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all 

-# undocumented classes that are normally visible in the class hierarchy. 

-# If set to NO (the default) these classes will be included in the various 

-# overviews. This option has no effect if EXTRACT_ALL is enabled.

-

-HIDE_UNDOC_CLASSES     = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide all 

-# friend (class|struct|union) declarations. 

-# If set to NO (the default) these declarations will be included in the 

-# documentation.

-

-HIDE_FRIEND_COMPOUNDS  = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS tag is set to YES, Doxygen will hide any 

-# documentation blocks found inside the body of a function. 

-# If set to NO (the default) these blocks will be appended to the 

-# function's detailed documentation block.

-

-HIDE_IN_BODY_DOCS      = NO

-

-# The INTERNAL_DOCS tag determines if documentation 

-# that is typed after a \internal command is included. If the tag is set 

-# to NO (the default) then the documentation will be excluded. 

-# Set it to YES to include the internal documentation.

-

-INTERNAL_DOCS          = NO

-

-# If the CASE_SENSE_NAMES tag is set to NO then Doxygen will only generate 

-# file names in lower-case letters. If set to YES upper-case letters are also 

-# allowed. This is useful if you have classes or files whose names only differ 

-# in case and if your file system supports case sensitive file names. Windows 

-# and Mac users are advised to set this option to NO.

-

-CASE_SENSE_NAMES       = NO

-

-# If the HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES tag is set to NO (the default) then Doxygen 

-# will show members with their full class and namespace scopes in the 

-# documentation. If set to YES the scope will be hidden.

-

-HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES       = NO

-

-# If the SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen 

-# will put a list of the files that are included by a file in the documentation 

-# of that file.

-

-SHOW_INCLUDE_FILES     = YES

-

-# If the INLINE_INFO tag is set to YES (the default) then a tag [inline] 

-# is inserted in the documentation for inline members.

-

-INLINE_INFO            = YES

-

-# If the SORT_MEMBER_DOCS tag is set to YES (the default) then doxygen 

-# will sort the (detailed) documentation of file and class members 

-# alphabetically by member name. If set to NO the members will appear in 

-# declaration order.

-

-SORT_MEMBER_DOCS       = YES

-

-# If the SORT_BRIEF_DOCS tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the 

-# brief documentation of file, namespace and class members alphabetically 

-# by member name. If set to NO (the default) the members will appear in 

-# declaration order.

-

-SORT_BRIEF_DOCS        = NO

-

-# If the SORT_GROUP_NAMES tag is set to YES then doxygen will sort the 

-# hierarchy of group names into alphabetical order. If set to NO (the default) 

-# the group names will appear in their defined order.

-

-SORT_GROUP_NAMES       = NO

-

-# If the SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME tag is set to YES, the class list will be 

-# sorted by fully-qualified names, including namespaces. If set to 

-# NO (the default), the class list will be sorted only by class name, 

-# not including the namespace part. 

-# Note: This option is not very useful if HIDE_SCOPE_NAMES is set to YES.

-# Note: This option applies only to the class list, not to the 

-# alphabetical list.

-

-SORT_BY_SCOPE_NAME     = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_TODOLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 

-# disable (NO) the todo list. This list is created by putting \todo 

-# commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_TODOLIST      = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_TESTLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 

-# disable (NO) the test list. This list is created by putting \test 

-# commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_TESTLIST      = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_BUGLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 

-# disable (NO) the bug list. This list is created by putting \bug 

-# commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_BUGLIST       = NO

-

-# The GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST tag can be used to enable (YES) or 

-# disable (NO) the deprecated list. This list is created by putting 

-# \deprecated commands in the documentation.

-

-GENERATE_DEPRECATEDLIST= YES

-

-# The ENABLED_SECTIONS tag can be used to enable conditional 

-# documentation sections, marked by \if sectionname ... \endif.

-

-ENABLED_SECTIONS       = 

-

-# The MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES tag determines the maximum number of lines 

-# the initial value of a variable or define consists of for it to appear in 

-# the documentation. If the initializer consists of more lines than specified 

-# here it will be hidden. Use a value of 0 to hide initializers completely. 

-# The appearance of the initializer of individual variables and defines in the 

-# documentation can be controlled using \showinitializer or \hideinitializer 

-# command in the documentation regardless of this setting.

-

-MAX_INITIALIZER_LINES  = 30

-

-# Set the SHOW_USED_FILES tag to NO to disable the list of files generated 

-# at the bottom of the documentation of classes and structs. If set to YES the 

-# list will mention the files that were used to generate the documentation.

-

-SHOW_USED_FILES        = YES

-

-# If the sources in your project are distributed over multiple directories 

-# then setting the SHOW_DIRECTORIES tag to YES will show the directory hierarchy 

-# in the documentation. The default is NO.

-

-SHOW_DIRECTORIES       = YES

-

-# Set the SHOW_FILES tag to NO to disable the generation of the Files page.

-# This will remove the Files entry from the Quick Index and from the 

-# Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.

-

-SHOW_FILES             = YES

-

-# Set the SHOW_NAMESPACES tag to NO to disable the generation of the 

-# Namespaces page.  This will remove the Namespaces entry from the Quick Index

-# and from the Folder Tree View (if specified). The default is YES.

-

-SHOW_NAMESPACES        = YES

-

-# The FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program or script that 

-# doxygen should invoke to get the current version for each file (typically from 

-# the version control system). Doxygen will invoke the program by executing (via 

-# popen()) the command <command> <input-file>, where <command> is the value of 

-# the FILE_VERSION_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an input file 

-# provided by doxygen. Whatever the program writes to standard output 

-# is used as the file version. See the manual for examples.

-

-FILE_VERSION_FILTER    = 

-

-# The LAYOUT_FILE tag can be used to specify a layout file which will be parsed by 

-# doxygen. The layout file controls the global structure of the generated output files 

-# in an output format independent way. The create the layout file that represents 

-# doxygen's defaults, run doxygen with the -l option. You can optionally specify a 

-# file name after the option, if omitted DoxygenLayout.xml will be used as the name 

-# of the layout file.

-

-LAYOUT_FILE            = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to warning and progress messages

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The QUIET tag can be used to turn on/off the messages that are generated 

-# by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.

-

-QUIET                  = YES

-

-# The WARNINGS tag can be used to turn on/off the warning messages that are 

-# generated by doxygen. Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank 

-# NO is used.

-

-WARNINGS               = YES

-

-# If WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED is set to YES, then doxygen will generate warnings 

-# for undocumented members. If EXTRACT_ALL is set to YES then this flag will 

-# automatically be disabled.

-

-WARN_IF_UNDOCUMENTED   = YES

-

-# If WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR is set to YES, doxygen will generate warnings for 

-# potential errors in the documentation, such as not documenting some 

-# parameters in a documented function, or documenting parameters that 

-# don't exist or using markup commands wrongly.

-

-WARN_IF_DOC_ERROR      = YES

-

-# This WARN_NO_PARAMDOC option can be abled to get warnings for 

-# functions that are documented, but have no documentation for their parameters 

-# or return value. If set to NO (the default) doxygen will only warn about 

-# wrong or incomplete parameter documentation, but not about the absence of 

-# documentation.

-

-WARN_NO_PARAMDOC       = YES

-

-# The WARN_FORMAT tag determines the format of the warning messages that 

-# doxygen can produce. The string should contain the $file, $line, and $text 

-# tags, which will be replaced by the file and line number from which the 

-# warning originated and the warning text. Optionally the format may contain 

-# $version, which will be replaced by the version of the file (if it could 

-# be obtained via FILE_VERSION_FILTER)

-

-WARN_FORMAT            = "$file:$line: $text"

-

-# The WARN_LOGFILE tag can be used to specify a file to which warning 

-# and error messages should be written. If left blank the output is written 

-# to stderr.

-

-WARN_LOGFILE           = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the input files

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The INPUT tag can be used to specify the files and/or directories that contain 

-# documented source files. You may enter file names like "myfile.cpp" or 

-# directories like "/usr/src/myproject". Separate the files or directories 

-# with spaces.

-

-INPUT                  = ./

-

-# This tag can be used to specify the character encoding of the source files 

-# that doxygen parses. Internally doxygen uses the UTF-8 encoding, which is 

-# also the default input encoding. Doxygen uses libiconv (or the iconv built 

-# into libc) for the transcoding. See http://www.gnu.org/software/libiconv for 

-# the list of possible encodings.

-

-INPUT_ENCODING         = UTF-8

-

-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the 

-# FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp 

-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left 

-# blank the following patterns are tested: 

-# *.c *.cc *.cxx *.cpp *.c++ *.java *.ii *.ixx *.ipp *.i++ *.inl *.h *.hh *.hxx 

-# *.hpp *.h++ *.idl *.odl *.cs *.php *.php3 *.inc *.m *.mm *.py *.f90

-

-FILE_PATTERNS          = *.h \

-                         *.c \

-						 *.txt

-

-# The RECURSIVE tag can be used to turn specify whether or not subdirectories 

-# should be searched for input files as well. Possible values are YES and NO. 

-# If left blank NO is used.

-

-RECURSIVE              = YES

-

-# The EXCLUDE tag can be used to specify files and/or directories that should 

-# excluded from the INPUT source files. This way you can easily exclude a 

-# subdirectory from a directory tree whose root is specified with the INPUT tag.

-

-EXCLUDE                = 

-

-# The EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS tag can be used select whether or not files or 

-# directories that are symbolic links (a Unix filesystem feature) are excluded 

-# from the input.

-

-EXCLUDE_SYMLINKS       = NO

-

-# If the value of the INPUT tag contains directories, you can use the 

-# EXCLUDE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard patterns to exclude 

-# certain files from those directories. Note that the wildcards are matched 

-# against the file with absolute path, so to exclude all test directories 

-# for example use the pattern */test/*

-

-EXCLUDE_PATTERNS       = */LowLevel/USBMode.h

-

-# The EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS tag can be used to specify one or more symbol names 

-# (namespaces, classes, functions, etc.) that should be excluded from the 

-# output. The symbol name can be a fully qualified name, a word, or if the 

-# wildcard * is used, a substring. Examples: ANamespace, AClass, 

-# AClass::ANamespace, ANamespace::*Test

-

-EXCLUDE_SYMBOLS        = __*

-

-# The EXAMPLE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or 

-# directories that contain example code fragments that are included (see 

-# the \include command).

-

-EXAMPLE_PATH           = 

-

-# If the value of the EXAMPLE_PATH tag contains directories, you can use the 

-# EXAMPLE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard pattern (like *.cpp 

-# and *.h) to filter out the source-files in the directories. If left 

-# blank all files are included.

-

-EXAMPLE_PATTERNS       = *

-

-# If the EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE tag is set to YES then subdirectories will be 

-# searched for input files to be used with the \include or \dontinclude 

-# commands irrespective of the value of the RECURSIVE tag. 

-# Possible values are YES and NO. If left blank NO is used.

-

-EXAMPLE_RECURSIVE      = NO

-

-# The IMAGE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more files or 

-# directories that contain image that are included in the documentation (see 

-# the \image command).

-

-IMAGE_PATH             = 

-

-# The INPUT_FILTER tag can be used to specify a program that doxygen should 

-# invoke to filter for each input file. Doxygen will invoke the filter program 

-# by executing (via popen()) the command <filter> <input-file>, where <filter> 

-# is the value of the INPUT_FILTER tag, and <input-file> is the name of an 

-# input file. Doxygen will then use the output that the filter program writes 

-# to standard output.  If FILTER_PATTERNS is specified, this tag will be 

-# ignored.

-

-INPUT_FILTER           = 

-

-# The FILTER_PATTERNS tag can be used to specify filters on a per file pattern 

-# basis.  Doxygen will compare the file name with each pattern and apply the 

-# filter if there is a match.  The filters are a list of the form: 

-# pattern=filter (like *.cpp=my_cpp_filter). See INPUT_FILTER for further 

-# info on how filters are used. If FILTER_PATTERNS is empty, INPUT_FILTER 

-# is applied to all files.

-

-FILTER_PATTERNS        = 

-

-# If the FILTER_SOURCE_FILES tag is set to YES, the input filter (if set using 

-# INPUT_FILTER) will be used to filter the input files when producing source 

-# files to browse (i.e. when SOURCE_BROWSER is set to YES).

-

-FILTER_SOURCE_FILES    = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to source browsing

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES then a list of source files will 

-# be generated. Documented entities will be cross-referenced with these sources. 

-# Note: To get rid of all source code in the generated output, make sure also 

-# VERBATIM_HEADERS is set to NO.

-

-SOURCE_BROWSER         = NO

-

-# Setting the INLINE_SOURCES tag to YES will include the body 

-# of functions and classes directly in the documentation.

-

-INLINE_SOURCES         = NO

-

-# Setting the STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS tag to YES (the default) will instruct 

-# doxygen to hide any special comment blocks from generated source code 

-# fragments. Normal C and C++ comments will always remain visible.

-

-STRIP_CODE_COMMENTS    = YES

-

-# If the REFERENCED_BY_RELATION tag is set to YES 

-# then for each documented function all documented 

-# functions referencing it will be listed.

-

-REFERENCED_BY_RELATION = NO

-

-# If the REFERENCES_RELATION tag is set to YES 

-# then for each documented function all documented entities 

-# called/used by that function will be listed.

-

-REFERENCES_RELATION    = NO

-

-# If the REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE tag is set to YES (the default)

-# and SOURCE_BROWSER tag is set to YES, then the hyperlinks from

-# functions in REFERENCES_RELATION and REFERENCED_BY_RELATION lists will

-# link to the source code.  Otherwise they will link to the documentstion.

-

-REFERENCES_LINK_SOURCE = NO

-

-# If the USE_HTAGS tag is set to YES then the references to source code 

-# will point to the HTML generated by the htags(1) tool instead of doxygen 

-# built-in source browser. The htags tool is part of GNU's global source 

-# tagging system (see http://www.gnu.org/software/global/global.html). You 

-# will need version 4.8.6 or higher.

-

-USE_HTAGS              = NO

-

-# If the VERBATIM_HEADERS tag is set to YES (the default) then Doxygen 

-# will generate a verbatim copy of the header file for each class for 

-# which an include is specified. Set to NO to disable this.

-

-VERBATIM_HEADERS       = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the alphabetical class index

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the ALPHABETICAL_INDEX tag is set to YES, an alphabetical index 

-# of all compounds will be generated. Enable this if the project 

-# contains a lot of classes, structs, unions or interfaces.

-

-ALPHABETICAL_INDEX     = YES

-

-# If the alphabetical index is enabled (see ALPHABETICAL_INDEX) then 

-# the COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX tag can be used to specify the number of columns 

-# in which this list will be split (can be a number in the range [1..20])

-

-COLS_IN_ALPHA_INDEX    = 5

-

-# In case all classes in a project start with a common prefix, all 

-# classes will be put under the same header in the alphabetical index. 

-# The IGNORE_PREFIX tag can be used to specify one or more prefixes that 

-# should be ignored while generating the index headers.

-

-IGNORE_PREFIX          = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the HTML output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTML tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate HTML output.

-

-GENERATE_HTML          = YES

-

-# The HTML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the HTML docs will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `html' will be used as the default path.

-

-HTML_OUTPUT            = html

-

-# The HTML_FILE_EXTENSION tag can be used to specify the file extension for 

-# each generated HTML page (for example: .htm,.php,.asp). If it is left blank 

-# doxygen will generate files with .html extension.

-

-HTML_FILE_EXTENSION    = .html

-

-# The HTML_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML header for 

-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a 

-# standard header.

-

-HTML_HEADER            = 

-

-# The HTML_FOOTER tag can be used to specify a personal HTML footer for 

-# each generated HTML page. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a 

-# standard footer.

-

-HTML_FOOTER            = 

-

-# The HTML_STYLESHEET tag can be used to specify a user-defined cascading 

-# style sheet that is used by each HTML page. It can be used to 

-# fine-tune the look of the HTML output. If the tag is left blank doxygen 

-# will generate a default style sheet. Note that doxygen will try to copy 

-# the style sheet file to the HTML output directory, so don't put your own 

-# stylesheet in the HTML output directory as well, or it will be erased!

-

-HTML_STYLESHEET        = 

-

-# If the HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS tag is set to YES, the members of classes, 

-# files or namespaces will be aligned in HTML using tables. If set to 

-# NO a bullet list will be used.

-

-HTML_ALIGN_MEMBERS     = YES

-

-# If the HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS tag is set to YES then the generated HTML 

-# documentation will contain sections that can be hidden and shown after the 

-# page has loaded. For this to work a browser that supports 

-# JavaScript and DHTML is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, Firefox 

-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, Konqueror, or Safari).

-

-HTML_DYNAMIC_SECTIONS  = YES

-

-# If the GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, additional index files 

-# will be generated that can be used as input for Apple's Xcode 3 

-# integrated development environment, introduced with OSX 10.5 (Leopard). 

-# To create a documentation set, doxygen will generate a Makefile in the 

-# HTML output directory. Running make will produce the docset in that 

-# directory and running "make install" will install the docset in 

-# ~/Library/Developer/Shared/Documentation/DocSets so that Xcode will find 

-# it at startup. 

-# See http://developer.apple.com/tools/creatingdocsetswithdoxygen.html for more information.

-

-GENERATE_DOCSET        = NO

-

-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag determines the name of the 

-# feed. A documentation feed provides an umbrella under which multiple 

-# documentation sets from a single provider (such as a company or product suite) 

-# can be grouped.

-

-DOCSET_FEEDNAME        = "Doxygen generated docs"

-

-# When GENERATE_DOCSET tag is set to YES, this tag specifies a string that 

-# should uniquely identify the documentation set bundle. This should be a 

-# reverse domain-name style string, e.g. com.mycompany.MyDocSet. Doxygen 

-# will append .docset to the name.

-

-DOCSET_BUNDLE_ID       = org.doxygen.Project

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, additional index files 

-# will be generated that can be used as input for tools like the 

-# Microsoft HTML help workshop to generate a compiled HTML help file (.chm) 

-# of the generated HTML documentation.

-

-GENERATE_HTMLHELP      = NO

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_FILE tag can 

-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .chm file. You 

-# can add a path in front of the file if the result should not be 

-# written to the html output directory.

-

-CHM_FILE               = 

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the HHC_LOCATION tag can 

-# be used to specify the location (absolute path including file name) of 

-# the HTML help compiler (hhc.exe). If non-empty doxygen will try to run 

-# the HTML help compiler on the generated index.hhp.

-

-HHC_LOCATION           = 

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the GENERATE_CHI flag 

-# controls if a separate .chi index file is generated (YES) or that 

-# it should be included in the master .chm file (NO).

-

-GENERATE_CHI           = NO

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the CHM_INDEX_ENCODING

-# is used to encode HtmlHelp index (hhk), content (hhc) and project file

-# content.

-

-CHM_INDEX_ENCODING     = 

-

-# If the GENERATE_HTMLHELP tag is set to YES, the BINARY_TOC flag 

-# controls whether a binary table of contents is generated (YES) or a 

-# normal table of contents (NO) in the .chm file.

-

-BINARY_TOC             = NO

-

-# The TOC_EXPAND flag can be set to YES to add extra items for group members 

-# to the contents of the HTML help documentation and to the tree view.

-

-TOC_EXPAND             = YES

-

-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES and both QHP_NAMESPACE and QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER 

-# are set, an additional index file will be generated that can be used as input for 

-# Qt's qhelpgenerator to generate a Qt Compressed Help (.qch) of the generated 

-# HTML documentation.

-

-GENERATE_QHP           = NO

-

-# If the QHG_LOCATION tag is specified, the QCH_FILE tag can 

-# be used to specify the file name of the resulting .qch file. 

-# The path specified is relative to the HTML output folder.

-

-QCH_FILE               = 

-

-# The QHP_NAMESPACE tag specifies the namespace to use when generating 

-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see 

-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#namespace">Qt Help Project / Namespace</a>.

-

-QHP_NAMESPACE          = org.doxygen.Project

-

-# The QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER tag specifies the namespace to use when generating 

-# Qt Help Project output. For more information please see 

-# <a href="http://doc.trolltech.com/qthelpproject.html#virtual-folders">Qt Help Project / Virtual Folders</a>.

-

-QHP_VIRTUAL_FOLDER     = doc

-

-# If the GENERATE_QHP tag is set to YES, the QHG_LOCATION tag can 

-# be used to specify the location of Qt's qhelpgenerator. 

-# If non-empty doxygen will try to run qhelpgenerator on the generated 

-# .qhp file .

-

-QHG_LOCATION           = 

-

-# The DISABLE_INDEX tag can be used to turn on/off the condensed index at 

-# top of each HTML page. The value NO (the default) enables the index and 

-# the value YES disables it.

-

-DISABLE_INDEX          = NO

-

-# This tag can be used to set the number of enum values (range [1..20]) 

-# that doxygen will group on one line in the generated HTML documentation.

-

-ENUM_VALUES_PER_LINE   = 1

-

-# The GENERATE_TREEVIEW tag is used to specify whether a tree-like index

-# structure should be generated to display hierarchical information.

-# If the tag value is set to FRAME, a side panel will be generated

-# containing a tree-like index structure (just like the one that 

-# is generated for HTML Help). For this to work a browser that supports 

-# JavaScript, DHTML, CSS and frames is required (for instance Mozilla 1.0+, 

-# Netscape 6.0+, Internet explorer 5.0+, or Konqueror). Windows users are 

-# probably better off using the HTML help feature. Other possible values 

-# for this tag are: HIERARCHIES, which will generate the Groups, Directories,

-# and Class Hierarchy pages using a tree view instead of an ordered list;

-# ALL, which combines the behavior of FRAME and HIERARCHIES; and NONE, which

-# disables this behavior completely. For backwards compatibility with previous

-# releases of Doxygen, the values YES and NO are equivalent to FRAME and NONE

-# respectively.

-

-GENERATE_TREEVIEW      = YES

-

-# If the treeview is enabled (see GENERATE_TREEVIEW) then this tag can be 

-# used to set the initial width (in pixels) of the frame in which the tree 

-# is shown.

-

-TREEVIEW_WIDTH         = 250

-

-# Use this tag to change the font size of Latex formulas included 

-# as images in the HTML documentation. The default is 10. Note that 

-# when you change the font size after a successful doxygen run you need 

-# to manually remove any form_*.png images from the HTML output directory 

-# to force them to be regenerated.

-

-FORMULA_FONTSIZE       = 10

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the LaTeX output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_LATEX tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate Latex output.

-

-GENERATE_LATEX         = NO

-

-# The LATEX_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the LaTeX docs will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default path.

-

-LATEX_OUTPUT           = latex

-

-# The LATEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the LaTeX command name to be 

-# invoked. If left blank `latex' will be used as the default command name.

-

-LATEX_CMD_NAME         = latex

-

-# The MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME tag can be used to specify the command name to 

-# generate index for LaTeX. If left blank `makeindex' will be used as the 

-# default command name.

-

-MAKEINDEX_CMD_NAME     = makeindex

-

-# If the COMPACT_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact 

-# LaTeX documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to 

-# save some trees in general.

-

-COMPACT_LATEX          = NO

-

-# The PAPER_TYPE tag can be used to set the paper type that is used 

-# by the printer. Possible values are: a4, a4wide, letter, legal and 

-# executive. If left blank a4wide will be used.

-

-PAPER_TYPE             = a4wide

-

-# The EXTRA_PACKAGES tag can be to specify one or more names of LaTeX 

-# packages that should be included in the LaTeX output.

-

-EXTRA_PACKAGES         = 

-

-# The LATEX_HEADER tag can be used to specify a personal LaTeX header for 

-# the generated latex document. The header should contain everything until 

-# the first chapter. If it is left blank doxygen will generate a 

-# standard header. Notice: only use this tag if you know what you are doing!

-

-LATEX_HEADER           = 

-

-# If the PDF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the LaTeX that is generated 

-# is prepared for conversion to pdf (using ps2pdf). The pdf file will 

-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references 

-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using a pdf viewer.

-

-PDF_HYPERLINKS         = YES

-

-# If the USE_PDFLATEX tag is set to YES, pdflatex will be used instead of 

-# plain latex in the generated Makefile. Set this option to YES to get a 

-# higher quality PDF documentation.

-

-USE_PDFLATEX           = YES

-

-# If the LATEX_BATCHMODE tag is set to YES, doxygen will add the \\batchmode. 

-# command to the generated LaTeX files. This will instruct LaTeX to keep 

-# running if errors occur, instead of asking the user for help. 

-# This option is also used when generating formulas in HTML.

-

-LATEX_BATCHMODE        = NO

-

-# If LATEX_HIDE_INDICES is set to YES then doxygen will not 

-# include the index chapters (such as File Index, Compound Index, etc.) 

-# in the output.

-

-LATEX_HIDE_INDICES     = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the RTF output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate RTF output 

-# The RTF output is optimized for Word 97 and may not look very pretty with 

-# other RTF readers or editors.

-

-GENERATE_RTF           = NO

-

-# The RTF_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the RTF docs will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `rtf' will be used as the default path.

-

-RTF_OUTPUT             = rtf

-

-# If the COMPACT_RTF tag is set to YES Doxygen generates more compact 

-# RTF documents. This may be useful for small projects and may help to 

-# save some trees in general.

-

-COMPACT_RTF            = NO

-

-# If the RTF_HYPERLINKS tag is set to YES, the RTF that is generated 

-# will contain hyperlink fields. The RTF file will 

-# contain links (just like the HTML output) instead of page references. 

-# This makes the output suitable for online browsing using WORD or other 

-# programs which support those fields. 

-# Note: wordpad (write) and others do not support links.

-

-RTF_HYPERLINKS         = NO

-

-# Load stylesheet definitions from file. Syntax is similar to doxygen's 

-# config file, i.e. a series of assignments. You only have to provide 

-# replacements, missing definitions are set to their default value.

-

-RTF_STYLESHEET_FILE    = 

-

-# Set optional variables used in the generation of an rtf document. 

-# Syntax is similar to doxygen's config file.

-

-RTF_EXTENSIONS_FILE    = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the man page output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_MAN tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate man pages

-

-GENERATE_MAN           = NO

-

-# The MAN_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the man pages will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `man' will be used as the default path.

-

-MAN_OUTPUT             = man

-

-# The MAN_EXTENSION tag determines the extension that is added to 

-# the generated man pages (default is the subroutine's section .3)

-

-MAN_EXTENSION          = .3

-

-# If the MAN_LINKS tag is set to YES and Doxygen generates man output, 

-# then it will generate one additional man file for each entity 

-# documented in the real man page(s). These additional files 

-# only source the real man page, but without them the man command 

-# would be unable to find the correct page. The default is NO.

-

-MAN_LINKS              = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the XML output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_XML tag is set to YES Doxygen will 

-# generate an XML file that captures the structure of 

-# the code including all documentation.

-

-GENERATE_XML           = NO

-

-# The XML_OUTPUT tag is used to specify where the XML pages will be put. 

-# If a relative path is entered the value of OUTPUT_DIRECTORY will be 

-# put in front of it. If left blank `xml' will be used as the default path.

-

-XML_OUTPUT             = xml

-

-# The XML_SCHEMA tag can be used to specify an XML schema, 

-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the 

-# syntax of the XML files.

-

-XML_SCHEMA             = 

-

-# The XML_DTD tag can be used to specify an XML DTD, 

-# which can be used by a validating XML parser to check the 

-# syntax of the XML files.

-

-XML_DTD                = 

-

-# If the XML_PROGRAMLISTING tag is set to YES Doxygen will 

-# dump the program listings (including syntax highlighting 

-# and cross-referencing information) to the XML output. Note that 

-# enabling this will significantly increase the size of the XML output.

-

-XML_PROGRAMLISTING     = YES

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options for the AutoGen Definitions output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF tag is set to YES Doxygen will 

-# generate an AutoGen Definitions (see autogen.sf.net) file 

-# that captures the structure of the code including all 

-# documentation. Note that this feature is still experimental 

-# and incomplete at the moment.

-

-GENERATE_AUTOGEN_DEF   = NO

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# configuration options related to the Perl module output

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the GENERATE_PERLMOD tag is set to YES Doxygen will 

-# generate a Perl module file that captures the structure of 

-# the code including all documentation. Note that this 

-# feature is still experimental and incomplete at the 

-# moment.

-

-GENERATE_PERLMOD       = NO

-

-# If the PERLMOD_LATEX tag is set to YES Doxygen will generate 

-# the necessary Makefile rules, Perl scripts and LaTeX code to be able 

-# to generate PDF and DVI output from the Perl module output.

-

-PERLMOD_LATEX          = NO

-

-# If the PERLMOD_PRETTY tag is set to YES the Perl module output will be 

-# nicely formatted so it can be parsed by a human reader.  This is useful 

-# if you want to understand what is going on.  On the other hand, if this 

-# tag is set to NO the size of the Perl module output will be much smaller 

-# and Perl will parse it just the same.

-

-PERLMOD_PRETTY         = YES

-

-# The names of the make variables in the generated doxyrules.make file 

-# are prefixed with the string contained in PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX. 

-# This is useful so different doxyrules.make files included by the same 

-# Makefile don't overwrite each other's variables.

-

-PERLMOD_MAKEVAR_PREFIX = 

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration options related to the preprocessor   

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# evaluate all C-preprocessor directives found in the sources and include 

-# files.

-

-ENABLE_PREPROCESSING   = YES

-

-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION tag is set to YES Doxygen will expand all macro 

-# names in the source code. If set to NO (the default) only conditional 

-# compilation will be performed. Macro expansion can be done in a controlled 

-# way by setting EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF to YES.

-

-MACRO_EXPANSION        = YES

-

-# If the EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF and MACRO_EXPANSION tags are both set to YES 

-# then the macro expansion is limited to the macros specified with the 

-# PREDEFINED and EXPAND_AS_DEFINED tags.

-

-EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF     = YES

-

-# If the SEARCH_INCLUDES tag is set to YES (the default) the includes files 

-# in the INCLUDE_PATH (see below) will be search if a #include is found.

-

-SEARCH_INCLUDES        = YES

-

-# The INCLUDE_PATH tag can be used to specify one or more directories that 

-# contain include files that are not input files but should be processed by 

-# the preprocessor.

-

-INCLUDE_PATH           = 

-

-# You can use the INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS tag to specify one or more wildcard 

-# patterns (like *.h and *.hpp) to filter out the header-files in the 

-# directories. If left blank, the patterns specified with FILE_PATTERNS will 

-# be used.

-

-INCLUDE_FILE_PATTERNS  = 

-

-# The PREDEFINED tag can be used to specify one or more macro names that 

-# are defined before the preprocessor is started (similar to the -D option of 

-# gcc). The argument of the tag is a list of macros of the form: name 

-# or name=definition (no spaces). If the definition and the = are 

-# omitted =1 is assumed. To prevent a macro definition from being 

-# undefined via #undef or recursively expanded use the := operator 

-# instead of the = operator.

-

-PREDEFINED             = __DOXYGEN__

-

-# If the MACRO_EXPANSION and EXPAND_ONLY_PREDEF tags are set to YES then 

-# this tag can be used to specify a list of macro names that should be expanded. 

-# The macro definition that is found in the sources will be used. 

-# Use the PREDEFINED tag if you want to use a different macro definition.

-

-EXPAND_AS_DEFINED      = BUTTLOADTAG

-

-# If the SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS tag is set to YES (the default) then 

-# doxygen's preprocessor will remove all function-like macros that are alone 

-# on a line, have an all uppercase name, and do not end with a semicolon. Such 

-# function macros are typically used for boiler-plate code, and will confuse 

-# the parser if not removed.

-

-SKIP_FUNCTION_MACROS   = YES

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration::additions related to external references   

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The TAGFILES option can be used to specify one or more tagfiles. 

-# Optionally an initial location of the external documentation 

-# can be added for each tagfile. The format of a tag file without 

-# this location is as follows: 

-#   TAGFILES = file1 file2 ... 

-# Adding location for the tag files is done as follows: 

-#   TAGFILES = file1=loc1 "file2 = loc2" ... 

-# where "loc1" and "loc2" can be relative or absolute paths or 

-# URLs. If a location is present for each tag, the installdox tool 

-# does not have to be run to correct the links.

-# Note that each tag file must have a unique name

-# (where the name does NOT include the path)

-# If a tag file is not located in the directory in which doxygen 

-# is run, you must also specify the path to the tagfile here.

-

-TAGFILES               = 

-

-# When a file name is specified after GENERATE_TAGFILE, doxygen will create 

-# a tag file that is based on the input files it reads.

-

-GENERATE_TAGFILE       = 

-

-# If the ALLEXTERNALS tag is set to YES all external classes will be listed 

-# in the class index. If set to NO only the inherited external classes 

-# will be listed.

-

-ALLEXTERNALS           = NO

-

-# If the EXTERNAL_GROUPS tag is set to YES all external groups will be listed 

-# in the modules index. If set to NO, only the current project's groups will 

-# be listed.

-

-EXTERNAL_GROUPS        = YES

-

-# The PERL_PATH should be the absolute path and name of the perl script 

-# interpreter (i.e. the result of `which perl').

-

-PERL_PATH              = /usr/bin/perl

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration options related to the dot tool   

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# If the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate a inheritance diagram (in HTML, RTF and LaTeX) for classes with base 

-# or super classes. Setting the tag to NO turns the diagrams off. Note that 

-# this option is superseded by the HAVE_DOT option below. This is only a 

-# fallback. It is recommended to install and use dot, since it yields more 

-# powerful graphs.

-

-CLASS_DIAGRAMS         = NO

-

-# You can define message sequence charts within doxygen comments using the \msc 

-# command. Doxygen will then run the mscgen tool (see 

-# http://www.mcternan.me.uk/mscgen/) to produce the chart and insert it in the 

-# documentation. The MSCGEN_PATH tag allows you to specify the directory where 

-# the mscgen tool resides. If left empty the tool is assumed to be found in the 

-# default search path.

-

-MSCGEN_PATH            = 

-

-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will hide 

-# inheritance and usage relations if the target is undocumented 

-# or is not a class.

-

-HIDE_UNDOC_RELATIONS   = YES

-

-# If you set the HAVE_DOT tag to YES then doxygen will assume the dot tool is 

-# available from the path. This tool is part of Graphviz, a graph visualization 

-# toolkit from AT&T and Lucent Bell Labs. The other options in this section 

-# have no effect if this option is set to NO (the default)

-

-HAVE_DOT               = NO

-

-# By default doxygen will write a font called FreeSans.ttf to the output 

-# directory and reference it in all dot files that doxygen generates. This 

-# font does not include all possible unicode characters however, so when you need 

-# these (or just want a differently looking font) you can specify the font name 

-# using DOT_FONTNAME. You need need to make sure dot is able to find the font, 

-# which can be done by putting it in a standard location or by setting the 

-# DOTFONTPATH environment variable or by setting DOT_FONTPATH to the directory 

-# containing the font.

-

-DOT_FONTNAME           = FreeSans

-

-# The DOT_FONTSIZE tag can be used to set the size of the font of dot graphs. 

-# The default size is 10pt.

-

-DOT_FONTSIZE           = 10

-

-# By default doxygen will tell dot to use the output directory to look for the 

-# FreeSans.ttf font (which doxygen will put there itself). If you specify a 

-# different font using DOT_FONTNAME you can set the path where dot 

-# can find it using this tag.

-

-DOT_FONTPATH           = 

-

-# If the CLASS_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 

-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and 

-# indirect inheritance relations. Setting this tag to YES will force the 

-# the CLASS_DIAGRAMS tag to NO.

-

-CLASS_GRAPH            = NO

-

-# If the COLLABORATION_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 

-# will generate a graph for each documented class showing the direct and 

-# indirect implementation dependencies (inheritance, containment, and 

-# class references variables) of the class with other documented classes.

-

-COLLABORATION_GRAPH    = NO

-

-# If the GROUP_GRAPHS and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 

-# will generate a graph for groups, showing the direct groups dependencies

-

-GROUP_GRAPHS           = NO

-

-# If the UML_LOOK tag is set to YES doxygen will generate inheritance and 

-# collaboration diagrams in a style similar to the OMG's Unified Modeling 

-# Language.

-

-UML_LOOK               = NO

-

-# If set to YES, the inheritance and collaboration graphs will show the 

-# relations between templates and their instances.

-

-TEMPLATE_RELATIONS     = NO

-

-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDE_GRAPH, and HAVE_DOT 

-# tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each documented 

-# file showing the direct and indirect include dependencies of the file with 

-# other documented files.

-

-INCLUDE_GRAPH          = NO

-

-# If the ENABLE_PREPROCESSING, SEARCH_INCLUDES, INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH, and 

-# HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen will generate a graph for each 

-# documented header file showing the documented files that directly or 

-# indirectly include this file.

-

-INCLUDED_BY_GRAPH      = NO

-

-# If the CALL_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT options are set to YES then 

-# doxygen will generate a call dependency graph for every global function 

-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase 

-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable call graphs 

-# for selected functions only using the \callgraph command.

-

-CALL_GRAPH             = NO

-

-# If the CALLER_GRAPH and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then 

-# doxygen will generate a caller dependency graph for every global function 

-# or class method. Note that enabling this option will significantly increase 

-# the time of a run. So in most cases it will be better to enable caller 

-# graphs for selected functions only using the \callergraph command.

-

-CALLER_GRAPH           = NO

-

-# If the GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES then doxygen 

-# will graphical hierarchy of all classes instead of a textual one.

-

-GRAPHICAL_HIERARCHY    = NO

-

-# If the DIRECTORY_GRAPH, SHOW_DIRECTORIES and HAVE_DOT tags are set to YES 

-# then doxygen will show the dependencies a directory has on other directories 

-# in a graphical way. The dependency relations are determined by the #include

-# relations between the files in the directories.

-

-DIRECTORY_GRAPH        = NO

-

-# The DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT tag can be used to set the image format of the images 

-# generated by dot. Possible values are png, jpg, or gif

-# If left blank png will be used.

-

-DOT_IMAGE_FORMAT       = png

-

-# The tag DOT_PATH can be used to specify the path where the dot tool can be 

-# found. If left blank, it is assumed the dot tool can be found in the path.

-

-DOT_PATH               = "C:/Program Files/Graphviz2.18/bin"

-

-# The DOTFILE_DIRS tag can be used to specify one or more directories that 

-# contain dot files that are included in the documentation (see the 

-# \dotfile command).

-

-DOTFILE_DIRS           = 

-

-# The DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES tag can be used to set the maximum number of 

-# nodes that will be shown in the graph. If the number of nodes in a graph 

-# becomes larger than this value, doxygen will truncate the graph, which is 

-# visualized by representing a node as a red box. Note that doxygen if the 

-# number of direct children of the root node in a graph is already larger than 

-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES then the graph will not be shown at all. Also note 

-# that the size of a graph can be further restricted by MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH.

-

-DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES    = 15

-

-# The MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH tag can be used to set the maximum depth of the 

-# graphs generated by dot. A depth value of 3 means that only nodes reachable 

-# from the root by following a path via at most 3 edges will be shown. Nodes 

-# that lay further from the root node will be omitted. Note that setting this 

-# option to 1 or 2 may greatly reduce the computation time needed for large 

-# code bases. Also note that the size of a graph can be further restricted by 

-# DOT_GRAPH_MAX_NODES. Using a depth of 0 means no depth restriction.

-

-MAX_DOT_GRAPH_DEPTH    = 2

-

-# Set the DOT_TRANSPARENT tag to YES to generate images with a transparent 

-# background. This is disabled by default, because dot on Windows does not 

-# seem to support this out of the box. Warning: Depending on the platform used, 

-# enabling this option may lead to badly anti-aliased labels on the edges of 

-# a graph (i.e. they become hard to read).

-

-DOT_TRANSPARENT        = YES

-

-# Set the DOT_MULTI_TARGETS tag to YES allow dot to generate multiple output 

-# files in one run (i.e. multiple -o and -T options on the command line). This 

-# makes dot run faster, but since only newer versions of dot (>1.8.10) 

-# support this, this feature is disabled by default.

-

-DOT_MULTI_TARGETS      = NO

-

-# If the GENERATE_LEGEND tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# generate a legend page explaining the meaning of the various boxes and 

-# arrows in the dot generated graphs.

-

-GENERATE_LEGEND        = YES

-

-# If the DOT_CLEANUP tag is set to YES (the default) Doxygen will 

-# remove the intermediate dot files that are used to generate 

-# the various graphs.

-

-DOT_CLEANUP            = YES

-

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# Configuration::additions related to the search engine   

-#---------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# The SEARCHENGINE tag specifies whether or not a search engine should be 

-# used. If set to NO the values of all tags below this one will be ignored.

-

-SEARCHENGINE           = NO

diff --git a/Demos/Host/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c b/Demos/Host/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 197e832f6..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,434 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  Main source file for the StillImageHost demo. This file contains the main tasks of

- *  the demo and is responsible for the initial application hardware configuration.

- */

-

-#include "StillImageHost.h"

-

-/* Scheduler Task List */

-TASK_LIST

-{

-	{ .Task = USB_USBTask          , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },

-	{ .Task = USB_SImage_Host      , .TaskStatus = TASK_STOP },

-};

-

-

-/** Main program entry point. This routine configures the hardware required by the application, then

- *  starts the scheduler to run the application tasks.

- */

-int main(void)

-{

-	/* Disable watchdog if enabled by bootloader/fuses */

-	MCUSR &= ~(1 << WDRF);

-	wdt_disable();

-

-	/* Disable Clock Division */

-	CLKPR = (1 << CLKPCE);

-	CLKPR = 0;

-

-	/* Hardware Initialization */

-	SerialStream_Init(9600, false);

-	LEDs_Init();

-	

-	/* Indicate USB not ready */

-	UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);

-	

-	/* Initialize Scheduler so that it can be used */

-	Scheduler_Init();

-

-	/* Initialize USB Subsystem */

-	USB_Init();

-

-	/* Start-up message */

-	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_RESET ESC_BG_WHITE ESC_INVERSE_ON ESC_ERASE_DISPLAY

-	       "Still Image Host Demo running.\r\n" ESC_INVERSE_OFF));

-		   

-	/* Scheduling - routine never returns, so put this last in the main function */

-	Scheduler_Start();

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceAttached event. This indicates that a device has been attached to the host, and

- *  starts the library USB task to begin the enumeration and USB management process.

- */

-void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void)

-{

-	puts_P(PSTR("Device Attached.\r\n"));

-	UpdateStatus(Status_USBEnumerating);

-	

-	/* Start USB management task to enumerate the device */

-	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_RUN);

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceUnattached event. This indicates that a device has been removed from the host, and

- *  stops the library USB task management process.

- */

-void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void)

-{

-	/* Stop USB management and Still Image tasks */

-	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_USBTask, TASK_STOP);

-	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_SImage_Host, TASK_STOP);

-

-	puts_P(PSTR("\r\nDevice Unattached.\r\n"));

-	UpdateStatus(Status_USBNotReady);

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete event. This indicates that a device has been successfully

- *  enumerated by the host and is now ready to be used by the application.

- */

-void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void)

-{

-	/* Once device is fully enumerated, start the Still Image Host task */

-	Scheduler_SetTaskMode(USB_SImage_Host, TASK_RUN);

-

-	/* Indicate device enumeration complete */

-	UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_HostError event. This indicates that a hardware error occurred while in host mode. */

-void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode)

-{

-	USB_ShutDown();

-

-	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Host Mode Error\r\n"));

-	printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-

-	UpdateStatus(Status_HardwareError);

-	for(;;);

-}

-

-/** Event handler for the USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed event. This indicates that a problem occurred while

- *  enumerating an attached USB device.

- */

-void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode)

-{

-	puts_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Dev Enum Error\r\n"));

-	printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-	printf_P(PSTR(" -- Sub Error Code %d\r\n"), SubErrorCode);

-	printf_P(PSTR(" -- In State %d\r\n"), USB_HostState);

-	

-	UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);

-}

-

-/** Task to set the configuration of the attached device after it has been enumerated, and to print device information

- *  through the serial port.

- */

-TASK(USB_SImage_Host)

-{

-	uint8_t ErrorCode;

-

-	switch (USB_HostState)

-	{

-		case HOST_STATE_Addressed:

-			/* Standard request to set the device configuration to configuration 1 */

-			USB_ControlRequest = (USB_Request_Header_t)

-				{

-					.bmRequestType = (REQDIR_HOSTTODEVICE | REQTYPE_STANDARD | REQREC_DEVICE),

-					.bRequest      = REQ_SetConfiguration,

-					.wValue        = 1,

-					.wIndex        = 0,

-					.wLength       = 0,

-				};

-

-			/* Select the control pipe for the request transfer */

-			Pipe_SelectPipe(PIPE_CONTROLPIPE);

-

-			/* Send the request, display error and wait for device detach if request fails */

-			if (USB_Host_SendControlRequest(NULL) != HOST_SENDCONTROL_Successful)

-			{

-				puts_P(PSTR("Control error.\r\n"));

-

-				/* Indicate error via status LEDs */

-				UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);

-

-				/* Wait until USB device disconnected */

-				while (USB_IsConnected);

-				break;

-			}

-				

-			USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Configured;

-			break;

-		case HOST_STATE_Configured:

-			puts_P(PSTR("Getting Config Data.\r\n"));

-		

-			/* Get and process the configuration descriptor data */

-			if ((ErrorCode = ProcessConfigurationDescriptor()) != SuccessfulConfigRead)

-			{

-				if (ErrorCode == ControlError)

-				  puts_P(PSTR("Control Error (Get Configuration).\r\n"));

-				else

-				  puts_P(PSTR("Invalid Device.\r\n"));

-

-				printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code: %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-				

-				/* Indicate error via status LEDs */

-				UpdateStatus(Status_EnumerationError);

-

-				/* Wait until USB device disconnected */

-				while (USB_IsConnected);

-				break;

-			}

-

-			puts_P(PSTR("Still Image Device Enumerated.\r\n"));

-				

-			USB_HostState = HOST_STATE_Ready;

-			break;

-		case HOST_STATE_Ready:

-			/* Indicate device busy via the status LEDs */

-			UpdateStatus(Status_Busy);

-

-			puts_P(PSTR("Retrieving Device Info...\r\n"));

-			

-			PIMA_SendBlock = (PIMA_Container_t)

-				{

-					.DataLength    = PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0),

-					.Type          = CType_CommandBlock,

-					.Code          = PIMA_OPERATION_GETDEVICEINFO,

-					.TransactionID = 0x00000000,

-					.Params        = {},

-				};

-			

-			/* Send the GETDEVICEINFO block */

-			SImage_SendBlockHeader();

-			

-			/* Receive the response data block */

-			if ((ErrorCode = SImage_RecieveBlockHeader()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)

-			{

-				ShowCommandError(ErrorCode, false);

-				break;

-			}

-			

-			/* Calculate the size of the returned device info data structure */

-			uint16_t DeviceInfoSize = (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.DataLength - PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(0));

-			

-			/* Create a buffer large enough to hold the entire device info */

-			uint8_t DeviceInfo[DeviceInfoSize];

-

-			/* Read in the data block data (containing device info) */

-			SImage_ReadData(DeviceInfo, DeviceInfoSize);

-			

-			/* Once all the data has been read, the pipe must be cleared before the response can be sent */

-			Pipe_ClearIN();

-			

-			/* Create a pointer for walking through the info dataset */

-			uint8_t* DeviceInfoPos = DeviceInfo;

-			

-			/* Skip over the data before the unicode device information strings */

-			DeviceInfoPos += 8;                                      // Skip to VendorExtensionDesc String

-			DeviceInfoPos += ((*DeviceInfoPos << 1) + 1);            // Skip over VendorExtensionDesc String

-			DeviceInfoPos += 2;                                      // Skip over FunctionalMode

-			DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over OperationCode Array

-			DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over EventCode Array

-			DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over DevicePropCode Array

-			DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over ObjectFormatCode Array

-			DeviceInfoPos += (4 + (*(uint32_t*)DeviceInfoPos << 1)); // Skip over ObjectFormatCode Array

-			

-			/* Extract and convert the Manufacturer Unicode string to ASCII and print it through the USART */

-			char Manufacturer[*DeviceInfoPos];

-			UnicodeToASCII(DeviceInfoPos, Manufacturer);

-			printf_P(PSTR("   Manufacturer: %s\r\n"), Manufacturer);

-

-			DeviceInfoPos += ((*DeviceInfoPos << 1) + 1);            // Skip over Manufacturer String

-

-			/* Extract and convert the Model Unicode string to ASCII and print it through the USART */

-			char Model[*DeviceInfoPos];

-			UnicodeToASCII(DeviceInfoPos, Model);

-			printf_P(PSTR("   Model: %s\r\n"), Model);

-

-			DeviceInfoPos += ((*DeviceInfoPos << 1) + 1);            // Skip over Model String

-

-			/* Extract and convert the Device Version Unicode string to ASCII and print it through the USART */

-			char DeviceVersion[*DeviceInfoPos];

-			UnicodeToASCII(DeviceInfoPos, DeviceVersion);

-			printf_P(PSTR("   Device Version: %s\r\n"), DeviceVersion);

-

-			/* Receive the final response block from the device */

-			if ((ErrorCode = SImage_RecieveBlockHeader()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)

-			{

-				ShowCommandError(ErrorCode, false);

-				break;

-			}

-			

-			/* Verify that the command completed successfully */

-			if ((PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Type != CType_ResponseBlock) || (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code != PIMA_RESPONSE_OK))

-			{

-				ShowCommandError(PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code, true);

-				break;

-			}

-			

-			puts_P(PSTR("Opening Session...\r\n"));

-			

-			PIMA_SendBlock = (PIMA_Container_t)

-				{

-					.DataLength    = PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(1),

-					.Type          = CType_CommandBlock,

-					.Code          = PIMA_OPERATION_OPENSESSION,

-					.TransactionID = 0x00000000,

-					.Params        = {0x00000001},

-				};

-			

-			/* Send the OPENSESSION block, open a session with an ID of 0x0001 */

-			SImage_SendBlockHeader();

-			

-			/* Receive the response block from the device */

-			if ((ErrorCode = SImage_RecieveBlockHeader()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)

-			{

-				ShowCommandError(ErrorCode, false);

-				break;

-			}

-			

-			/* Verify that the command completed successfully */

-			if ((PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Type != CType_ResponseBlock) || (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code != PIMA_RESPONSE_OK))

-			{

-				ShowCommandError(PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code, true);

-				break;

-			}

-

-			puts_P(PSTR("Closing Session...\r\n"));

-

-			PIMA_SendBlock = (PIMA_Container_t)

-				{

-					.DataLength    = PIMA_COMMAND_SIZE(1),

-					.Type          = CType_CommandBlock,

-					.Code          = PIMA_OPERATION_CLOSESESSION,

-					.TransactionID = 0x00000001,

-					.Params        = {0x00000001},

-				};

-			

-			/* Send the CLOSESESSION block, close the session with an ID of 0x0001 */

-			SImage_SendBlockHeader();

-			

-			/* Receive the response block from the device */

-			if ((ErrorCode = SImage_RecieveBlockHeader()) != PIPE_RWSTREAM_NoError)

-			{

-				ShowCommandError(ErrorCode, false);

-				break;

-			}

-

-			/* Verify that the command completed successfully */

-			if ((PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Type != CType_ResponseBlock) || (PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code != PIMA_RESPONSE_OK))

-			{

-				ShowCommandError(PIMA_ReceivedBlock.Code, true);

-				break;

-			}

-

-			puts_P(PSTR("Done.\r\n"));

-

-			/* Indicate device no longer busy */

-			UpdateStatus(Status_USBReady);

-			

-			/* Wait until USB device disconnected */

-			while (USB_IsConnected);

-			

-			break;

-	}

-}

-

-/** Function to convert a given Unicode encoded string to ASCII. This function will only work correctly on Unicode

- *  strings which contain ASCII printable characters only.

- *

- *  \param UnicodeString  Pointer to a Unicode encoded input string

- *  \param Buffer         Pointer to a buffer where the converted ASCII string should be stored

- */

-void UnicodeToASCII(uint8_t* UnicodeString, char* Buffer)

-{

-	/* Get the number of characters in the string, skip to the start of the string data */

-	uint8_t CharactersRemaining = *(UnicodeString++);

-	

-	/* Loop through the entire unicode string */

-	while (CharactersRemaining--)

-	{

-		/* Load in the next unicode character (only the lower byte, only Unicode coded ASCII supported) */

-		*(Buffer++) = *UnicodeString;

-		

-		/* Jump to the next unicode character */

-		UnicodeString += 2;

-	}

-	

-	/* Null terminate the string */

-	*Buffer = 0;

-}

-

-/** Function to manage status updates to the user. This is done via LEDs on the given board, if available, but may be changed to

- *  log to a serial port, or anything else that is suitable for status updates.

- *

- *  \param CurrentStatus  Current status of the system, from the StillImageHost_StatusCodes_t enum

- */

-void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus)

-{

-	uint8_t LEDMask = LEDS_NO_LEDS;

-	

-	/* Set the LED mask to the appropriate LED mask based on the given status code */

-	switch (CurrentStatus)

-	{

-		case Status_USBNotReady:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1);

-			break;

-		case Status_USBEnumerating:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED2);

-			break;

-		case Status_USBReady:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED2);

-			break;

-		case Status_EnumerationError:

-		case Status_HardwareError:

-		case Status_PIMACommandError:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3);

-			break;

-		case Status_Busy:

-			LEDMask = (LEDS_LED1 | LEDS_LED3 | LEDS_LED4);

-			break;

-	}

-	

-	/* Set the board LEDs to the new LED mask */

-	LEDs_SetAllLEDs(LEDMask);

-}

-

-/** Displays a PIMA command error via the device's serial port.

- *

- *  \param ErrorCode          Error code of the function which failed to complete successfully

- *  \param ResponseCodeError  Indicates if the error is due to a command failed indication from the device, or a communication failure

- */

-void ShowCommandError(uint8_t ErrorCode, bool ResponseCodeError)

-{

-	char* FailureType = ((ResponseCodeError) ? PSTR("Response Code != OK") : PSTR("Transaction Fail"));

-

-	printf_P(PSTR(ESC_BG_RED "Command Error (%S).\r\n"), FailureType);

-	printf_P(PSTR(" -- Error Code %d\r\n"), ErrorCode);

-			

-	/* Indicate error via status LEDs */

-	UpdateStatus(Status_PIMACommandError);

-				

-	/* Wait until USB device disconnected */

-	while (USB_IsConnected);

-}

diff --git a/Demos/Host/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h b/Demos/Host/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b563767cc..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,83 +0,0 @@
-/*

-             LUFA Library

-     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.

-              

-  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com

-      www.fourwalledcubicle.com

-*/

-

-/*

-  Copyright 2009  Dean Camera (dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com)

-

-  Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this software

-  and its documentation for any purpose and without fee is hereby

-  granted, provided that the above copyright notice appear in all

-  copies and that both that the copyright notice and this

-  permission notice and warranty disclaimer appear in supporting

-  documentation, and that the name of the author not be used in

-  advertising or publicity pertaining to distribution of the

-  software without specific, written prior permission.

-

-  The author disclaim all warranties with regard to this

-  software, including all implied warranties of merchantability

-  and fitness.  In no event shall the author be liable for any

-  special, indirect or consequential damages or any damages

-  whatsoever resulting from loss of use, data or profits, whether

-  in an action of contract, negligence or other tortious action,

-  arising out of or in connection with the use or performance of

-  this software.

-*/

-

-/** \file

- *

- *  Header file for StillImageHost.c.

- */

-

-#ifndef _STILL_IMAGE_HOST_H_

-#define _STILL_IMAGE_HOST_H_

-

-	/* Includes: */

-		#include <avr/io.h>

-		#include <avr/wdt.h>

-		#include <avr/power.h>

-		#include <stdio.h>

-		

-		#include "ConfigDescriptor.h"

-

-		#include "Lib/PIMACodes.h"

-		#include "Lib/StillImageCommands.h"

-

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Misc/TerminalCodes.h>             // ANSI Terminal Escape Codes

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/USB/USB.h>                        // USB Functionality

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.h>        // Serial stream driver

-		#include <LUFA/Drivers/Board/LEDs.h>                     // LED driver

-		#include <LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.h>                    // Simple scheduler for task management

-

-	/* Enums: */

-		/** Enum for the possible status codes for passing to the UpdateStatus() function. */

-		enum StillImageHost_StatusCodes_t

-		{

-			Status_USBNotReady      = 0, /**< USB is not ready (disconnected from a USB device) */

-			Status_USBEnumerating   = 1, /**< USB interface is enumerating */

-			Status_USBReady         = 2, /**< USB interface is connected and ready */

-			Status_EnumerationError = 3, /**< Software error while enumerating the attached USB device */

-			Status_HardwareError    = 4, /**< Hardware error while enumerating the attached USB device */

-			Status_Busy             = 5, /**< Busy reading or writing to the attached Still Image device */

-			Status_PIMACommandError = 6, /**< Error while sending or receiving a PIM command to the attached device */

-		};

-

-	/* Task Definitions: */

-		TASK(USB_SImage_Host);

-

-	/* Function Prototypes: */

-		void EVENT_USB_HostError(const uint8_t ErrorCode);

-		void EVENT_USB_DeviceAttached(void);

-		void EVENT_USB_DeviceUnattached(void);

-		void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationFailed(const uint8_t ErrorCode, const uint8_t SubErrorCode);

-		void EVENT_USB_DeviceEnumerationComplete(void);

-

-		void UnicodeToASCII(uint8_t* restrict UnicodeString, char* restrict Buffer);

-		void ShowCommandError(uint8_t ErrorCode, bool ResponseCodeError);

-		void UpdateStatus(uint8_t CurrentStatus);

-		

-#endif

diff --git a/Demos/Host/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt b/Demos/Host/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt
deleted file mode 100644
index 4cdfe6346..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/StillImageHost/StillImageHost.txt
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,58 +0,0 @@
-/** \file

- *

- *  This file contains special DoxyGen information for the generation of the main page and other special

- *  documentation pages. It is not a project source file.

- */

- 

-/** \mainpage Still Image Host Demo

- *

- *  \section SSec_Info USB Information:

- *

- *  The following table gives a rundown of the USB utilization of this demo.

- *

- *  <table>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>USB Mode:</b></td>

- *    <td>Host</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>USB Class:</b></td>

- *    <td>Still Image Device</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr> 

- *    <td><b>USB Subclass:</b></td>

- *    <td>N/A</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>Relevant Standards:</b></td>

- *    <td>USBIF Still Image Class Specification</td>

- *    <td>PIMA 15740 Specification</td>

- *   </tr>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td><b>Usable Speeds:</b></td>

- *    <td>Full Speed Mode</td>

- *   </tr>

- *  </table>

- *

- *  \section SSec_Description Project Description: 

- *

- *  Still Image host demonstration application. This gives a simple reference

- *  application for implementing a Still Image host, for USB devices such as

- *  digital cameras.

- *  

- *  This demo will enumerate an attached USB Still Image device, print out its

- *  information structure, open a session with the device and finally close the

- *  session.

- *

- *  \section SSec_Options Project Options

- *

- *  The following defines can be found in this demo, which can control the demo behaviour when defined, or changed in value.

- *

- *  <table>

- *   <tr>

- *    <td>

- *     None

- *    </td>

- *   </tr>

- *  </table>

- */
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Demos/Host/StillImageHost/makefile b/Demos/Host/StillImageHost/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 8c1ca0b45..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/StillImageHost/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,735 +0,0 @@
-# Hey Emacs, this is a -*- makefile -*-

-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# WinAVR Makefile Template written by Eric B. Weddington, J�rg Wunsch, et al.

-#  >> Modified for use with the LUFA project. <<

-#

-# Released to the Public Domain

-#

-# Additional material for this makefile was written by:

-# Peter Fleury

-# Tim Henigan

-# Colin O'Flynn

-# Reiner Patommel

-# Markus Pfaff

-# Sander Pool

-# Frederik Rouleau

-# Carlos Lamas

-# Dean Camera

-# Opendous Inc.

-# Denver Gingerich

-#

-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-# On command line:

-#

-# make all = Make software.

-#

-# make clean = Clean out built project files.

-#

-# make coff = Convert ELF to AVR COFF.

-#

-# make extcoff = Convert ELF to AVR Extended COFF.

-#

-# make program = Download the hex file to the device, using avrdude.

-#                Please customize the avrdude settings below first!

-#

-# make dfu = Download the hex file to the device, using dfu-programmer (must

-#            have dfu-programmer installed).

-#

-# make flip = Download the hex file to the device, using Atmel FLIP (must

-#             have Atmel FLIP installed).

-#

-# make dfu-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using dfu-programmer

-#               (must have dfu-programmer installed).

-#

-# make flip-ee = Download the eeprom file to the device, using Atmel FLIP

-#                (must have Atmel FLIP installed).

-#

-# make doxygen = Generate DoxyGen documentation for the project (must have

-#                DoxyGen installed)

-#

-# make debug = Start either simulavr or avarice as specified for debugging, 

-#              with avr-gdb or avr-insight as the front end for debugging.

-#

-# make filename.s = Just compile filename.c into the assembler code only.

-#

-# make filename.i = Create a preprocessed source file for use in submitting

-#                   bug reports to the GCC project.

-#

-# To rebuild project do "make clean" then "make all".

-#----------------------------------------------------------------------------

-

-# MCU name

-MCU = at90usb1287

-

-

-# Target board (see library "Board Types" documentation, USER or blank for projects not requiring

-# LUFA board drivers). If USER is selected, put custom board drivers in a directory called 

-# "Board" inside the application directory.

-BOARD  = USBKEY

-

-

-# Processor frequency.

-#     This will define a symbol, F_CPU, in all source code files equal to the 

-#     processor frequency. You can then use this symbol in your source code to 

-#     calculate timings. Do NOT tack on a 'UL' at the end, this will be done

-#     automatically to create a 32-bit value in your source code.

-#     Typical values are:

-#         F_CPU =  1000000

-#         F_CPU =  1843200

-#         F_CPU =  2000000

-#         F_CPU =  3686400

-#         F_CPU =  4000000

-#         F_CPU =  7372800

-#         F_CPU =  8000000

-#         F_CPU = 11059200

-#         F_CPU = 14745600

-#         F_CPU = 16000000

-#         F_CPU = 18432000

-#         F_CPU = 20000000

-F_CPU = 8000000

-

-

-# Input clock frequency.

-#     This will define a symbol, F_CLOCK, in all source code files equal to the 

-#     input clock frequency (before any prescaling is performed). This value may

-#     differ from F_CPU if prescaling is used on the latter, and is required as the

-#     raw input clock is fed directly to the PLL sections of the AVR for high speed

-#     clock generation for the USB and other AVR subsections. Do NOT tack on a 'UL'

-#     at the end, this will be done automatically to create a 32-bit value in your

-#     source code.

-#

-#     If no clock division is performed on the input clock inside the AVR (via the

-#     CPU clock adjust registers or the clock division fuses), this will be equal to F_CPU.

-F_CLOCK = 8000000

-

-

-# Output format. (can be srec, ihex, binary)

-FORMAT = ihex

-

-

-# Target file name (without extension).

-TARGET = StillImageHost

-

-

-# Object files directory

-#     To put object files in current directory, use a dot (.), do NOT make

-#     this an empty or blank macro!

-OBJDIR = .

-

-

-# Path to the LUFA library

-LUFA_PATH = ../../..

-

-

-# List C source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)

-SRC = $(TARGET).c                                                 \

-	  ConfigDescriptor.c                                          \

-	  Lib/StillImageCommands.c                                    \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Scheduler/Scheduler.c                     \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/SerialStream.c         \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/Peripheral/Serial.c               \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/DevChapter9.c        \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Endpoint.c           \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Host.c               \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/HostChapter9.c       \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/LowLevel.c           \

- 	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/LowLevel/Pipe.c               \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/Events.c            \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBInterrupt.c      \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/USBTask.c           \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/HighLevel/ConfigDescriptor.c  \

-	  $(LUFA_PATH)/LUFA/Drivers/USB/Class/HIDParser.c             \

-

-

-# List C++ source files here. (C dependencies are automatically generated.)

-CPPSRC = 

-

-

-# List Assembler source files here.

-#     Make them always end in a capital .S.  Files ending in a lowercase .s

-#     will not be considered source files but generated files (assembler

-#     output from the compiler), and will be deleted upon "make clean"!

-#     Even though the DOS/Win* filesystem matches both .s and .S the same,

-#     it will preserve the spelling of the filenames, and gcc itself does

-#     care about how the name is spelled on its command-line.

-ASRC =

-

-

-# Optimization level, can be [0, 1, 2, 3, s]. 

-#     0 = turn off optimization. s = optimize for size.

-#     (Note: 3 is not always the best optimization level. See avr-libc FAQ.)

-OPT = s

-

-

-# Debugging format.

-#     Native formats for AVR-GCC's -g are dwarf-2 [default] or stabs.

-#     AVR Studio 4.10 requires dwarf-2.

-#     AVR [Extended] COFF format requires stabs, plus an avr-objcopy run.

-DEBUG = dwarf-2

-

-

-# List any extra directories to look for include files here.

-#     Each directory must be seperated by a space.

-#     Use forward slashes for directory separators.

-#     For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.

-EXTRAINCDIRS = $(LUFA_PATH)/

-

-

-# Compiler flag to set the C Standard level.

-#     c89   = "ANSI" C

-#     gnu89 = c89 plus GCC extensions

-#     c99   = ISO C99 standard (not yet fully implemented)

-#     gnu99 = c99 plus GCC extensions

-CSTANDARD = -std=gnu99

-

-

-# Place -D or -U options here for C sources

-CDEFS  = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL -DF_CLOCK=$(F_CLOCK)UL -DBOARD=BOARD_$(BOARD)

-CDEFS += -DUSE_NONSTANDARD_DESCRIPTOR_NAMES -DNO_STREAM_CALLBACKS -DUSB_HOST_ONLY

-CDEFS += -DUSE_STATIC_OPTIONS="(USB_OPT_REG_ENABLED | USB_OPT_AUTO_PLL)"

-

-

-# Place -D or -U options here for ASM sources

-ADEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)

-

-

-# Place -D or -U options here for C++ sources

-CPPDEFS = -DF_CPU=$(F_CPU)UL

-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_LIMIT_MACROS

-#CPPDEFS += -D__STDC_CONSTANT_MACROS

-

-

-

-#---------------- Compiler Options C ----------------

-#  -g*:          generate debugging information

-#  -O*:          optimization level

-#  -f...:        tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation

-#  -Wall...:     warning level

-#  -Wa,...:      tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.

-#    -adhlns...: create assembler listing

-CFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)

-CFLAGS += $(CDEFS)

-CFLAGS += -O$(OPT)

-CFLAGS += -funsigned-char

-CFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields

-CFLAGS += -ffunction-sections

-CFLAGS += -fpack-struct

-CFLAGS += -fshort-enums

-CFLAGS += -finline-limit=20

-CFLAGS += -Wall

-CFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes

-CFLAGS += -Wundef

-#CFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time

-#CFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code

-#CFLAGS += -Wsign-compare

-CFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)

-CFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))

-CFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)

-

-

-#---------------- Compiler Options C++ ----------------

-#  -g*:          generate debugging information

-#  -O*:          optimization level

-#  -f...:        tuning, see GCC manual and avr-libc documentation

-#  -Wall...:     warning level

-#  -Wa,...:      tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.

-#    -adhlns...: create assembler listing

-CPPFLAGS = -g$(DEBUG)

-CPPFLAGS += $(CPPDEFS)

-CPPFLAGS += -O$(OPT)

-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-char

-CPPFLAGS += -funsigned-bitfields

-CPPFLAGS += -fpack-struct

-CPPFLAGS += -fshort-enums

-CPPFLAGS += -fno-exceptions

-CPPFLAGS += -Wall

-CFLAGS += -Wundef

-#CPPFLAGS += -mshort-calls

-#CPPFLAGS += -fno-unit-at-a-time

-#CPPFLAGS += -Wstrict-prototypes

-#CPPFLAGS += -Wunreachable-code

-#CPPFLAGS += -Wsign-compare

-CPPFLAGS += -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)

-CPPFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-I%,$(EXTRAINCDIRS))

-#CPPFLAGS += $(CSTANDARD)

-

-

-#---------------- Assembler Options ----------------

-#  -Wa,...:   tell GCC to pass this to the assembler.

-#  -adhlns:   create listing

-#  -gstabs:   have the assembler create line number information; note that

-#             for use in COFF files, additional information about filenames

-#             and function names needs to be present in the assembler source

-#             files -- see avr-libc docs [FIXME: not yet described there]

-#  -listing-cont-lines: Sets the maximum number of continuation lines of hex 

-#       dump that will be displayed for a given single line of source input.

-ASFLAGS = $(ADEFS) -Wa,-adhlns=$(<:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst),-gstabs,--listing-cont-lines=100

-

-

-#---------------- Library Options ----------------

-# Minimalistic printf version

-PRINTF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_min

-

-# Floating point printf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)

-PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfprintf -lprintf_flt

-

-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard printf version.

-PRINTF_LIB = 

-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_MIN)

-#PRINTF_LIB = $(PRINTF_LIB_FLOAT)

-

-

-# Minimalistic scanf version

-SCANF_LIB_MIN = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_min

-

-# Floating point + %[ scanf version (requires MATH_LIB = -lm below)

-SCANF_LIB_FLOAT = -Wl,-u,vfscanf -lscanf_flt

-

-# If this is left blank, then it will use the Standard scanf version.

-SCANF_LIB = 

-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_MIN)

-#SCANF_LIB = $(SCANF_LIB_FLOAT)

-

-

-MATH_LIB = -lm

-

-

-# List any extra directories to look for libraries here.

-#     Each directory must be seperated by a space.

-#     Use forward slashes for directory separators.

-#     For a directory that has spaces, enclose it in quotes.

-EXTRALIBDIRS = 

-

-

-

-#---------------- External Memory Options ----------------

-

-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),

-# used for variables (.data/.bss) and heap (malloc()).

-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,-Tdata=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff

-

-# 64 KB of external RAM, starting after internal RAM (ATmega128!),

-# only used for heap (malloc()).

-#EXTMEMOPTS = -Wl,--section-start,.data=0x801100,--defsym=__heap_end=0x80ffff

-

-EXTMEMOPTS =

-

-

-

-#---------------- Linker Options ----------------

-#  -Wl,...:     tell GCC to pass this to linker.

-#    -Map:      create map file

-#    --cref:    add cross reference to  map file

-LDFLAGS = -Wl,-Map=$(TARGET).map,--cref

-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--relax 

-LDFLAGS += -Wl,--gc-sections

-LDFLAGS += $(EXTMEMOPTS)

-LDFLAGS += $(patsubst %,-L%,$(EXTRALIBDIRS))

-LDFLAGS += $(PRINTF_LIB) $(SCANF_LIB) $(MATH_LIB)

-#LDFLAGS += -T linker_script.x

-

-

-

-#---------------- Programming Options (avrdude) ----------------

-

-# Programming hardware: alf avr910 avrisp bascom bsd 

-# dt006 pavr picoweb pony-stk200 sp12 stk200 stk500

-#

-# Type: avrdude -c ?

-# to get a full listing.

-#

-AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER = jtagmkII

-

-# com1 = serial port. Use lpt1 to connect to parallel port.

-AVRDUDE_PORT = usb

-

-AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH = -U flash:w:$(TARGET).hex

-#AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM = -U eeprom:w:$(TARGET).eep

-

-

-# Uncomment the following if you want avrdude's erase cycle counter.

-# Note that this counter needs to be initialized first using -Yn,

-# see avrdude manual.

-#AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER = -y

-

-# Uncomment the following if you do /not/ wish a verification to be

-# performed after programming the device.

-#AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY = -V

-

-# Increase verbosity level.  Please use this when submitting bug

-# reports about avrdude. See <http://savannah.nongnu.org/projects/avrdude> 

-# to submit bug reports.

-#AVRDUDE_VERBOSE = -v -v

-

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS = -p $(MCU) -P $(AVRDUDE_PORT) -c $(AVRDUDE_PROGRAMMER)

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_NO_VERIFY)

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_VERBOSE)

-AVRDUDE_FLAGS += $(AVRDUDE_ERASE_COUNTER)

-

-

-

-#---------------- Debugging Options ----------------

-

-# For simulavr only - target MCU frequency.

-DEBUG_MFREQ = $(F_CPU)

-

-# Set the DEBUG_UI to either gdb or insight.

-# DEBUG_UI = gdb

-DEBUG_UI = insight

-

-# Set the debugging back-end to either avarice, simulavr.

-DEBUG_BACKEND = avarice

-#DEBUG_BACKEND = simulavr

-

-# GDB Init Filename.

-GDBINIT_FILE = __avr_gdbinit

-

-# When using avarice settings for the JTAG

-JTAG_DEV = /dev/com1

-

-# Debugging port used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr.

-DEBUG_PORT = 4242

-

-# Debugging host used to communicate between GDB / avarice / simulavr, normally

-#     just set to localhost unless doing some sort of crazy debugging when 

-#     avarice is running on a different computer.

-DEBUG_HOST = localhost

-

-

-

-#============================================================================

-

-

-# Define programs and commands.

-SHELL = sh

-CC = avr-gcc

-OBJCOPY = avr-objcopy

-OBJDUMP = avr-objdump

-SIZE = avr-size

-AR = avr-ar rcs

-NM = avr-nm

-AVRDUDE = avrdude

-REMOVE = rm -f

-REMOVEDIR = rm -rf

-COPY = cp

-WINSHELL = cmd

-

-# Define Messages

-# English

-MSG_ERRORS_NONE = Errors: none

-MSG_BEGIN = -------- begin --------

-MSG_END = --------  end  --------

-MSG_SIZE_BEFORE = Size before: 

-MSG_SIZE_AFTER = Size after:

-MSG_COFF = Converting to AVR COFF:

-MSG_EXTENDED_COFF = Converting to AVR Extended COFF:

-MSG_FLASH = Creating load file for Flash:

-MSG_EEPROM = Creating load file for EEPROM:

-MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING = Creating Extended Listing:

-MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE = Creating Symbol Table:

-MSG_LINKING = Linking:

-MSG_COMPILING = Compiling C:

-MSG_COMPILING_CPP = Compiling C++:

-MSG_ASSEMBLING = Assembling:

-MSG_CLEANING = Cleaning project:

-MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY = Creating library:

-

-

-

-

-# Define all object files.

-OBJ = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.o) 

-

-# Define all listing files.

-LST = $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(CPPSRC:%.cpp=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) $(ASRC:%.S=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst) 

-

-

-# Compiler flags to generate dependency files.

-GENDEPFLAGS = -MMD -MP -MF .dep/$(@F).d

-

-

-# Combine all necessary flags and optional flags.

-# Add target processor to flags.

-ALL_CFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)

-ALL_CPPFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x c++ $(CPPFLAGS) $(GENDEPFLAGS)

-ALL_ASFLAGS = -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. -x assembler-with-cpp $(ASFLAGS)

-

-

-

-

-

-# Default target.

-all: begin gccversion sizebefore build checkhooks checklibmode checkboard sizeafter end

-

-# Change the build target to build a HEX file or a library.

-build: elf hex eep lss sym

-#build: lib

-

-

-elf: $(TARGET).elf

-hex: $(TARGET).hex

-eep: $(TARGET).eep

-lss: $(TARGET).lss

-sym: $(TARGET).sym

-LIBNAME=lib$(TARGET).a

-lib: $(LIBNAME)

-

-

-

-# Eye candy.

-# AVR Studio 3.x does not check make's exit code but relies on

-# the following magic strings to be generated by the compile job.

-begin:

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_BEGIN)

-

-end:

-	@echo $(MSG_END)

-	@echo

-

-

-# Display size of file.

-HEXSIZE = $(SIZE) --target=$(FORMAT) $(TARGET).hex

-ELFSIZE = $(SIZE) $(MCU_FLAG) $(FORMAT_FLAG) $(TARGET).elf

-MCU_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --mcu > /dev/null && echo --mcu=$(MCU) )

-FORMAT_FLAG = $(shell $(SIZE) --help | grep -- --format=.*avr > /dev/null && echo --format=avr )

-

-sizebefore:

-	@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_BEFORE); $(ELFSIZE); \

-	2>/dev/null; echo; fi

-

-sizeafter:

-	@if test -f $(TARGET).elf; then echo; echo $(MSG_SIZE_AFTER); $(ELFSIZE); \

-	2>/dev/null; echo; fi

-

-checkhooks: build

-	@echo

-	@echo ------- Unhooked LUFA Events -------

-	@$(shell) (grep -s '^EVENT_.*LUFA/.*\\.o' $(TARGET).map | \

-	           cut -d' ' -f1 | cut -d'_' -f2- | grep ".*") || \

-			   echo "(None)"

-	@echo ------------------------------------

-

-checklibmode:

-	@echo

-	@echo ----------- Library Mode -----------

-	@$(shell) ($(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) -E -dM - < /dev/null \

-	          | grep 'USB_\(DEVICE\|HOST\)_ONLY' | cut -d' ' -f2 | grep ".*") \

-	          || echo "No specific mode (both device and host mode allowable)."

-	@echo ------------------------------------

-

-checkboard:

-	@echo

-	@echo ---------- Selected Board ----------

-	@echo Selected board model is $(BOARD).

-	@echo ------------------------------------

-	

-# Display compiler version information.

-gccversion : 

-	@$(CC) --version

-

-

-

-# Program the device.  

-program: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep

-	$(AVRDUDE) $(AVRDUDE_FLAGS) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_FLASH) $(AVRDUDE_WRITE_EEPROM)

-

-flip: $(TARGET).hex

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation erase f

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation loadbuffer $(TARGET).hex program

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0

-

-dfu: $(TARGET).hex

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) erase

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash --debug 1 $(TARGET).hex

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset

-

-flip-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep

-	copy $(TARGET).eep $(TARGET)eep.hex

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM erase

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation memory EEPROM loadbuffer $(TARGET)eep.hex program

-	batchisp -hardware usb -device $(MCU) -operation start reset 0

-

-dfu-ee: $(TARGET).hex $(TARGET).eep

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) flash-eeprom --debug 1 --suppress-bootloader-mem $(TARGET).eep

-	dfu-programmer $(MCU) reset

-

-

-# Generate avr-gdb config/init file which does the following:

-#     define the reset signal, load the target file, connect to target, and set 

-#     a breakpoint at main().

-gdb-config: 

-	@$(REMOVE) $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo define reset >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo SIGNAL SIGHUP >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo end >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo file $(TARGET).elf >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-	@echo target remote $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)  >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND),simulavr)

-	@echo load  >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-endif

-	@echo break main >> $(GDBINIT_FILE)

-

-debug: gdb-config $(TARGET).elf

-ifeq ($(DEBUG_BACKEND), avarice)

-	@echo Starting AVaRICE - Press enter when "waiting to connect" message displays.

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c start avarice --jtag $(JTAG_DEV) --erase --program --file \

-	$(TARGET).elf $(DEBUG_HOST):$(DEBUG_PORT)

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c pause

-

-else

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c start simulavr --gdbserver --device $(MCU) --clock-freq \

-	$(DEBUG_MFREQ) --port $(DEBUG_PORT)

-endif

-	@$(WINSHELL) /c start avr-$(DEBUG_UI) --command=$(GDBINIT_FILE)

-

-

-

-

-# Convert ELF to COFF for use in debugging / simulating in AVR Studio or VMLAB.

-COFFCONVERT = $(OBJCOPY) --debugging

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .data-0x800000

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .bss-0x800000

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .noinit-0x800000

-COFFCONVERT += --change-section-address .eeprom-0x810000

-

-

-

-coff: $(TARGET).elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_COFF) $(TARGET).cof

-	$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-avr $< $(TARGET).cof

-

-

-extcoff: $(TARGET).elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_COFF) $(TARGET).cof

-	$(COFFCONVERT) -O coff-ext-avr $< $(TARGET).cof

-

-

-

-# Create final output files (.hex, .eep) from ELF output file.

-%.hex: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_FLASH) $@

-	$(OBJCOPY) -O $(FORMAT) -R .eeprom $< $@

-

-%.eep: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_EEPROM) $@

-	-$(OBJCOPY) -j .eeprom --set-section-flags=.eeprom="alloc,load" \

-	--change-section-lma .eeprom=0 --no-change-warnings -O $(FORMAT) $< $@ || exit 0

-

-# Create extended listing file from ELF output file.

-%.lss: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_EXTENDED_LISTING) $@

-	$(OBJDUMP) -h -z -S $< > $@

-

-# Create a symbol table from ELF output file.

-%.sym: %.elf

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_SYMBOL_TABLE) $@

-	$(NM) -n $< > $@

-

-

-

-# Create library from object files.

-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).a

-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)

-%.a: $(OBJ)

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_CREATING_LIBRARY) $@

-	$(AR) $@ $(OBJ)

-

-

-# Link: create ELF output file from object files.

-.SECONDARY : $(TARGET).elf

-.PRECIOUS : $(OBJ)

-%.elf: $(OBJ)

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_LINKING) $@

-	$(CC) $(ALL_CFLAGS) $^ --output $@ $(LDFLAGS)

-

-

-# Compile: create object files from C source files.

-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.c

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_COMPILING) $<

-	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@ 

-

-

-# Compile: create object files from C++ source files.

-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.cpp

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_COMPILING_CPP) $<

-	$(CC) -c $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@ 

-

-

-# Compile: create assembler files from C source files.

-%.s : %.c

-	$(CC) -S $(ALL_CFLAGS) $< -o $@

-

-

-# Compile: create assembler files from C++ source files.

-%.s : %.cpp

-	$(CC) -S $(ALL_CPPFLAGS) $< -o $@

-

-

-# Assemble: create object files from assembler source files.

-$(OBJDIR)/%.o : %.S

-	@echo

-	@echo $(MSG_ASSEMBLING) $<

-	$(CC) -c $(ALL_ASFLAGS) $< -o $@

-

-

-# Create preprocessed source for use in sending a bug report.

-%.i : %.c

-	$(CC) -E -mmcu=$(MCU) -I. $(CFLAGS) $< -o $@ 

-	

-

-# Target: clean project.

-clean: begin clean_list clean_binary end

-

-clean_binary:

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).hex

-	

-clean_list:

-	@echo $(MSG_CLEANING)

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).eep

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET)eep.hex

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).cof

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).elf

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).map

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).sym

-	$(REMOVE) $(TARGET).lss

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.o)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:%.c=$(OBJDIR)/%.lst)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.s)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.d)

-	$(REMOVE) $(SRC:.c=.i)

-	$(REMOVEDIR) .dep

-

-

-doxygen:

-	@echo Generating Project Documentation...

-	@doxygen Doxygen.conf

-	@echo Documentation Generation Complete.

-

-clean_doxygen:

-	rm -rf Documentation

-

-# Create object files directory

-$(shell mkdir $(OBJDIR) 2>/dev/null)

-

-

-# Include the dependency files.

--include $(shell mkdir .dep 2>/dev/null) $(wildcard .dep/*)

-

-

-# Listing of phony targets.

-.PHONY : all checkhooks checklibmode checkboard   \

-begin finish end sizebefore sizeafter gccversion  \

-build elf hex eep lss sym coff extcoff clean      \

-clean_list clean_binary program debug gdb-config  \

-doxygen dfu flip flip-ee dfu-ee
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/Demos/Host/makefile b/Demos/Host/makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 82661fffc..000000000
--- a/Demos/Host/makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,46 +0,0 @@
-#
-#             LUFA Library
-#     Copyright (C) Dean Camera, 2009.
-#              
-#  dean [at] fourwalledcubicle [dot] com
-#      www.fourwalledcubicle.com
-#
-
-# Makefile to build all the LUFA Host Demos. Call with "make all" to
-# rebuild all Host demos.
-
-# Projects are pre-cleaned before each one is built, to ensure any
-# custom LUFA library build options are reflected in the compiled
-# code.
-
-all:
-	make -C CDCHost clean
-	make -C CDCHost all	
-
-	make -C GenericHIDHost clean
-	make -C GenericHIDHost all	
-
-	make -C KeyboardHost clean
-	make -C KeyboardHost all	
-
-	make -C MassStorageHost clean
-	make -C MassStorageHost all	
-
-	make -C MouseHost clean
-	make -C MouseHost all	
-
-	make -C MouseHostWithParser clean
-	make -C MouseHostWithParser all	
-
-	make -C StillImageHost clean
-	make -C StillImageHost all	
-
-%:
-	make -C CDCHost $@
-	make -C GenericHIDHost $@
-	make -C KeyboardHost $@
-	make -C KeyboardHostWithParser $@
-	make -C MassStorageHost $@
-	make -C MouseHost $@
-	make -C MouseHostWithParser $@
-	make -C StillImageHost $@